Real Estate and Taxation expert only from USA

profileHelpStudent13
Taxation.zip

Taxation/Accounting All Slides.pptx

1

Principles of Real Estate Accounting and Taxation

1 - ‹#›

1

1 - ‹#›

Real Estate Industry

What do we mean by real estate?

Asset classes - investment

Rental (Commercial, Residential, Storage, Retail, Industrial)

Hotels & Lodging, Nursing Homes, Health Care

Developers

Homebuilders, Commercial buildings, Condos, Land

Operators

Management Companies, Advisors, Brokers, Agents

Debt

Mortgages, Mezzanine loans, CMBS

PowerPoint Authors:

Susan Coomer Galbreath, Ph.D., CPA

Charles W. Caldwell, D.B.A., CMA

Jon A. Booker, Ph.D., CPA, CIA

Cynthia J. Rooney, Ph.D., CPA

Copyright © 2013 by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

1 - ‹#›

2

1 - ‹#›

Real Estate Industry

Who are the investors

Equity - Foreign, Tax-exempt, Private Equity, Individuals, REITs, Governments

Lenders – Insurance companies, Mezzanine lenders, CMBS, Banks, Mortgage REITs, Government sponsored, Non-bank financial

PowerPoint Authors:

Susan Coomer Galbreath, Ph.D., CPA

Charles W. Caldwell, D.B.A., CMA

Jon A. Booker, Ph.D., CPA, CIA

Cynthia J. Rooney, Ph.D., CPA

Copyright © 2013 by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

1 - ‹#›

3

1 - ‹#›

Real Estate Industry

Recurring real estate themes

Use of leverage

Borrowing costs can boost returns, but can cause problems

Write off of investment cost

Depreciation

Use of transparent tax vehicles

Partnership - Flexibility, promote, legal protection

REIT – Trading, income conversion

Ability to defer gain recognition

Like-kind exchange, installment sales, personal residence

Lower capital gains tax rate

Potential for as low as 20% rate

Business or investment classification

Partially based on asset; partially based on intent. Impacts taxes paid

Management fees and carried interest

PowerPoint Authors:

Susan Coomer Galbreath, Ph.D., CPA

Charles W. Caldwell, D.B.A., CMA

Jon A. Booker, Ph.D., CPA, CIA

Cynthia J. Rooney, Ph.D., CPA

Copyright © 2013 by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

1 - ‹#›

4

1 - ‹#›

Real Estate Industry

Private equity partnership structure

Promote/carried interest/incentive fee

Real estate waterfall example:

Distributable proceeds from operating cash flow and a capital events are to be distributed as follows:

1- To limited partners, pro-rata until the 8.0% annual compounded preferred return has been paid (any unpaid preferred return will compound and accrue);

2- Cash flow above the 8.0% annual compounded preferred return hurdle will paid to limited partners to return n their capital contributions

3- Excess proceeds above a 8% annual compounded preferred return will be split 80% to limited partners and 20% to the Sponsor, until such limited partner investors have earned a 15% annualized internal rate of return (IRR);

4- Excess proceeds above a 15% IRR are to be split 70% to limited partners and 30% to the Sponsor.

Alternatively,

3- provides 60% to Sponsor and 40% to limited partners until 20% to GP cumulatively is achieved

Or

Variations on preferred return (including rate, compounding, timing), or GP promote (amount, timing, return of capital before GP or after GP is paid.

PowerPoint Authors:

Susan Coomer Galbreath, Ph.D., CPA

Charles W. Caldwell, D.B.A., CMA

Jon A. Booker, Ph.D., CPA, CIA

Cynthia J. Rooney, Ph.D., CPA

Copyright © 2013 by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

1 - ‹#›

5

1 - ‹#›

Accounting Overview

6

1 - ‹#›

6

1 - ‹#›

Accounting for Real Estate

What is accounting?

“the art of recording, classifying and summarizing in terms of money, transaction and events.

The process of communicating financial information

Shareholders, partners, managers, government agencies and investors

How is Accounting Communicated?

Financial Statements in terms of money

Relevant and Reliable are key aspects

What are the Principles of Accountancy?

Applies to Business Entities:

Accounting

Bookkeeping

Auditing

PowerPoint Authors:

Susan Coomer Galbreath, Ph.D., CPA

Charles W. Caldwell, D.B.A., CMA

Jon A. Booker, Ph.D., CPA, CIA

Cynthia J. Rooney, Ph.D., CPA

Copyright © 2013 by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

1 - ‹#›

7

1 - ‹#›

Ways to measure of income

Gross vs. net income

Gross income includes all revenues or receipts

In rental real estate, certain amounts are charged back amounts to tenants (common area maintenance, utilities, property taxes)

Net income is determined by subtracting all expenses from all revenues. Subcategories like cost of goods sold, operating expenses, interest, and taxes are often used in reporting.

Computation varies for different purposes (GAAP, Tax, other)

Net operating income (“NOI”) is the annual income generated by an income-producing property after taking into account all income collected from operations, and deducting all expenses incurred from operations

Funds from operations (“FFO”) is an alternative measure of reporting commonly used by capital intensive businesses including publicly traded REITs

GAAP net income – gains or (losses) from sale of property + depreciation and amortization +- unconsolidated joint venture

1 - ‹#›

Balance sheet

Income Statement

Statement of Cash Flows

Statement of Owners Equity

9

Components of Financial Statements

1 - ‹#›

9

1 - ‹#›

Users of Accounting Information

Managerial Accounting vs. Financial Accounting

Internal Users External Users

Standardization Standardization

Part of Business Operations Not Part of Business Operations Information Varies Information Relied Upon

Internal Process/Policy Financial Statements

Internal users focus on internal controls and procedures that monitor and provide protection to property and plant, and ensure that the financial information that is being provided is reliable and trustworthy.

External Users have little or no access to the operations of an organization so they rely on the financial data provided expecting it to be accurate and reliable to be able to make their financial decisions.

1 - ‹#›

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP)

What is GAAP? The standard framework of guidelines for financial accounting used in any jurisdiction, generally known as Accounting Standards.

Beneficial because it attempts to standardize and regulate definitions, assumptions, and methods.

GAAP Based on four basic principles:

Consistency

Relevance

Reliability

Comparability

1 - ‹#›

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP)

Historic Cost GAAP

Used by most companies and real estate holding companies

Balance Sheet value differs from “true” current value.

Criticized for inaccuracy but still widely used

Standard, reliable and reasonable measure

Depreciation and Improvements directly impact cost basis

Alternative methods of “true” value include market-to-market and industry accepted guidelines

Fair Value GAAP

Under US GAAP, an investment company generally accounts for an investment at fair value and is generally prohibited from consolidating its controlled investments.

Nature of the investment activities — The investment company’s only substantive activities are investing in multiple investments for returns from capital appreciation, investment income (such as dividends or interest) or both.

Express business purpose — The express business purpose of an investment company is investing to provide returns from capital appreciation, investment income (such as dividends or interest) or both.

Unit ownership — Ownership in the investment company is represented by units of investments, in the form of equity or partnership interests, to which a portion of the net assets are attributed.

Pooling of funds — The funds of the investment company’s investors are pooled to avail the investors of professional investment management. The entity has investors who are not related to the parent (if there is a parent) and those investors, in aggregate, hold a significant ownership interest in the entity.

Fair value management — Substantially all of the investment company’s investments are managed, and their performance is evaluated, on a fair value basis.

Reporting entity — The investment company provides financial results about its investment activities to its investors. The investment company can be, but does not need to be, a legal entity.

1 - ‹#›

The General Accounting Process

“Language of Business”

Information & System of Measurement - 3 Components:

Identification

Recording

Communication

Identification: Business activity must know the transaction before recording or communicating. Process must be specific and relevant to the particular trade or profession. (i.e. PSA, Option agreement, property condemnation, casualties or exchanges.

Recording: Keeping a chronological record of transactions and events measured in dollars, classified, and summarized into accounting format. Consulting, financial planning, and other services are now an integral part of accounting in large part due to the advancement through technology.

Communication: Achieved through the preparation of financial statements (the end product of the accounting process). Summarizes the transaction into a form that will require analyzing and interpreting of the financial information for users.

1 - ‹#›

The General Accounting Process

Accounting Cycle – methodical set of rules to ensure the accuracy and conformity of the financial statements with great reliance on technology for efficiency and accuracy.

Nine Steps to the Accounting Cycle:

Collecting and analyzing data from transactions and events

Journalizing the transaction into the books of original entry

Post summarizing entries from the books of original entry to G/L

Prepare an unadjusted trial balance

Prepare and post adjusting journal entries

Prepare an adjusted trial balance

Organize the accounts into financial statements

Close books

Prepare a post-closing trial balance

History – Lucas Pacioli, an Italian Franciscan friar in 1544, founded the double entry system of bookkeeping. All modern systems are an adoption of the system that date to 1544.

1 - ‹#›

The General Accounting Process

Double Entry System of Bookkeeping – is a system that involves recording of transactions having two basic aspects, one involving the receiving of a financial benefit and the other giving a financial obligation, and recorded on the same set of books and records. Every Debit must have a corresponding Credit: Total Debits = Total Credits.

All Transaction are recorded in the “books of original entry”:

Cash receipts journal

Cash disbursements journal

Purchase journal

Sales journal

General journal

General ledger

1 - ‹#›

Cash, Receivables, Prepaid Expenses, Building, Land, Intangibles

Assets = Liabilities + Equity

Owners Capital–Withdrawals +Revenue-Expenses

Payables, Unearned Revenue, Accruals, Loans

16

The Accounting Equation

1 - ‹#›

16

1 - ‹#›

Tax Overview

17

1 - ‹#›

17

1 - ‹#›

18

Types of Tax on Real Estate Transactions

Many types of taxes that influence real estate returns

Transfer Tax – local/state tax on transfer of real property

Controlling interest transfer tax

Sales Tax – local/state tax on sales of goods and services

Tax is on personal property; capital improvements generally excluded

Tax is imposed on purchaser if not charged at sale

Property Tax – annual tax on value of property

Reassessment of value occurs under local rules (may be periodic or only upon sale)

Federal Income Tax – tax on net income of individual or business

Gross receipts less allowable deductions multiplied by tax rate

State and Local Income Tax – tax on income imposed by state/local governments

Estate, Gift Tax – tax on transfers of property during lifetime and upon death

Payroll Tax – taxes withheld on employees based on wages. Also unemployment funds unemployment assistance programs

Other – includes mortgage transfer tax, fees, commercial rent tax,

1 - ‹#›

18

1 - ‹#›

19

History of Income Tax System

Pre-1861: tariffs, excise and property taxes

First income tax enacted to pay for Civil War in 1861, expired in 1871

First permanent income tax passed in 1894, but struck down by Supreme Court as unconstitutional

Sixteenth Amendment ratified in 1913 made the income tax constitutional

Internal Revenue Code was enacted in 1939 and subsequently revised in 1954, and 1986

1 - ‹#›

19

1 - ‹#›

Under the federal law of the United States of America, tax evasion or tax fraud, is the purposeful illegal attempt of a taxpayer to evade payment of a tax imposed by the federal government. Conviction of tax evasion may result in fines and imprisonment.

Tax evasion is separate from "tax avoidance", which is the legal utilization of the tax regime to one's own advantage in order to reduce the amount of tax that is payable by means that are within the law. Tax evasion is illegal while tax avoidance is both legal and moral. Judge Learned Hand had this to say about tax avoidance:

Any one may so arrange his affairs that his taxes shall be as low as possible; he is not bound to choose that pattern which will best pay the Treasury; there is not even a patriotic duty to increase one's taxes

20

Tax Evasion vs. Tax Avoidance

1 - ‹#›

20

1 - ‹#›

In a worldwide tax system, all income of domestic companies is subject to tax, including if earned from foreign sources.

Provides credits for taxes paid to foreign governments

In a territorial tax system, a country collects tax only on income earned within its borders.

Exempts from the domestic tax base the dividends received from foreign subsidiaries

The U.S. system was considered a worldwide system. It historically allowed its companies to defer tax liability on foreign “active” income until it is repatriated (i.e., returned) to the United States.

Beginning in 2018, the US system is effectively changing to a territorial system.

21

Worldwide vs. Territorial Tax System

1 - ‹#›

21

1 - ‹#›

Real Estate can be valued using the after-tax internal rate of return (“IRR”) to an investor

Real estate investments increase IRR by (1) deferring taxable income recognition, (2) accelerating taxable deductions, (3) providing preferential tax treatment to certain investors, (4) minimizing effective tax rate

If cash inflow is taxable, after-tax cash inflow = before-tax cash inflow × (1- t)

If cash outflow is deductible, after-tax cash outflow = before-tax cash outflow × (1- t)

t = marginal tax rate

IRR Example

* Not all cash flow items correlate to a taxable income or deduction (debt)

22

Why Tax is Important to Real Estate Investment

1 - ‹#›

22

1 - ‹#›

Three primary drivers of the tax result:

Type of asset

Type of investor

Type of vehicle

23

Real Estate Investment – Tax Considerations

1 - ‹#›

23

1 - ‹#›

Income Reporting

and Measurement

24

1 - ‹#›

24

1 - ‹#›

GAAP Reporting Period – can be annual, quarterly, monthly or other period of time

Taxable Year – revenue recognition principle and matching principle

Revenue recognized when earned, expenses recorded in the same period as related revenue is recorded

Generally calendar year end is used for individuals

Tax year of a partnership must be the same as the majority of partners

Most corporations can adopt a fiscal year end

25

Time Periods

1 - ‹#›

25

1 - ‹#›

Cash method – expenses recorded when paid; revenue recognized when earned

Constructive receipt – income included under the cash method of accounting in the year when a person has unrestricted access to and control over the income

Accrual method – revenue recognition principle and matching principle

Revenue recognized when earned, expenses recorded in the same period as related revenue is recorded

Cash method is used by individuals and certain small businesses; accrual by other businesses

Under either method, capitalization of prepaid amounts is required – if an expense results in a benefit with a duration of 12 months or less and that benefit does not extend beyond the taxable year, it can be deducted. Otherwise amounts must be capitalized

26

Overall Method of Accounting

1 - ‹#›

26

1 - ‹#›

General rule is for GAAP is that revenue recognition must occur when the revenue is “earned”

Revenue generally is realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,

Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered,

The seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, 

Collectability is reasonably assured.

GAAP generally requires “straight line rent” for income recognition

based on the idea that the usage of a lease is on a consistent basis over time or the leased asset is used at about the same rate from month to month.

To calculate straight-line rent income, aggregate the total cost of all lease payments, and divide by the total lease term

27

GAAP Gross Income

1 - ‹#›

27

1 - ‹#›

For sales of property in the real estate industry, the basic accrual method is expanded, requiring that:

Sales are consummated (sales price is definite and assured of collection)

Initial and continuing investments by the buyer in the property are sufficient

All the risks and rewards of ownership reside with buyer

There is no continuing duty or involvement by the seller post-sale (after closing) and

There is no future subordination of any buyer receivable (seller financing cases).

Also, for retail land sales, accrual is only required if:

The refund period expires for buyer’s deposit or payments

Cumulative principal and interest payments equal at least ten percent of selling price

A down payment of at least 20%. If not, then at least 90% of current raw land sales contracts must be collected in full if such contracts are not cancelled within six months of their recordation in public records. This latter point ensures that the raw land contracts satisfy the full accrual method

No subordination of buyer’s receivable unless a home construction loan is superior, &

The seller met its obligation by completing any land developments.

28

GAAP Gross Income

1 - ‹#›

28

1 - ‹#›

Income is accrued when realized unless a special provision applies. Realization occurs when the earnings process with respect to the provision of goods or services is complete, regardless of when payment is made.

Special tax provisions for income recognition, include:

Prepaid rent – rent is includible in income the earlier of the date it is received or when it is earned

Long term construction contracts

Section 467 lease - when significant deferral or prepayment exists under the terms of a lease

Income inclusion no later than when included for financial reporting

Taxable Income excludes the following items:

Unrealized appreciation in assets (not recognized until sold)

Cash received from amounts borrowed (also repayments are not expenses)

Construction allowances and leasehold improvements received as a tenant

29

Taxable Gross Income

1 - ‹#›

29

1 - ‹#›

Matching Principle

Generally, a company must record its expenses incurred to generate the revenue reported.

Depreciation expense determined using the “useful life” of the asset

Impairment charges are recorded when the GAAP carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable

An asset is not recoverable if the carrying amount exceeds the expected future cash flows to be derived from the asset on an undiscounted basis

Carrying amount is its original historical/original cost and may have been reduced by depreciation

Reversal of impairment in subsequent years is generally prohibited.

30

Allowable Deductions Against GAAP Income

1 - ‹#›

30

1 - ‹#›

Business deductions generally allowed for costs to operate

Must be both ordinary (common in the business and industry) and necessary (not the same as required)

Must meet the “all events test”

Three requirements:

Must be fixed because all events establishing the liability have occurred

Must be determinable with reasonable accuracy

No deduction for general reserves

Economic performance must occur

Occurs when the party provides survives, property or use of property

Certain limitations apply for deductions

Benefit extends beyond a year

Meals (50%), Entertainment (not deductible)

Start-up and organizational expenses

Interest expense if more than 30% of EBITA/EBIT

31

Allowable Deductions Against Taxable Income

1 - ‹#›

31

1 - ‹#›

Depreciation and amortization expense relate to write off of capitalized costs

Methods and life are established by tax based on asset type

Begins on the date that asset is “placed in service”

Individual ability to deduct generally is more stringent

Requires bucketing of income

Non-deductible individual amounts include:

Personal expenses

Investment expenses,

Taxes (including state and local taxes from business and property tax)

Charitable and medical deductions are limited

Standard deduction

32

Allowable Deductions Against Taxable Income

1 - ‹#›

32

1 - ‹#›

Limits deduction for business interest expense to sum of business interest income plus 30% of the ‘adjusted taxable income’ (ATI) of a taxpayer for the tax year

Adjusted taxable income is defined similar to EBITDA for tax years beginning after 2017 and before 2022, and similar to EBIT (computed without regard to any deduction for depreciation, amortization, or depletion, and without regard to Section 199) for tax years beginning after 2021

Allows disallowed interest deductions to be carried forward indefinitely

Exempts taxpayers with average gross receipts for the three-year period ending with the prior taxable year that do not exceed $25 million

Provides that limitation applies to both related-party and unrelated-party debt -- does not apply to investment interest income

Excludes certain trades and businesses

33

Taxable Interest Expense Limitation

1 - ‹#›

33

1 - ‹#›

Interest Limitation Amount: A taxpayer’s interest deduction may not exceed 30% of Adjusted Taxable Income (ATI) plus business interest income plus floor plan financing interest

ATI is roughly equivalent to EBITDA for tax years beginning before January 1, 2022

ATI is roughly equivalent to EBIT (i.e., the add back for depreciation, amortization, and depletion is removed) for tax years beginning after January 1, 2022

Exemptions from new section 163(j): (1) interest paid or accrued on floor plan financing interest (i.e., interest paid/accrued on purchase of certain motor vehicles held for sale/lease); (2) certain small businesses with average gross receipts less than $25 million; (3) investment interest; (4) employee services businesses; (5) certain regulated utilities; and (6) electing real property and farming businesses

Under the partnership provisions, the limitation applies at the partnership level. When computing ATI of the partner, K-1 information from the partnership is ignored, but if the partnership has unused limitation, new Section 163(j) provides for a mechanic for it to be used by the partner

New Section 163(j) does not indicate whether the limitation applies to the consolidated group as a single taxpayer

However, the Conference report describes the House bill as providing that the limitation applies at the consolidated tax return filing level. The Conference report also indicates that the Senate bill followed the House bill, with modifications (not described as including consolidated return provision)

34

Taxable Interest Expense Limitation

1 - ‹#›

34

1 - ‹#›

Example

35

Taxable Interest Expense Limitation

1 - ‹#›

35

1 - ‹#›

Noncorporate taxpayers generally may deduct 20% of combined qualified business income from a partnership, S corporation, or sole proprietorship

In the case of a taxpayer who has qualified business income from a partnership or S corporation, the amount of the deduction is capped at the greater of

50% of the W-2 wages paid with respect to the qualified trade or business, or

The sum of 25% of the W-2 wages with respect to the qualified trade or business plus 2.5% of the unadjusted basis, immediately after acquisition, of all qualified property

Qualified business income

Effectively connected with a trade or business within the US and does not include:

Income from ‘specified services trades or businesses’ (for taxpayers with income above the income thresholds)

Individuals’ share of S corp reasonable compensation and partnership guaranteed payment income

Investment-type income (e.g., capital gains and dividends)

REIT dividends, cooperative dividends, and qualified publicly traded partnership income are qualified income (and not subject to the wage limitations)

36

20% deduction for domestic qualified business income

1 - ‹#›

36

1 - ‹#›

If total deductible expenses of a business exceed income, a net operating loss (NOL) results

A deduction of only 80% of taxable income for NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017

New law repeals carryback of all NOLs arising in a tax year ending after 2017

Carryforward for NOLs to be carried forward indefinitely starting in 2018

37

Tax Net Operating Losses

1 - ‹#›

37

1 - ‹#›

Common operating differences:

Impairment (lower of cost or market)

Rent – Free rent, escalated rent, prepaid rent

Allocation of purchase price to intangibles (lease intangibles: in place leases and above or below market rent)

Depreciation and amortization – assets, organization costs

Capitalization differences –repairs definition, cost segregation

Consolidation differences

38

Income Tax Basis (accrual) vs. US GAAP (accrual)

1 - ‹#›

38

1 - ‹#›

Tax Rates

39

1 - ‹#›

Tax rates – what causes differences

Character of income

Lower rate on capital gain and dividends

Three primary variables:

Entity used

Classification of investor

Type of asset

40

Differences in Tax Liability

1 - ‹#›

40

1 - ‹#›

Individual tax rates

Capital gain (loss) from investments

Short or long term

Section 1231

No offset of capital loss with other income

Ordinary income rate on business income

Rental properties

Operating income

Passthrough deduction effectively reduces rate on business income

Preferential dividend rate

Net investment income, self-employment & medicare tax rates

41

Tax rates

For real estate investment

1 - ‹#›

41

1 - ‹#›

42

Individual tax rates - 2017

For real estate investment

2017 Individual Tax Rates
Tax Rate Single Married Filing Joint Married Filing Separate Head of Household
10% Up to $9,325 Up to $18,650 Up to $9,325 Up to $13,350
15% $9,326 – $37,950 $18,651– $75,900 $9,326 – $37,950 $13,351 – $50,800
25% $37,951 – $91,900 $75,901 – $153,100 $37,951 – $76,550 $50,801 – $131,200
28% $91,901 – $191,650 $153,101 – $233,350 $76,551 – $116,675 $130,201– $212,500
33% $190,651 – $416,700 $233,351 – $416,700 $116,676 – $208,350 $212,501 – $416,700
35% $416,701 – $418,400 $416,701 – $470,700 $208,351 – $235,350 $416,701 – $444,550
39.60% Over $418,401 Over $470,701 Over $235,351 Over $444,551

Ordinary income rate on business income

Rental properties

Operating income

1 - ‹#›

42

1 - ‹#›

43

Individual tax rates - 2018

For real estate investment

2018 Individual Tax Rates
Tax Rate Single Married Filing Joint Married Filing Separate Head of Household
10% Up to $9,525 Up to $19,050 Up to $9,525 Up to $13,600
12% $9,526 – $38,700 $19,051– $77,400 $9,526 – $38,700 $13,601 – $51,800
22% $38,701 – $82,500 $77,401 – $165,000 $38,701 – $82,500 $51,801 – $82,500
24% $82,501 – $157,500 $165,001 – $315,000 $82,501 – $157,500 $82,501– $157,500
32% $157,501 – $200,000 $315,001 – $400,000 $157,501 – $200,000 $157,501 – $200,000
35% $200,001 – $500,000 $400,001 – $600,000 $200,001 – $300,000 $200,001 – $500,000
37% Over $500,001 Over $600,001 Over $300,001 Over $500,001

Ordinary income rate on business income

Rental properties

Operating income

1 - ‹#›

43

1 - ‹#›

44

Individual capital gain tax rates

Capital gain (loss) from investments

Short or long term

Section 1231

No offset of capital loss with other income

Capital Gain and Qualified Dividends
Type Taxpayers in 12% bracket or below Taxpayers in 35% bracket or below Taxpayers with income over 35% bracket
Short Term Capital Gains Taxed at ordinary income rates Taxed at ordinary income rates Taxed at ordinary income rates
Long Term Capital Gains* 0 15% 20%
Qualified Dividends 0 15% 20%
Real Estate Unrealized Recapture Gain (Section 1250 Property) 15% 25% 25%
 
* Investments held for more than one year

1 - ‹#›

44

1 - ‹#›

3.8% tax on all net investment income above $250,000/$200,000

Net investment income includes

Interest, dividends, royalties, rents, and other income not derived in an ordinary trade or business;

Income from a trade or business that is a passive activity;

Income from a trader fund;

Net gain on the disposition of property (except if used in a trade or business).

Self-employment taxes are on earned income

Include social security and medicare taxes

The medicare tax rate is 3.8%

45

Net investment income tax rates

1 - ‹#›

45

1 - ‹#›

46

20% deduction for domestic qualified business income

Noncorporate taxpayers generally may deduct 20% of combined qualified business income from a partnership, S corporation, or sole proprietorship

In the case of a taxpayer who has qualified business income from a partnership or S corporation, the amount of the deduction is capped at the greater of

50% of the W-2 wages paid with respect to the qualified trade or business, or

The sum of 25% of the W-2 wages with respect to the qualified trade or business plus 2.5% of the unadjusted basis, immediately after acquisition, of all qualified property

W-2 wage limit phases in for taxpayers with taxable income less than $157,500 (single)/$315,000 (married filing jointly)

Limit is fully phased in at $207,500/$415,000 respectively

Qualified business income is effectively connected with a trade or business within the US

Qualified income does not include:

Income from ‘specified services trades or businesses’ (for taxpayers with income above the income thresholds)

Individuals’ share of S corporation reasonable compensation and partnership guaranteed payment income

Investment-type income (e.g., capital gains and dividends)

REIT dividends, cooperative dividends, and qualified publicly traded partnership income are qualified income not subject to the wage limitations and are limited to 20% of such income

1 - ‹#›

46

1 - ‹#›

47

20% deduction for domestic qualified business income

Example: 20% deduction

Partnership allocates $100 of qualified business income to Partner A

Partner A’s allocable share of Partnership’s W-2 wages is $50

A entitled to deduct $20 (50% of Partner A’s allocable share of Partnership’s W-2 wages is $25, which is greater than deduction)

Section 199A deduction reduces effective rate of taxpayer taxed at top marginal rate to 29.6% ((100-20) x 37%)

The deduction does not reduce net investment income (NII)

The deduction is a partner / shareholder level deduction and does not decrease basis

1 - ‹#›

47

1 - ‹#›

48

20% deduction for domestic qualified business income

What are specified service activities?

Any activity involving the performance of services described in Section 1202(e)(3)(A), other than engineering and architecture, but including investing, trading, or dealing in securities (as defined in Section 475(c)(2)), partnership interests, or commodities

Section 1202(e)(3)(A): “any trade or business involving the performance of services in the fields of health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting, actuarial science, performing arts, consulting, athletics, financial services, brokerage services, or any trade or business where the principal asset of such trade or business is the reputation or skill of 1 or more of its employees”

It is unclear how much prohibited services activity taints a business activity

The provision may provide a benefit to certain labor income (e.g., specified services below the income thresholds)

Loss Carryover

Losses from a previous year are netted with current year income when determining qualified business income

1 - ‹#›

48

1 - ‹#›

Owners of corporations are said to be double taxed

Entity level corporate tax as well as shareholder level tax on dividend distributions (both shareholder and corporation pay tax on the same income

No preference on capital gain rate / capital loss limited carryover

Losses carry forward as “net operating loss” and can offset future income

In 2018, corporate tax rates are a flat 21% on all income

49

Corporate tax rates

2017 Corporate Income Tax Rates
Taxable income over Not over Rate
0 50,000 15%
50,000 75,000 25%
100,000 335,000 39%
335,000 10,000,000 34%
10,000,000 15,000,000 35%
15,000,000 18,333,333 38%
18,333,333 ……… 35%

1 - ‹#›

49

1 - ‹#›

See excel

50

Example of real estate investments

1 - ‹#›

50

1 - ‹#›

Entity Type

51

1 - ‹#›

Taxes

Tax rate on allocation of tax items

Double taxation

Distribution of property to owners

Ability to use losses

Choice of tax year

State tax rates

Employment taxes

Liability protection

Potential for mergers and acquisitions

Need to distribute earnings to owners

Financing needs

Ease of joint ventures

Compensation of owners

52

Factors in choosing a business entity

For real estate investment

1 - ‹#›

52

1 - ‹#›

Sole proprietorship

General partnership

Limited partnership

Limited liability company (“LLC”)

Single and multi-member LLC

C corporation

S corporation

Trust

Real estate investment trust (“REIT”)

Tenancy in Common (“TIC”)

Foreign entity

• Controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”)

• Passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”)

53

Form of ownership ­ business entity type

For real estate investment

1 - ‹#›

53

1 - ‹#›

No conversion for sole proprietor, partnerships, SMLLC, LLC

In some cases having a separate entity will be respected as making certain income determinations or elections

C corporation

Blocks income as to timing and character

S corporation

May block some items

Real estate investment trust (“REIT”) and foreign corps

Converts real estate and other character of income to dividend

54

Conversion of character of income

For real estate investment

1 - ‹#›

54

1 - ‹#›

55

1 - ‹#›

55

1 - ‹#›

56

1 - ‹#›

56

1 - ‹#›

57

1 - ‹#›

57

1 - ‹#›

58

1 - ‹#›

58

1 - ‹#›

59

1 - ‹#›

59

1 - ‹#›

Legal classification is not the same as tax classification

Some entities are “per se” corporations (ineligible to elect)

US C corporations & certain foreign entities are not eligible

Default classification

Domestic entity – defaults to partnership if it has two or more members; disregarded if it has a single owner.

Foreign entity – defaults to partnership or disregarded if at least one member does not have limited liability; corporation if all members have limited liability.

A U.S. LLC or LLP defaults to partnership (or disregarded), whereas a foreign LLP is treated by default as a corporation (if, as is generally the case, all its members have limited liability).

60

Check the box rules

1 - ‹#›

60

1 - ‹#›

Change in classification

Adding a second owner will change a disregarded entity into a partnership and vice versa

Change in the elected tax classification will lock the entity into that status for 60 months

Default classification is not an election, so the first change occur after formation as a different entity type

61

Check the box rules

1 - ‹#›

61

1 - ‹#›

• Sole proprietorships

• Single member LLCs

• General and limited partnerships

• Limited Liability Companies (LLCs)

• C corporations

• S corporations

• Real Estate Investment Trusts ("REITs")

• UPREIT

• DownREIT

• Tenancy in Common ("TICs")

62

Conversion from/to entity types

1 - ‹#›

62

1 - ‹#›

What is a REIT

A corporation or trust that elects to be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code which govern:

Its organizational structure

Nature of its assets

Sources of its income

Minimum distributions to its shareholders

Taxed as a corporation but for the dividends paid deduction

Dividends are determined under earnings and profits - a separate set of principles

Dividends paid deduction is taken before net operating loss deduction

100% tax on “prohibited transactions” (i.e. dealer property)

Tax on built-in-gains

Includes any unrealized appreciation in the corporation prior to REIT election

Subject to alternative minimum tax

63

1 - ‹#›

63

1 - ‹#›

64

REIT Background

Real Estate Investment Trust - a company that owns or finances income-producing real estate.

Modeled after mutual funds, REITs provide investors of all types regular income streams, diversification and long-term capital appreciation.

Pay out all of their taxable income as dividends and shareholders pay the income taxes on those dividends. 

Allow small investors access to portfolios of large-scale properties the same way they invest in other industries – through the purchase of stock.

REITs are traded on major stock exchanges but there are also public non-listed and private REITs. The two main types of REITs are Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs.

Equity REITs generate income through the collection of rent on, and from sales of, the properties they own for the long-term.

Mortgage REITs invest in mortgages or mortgage securities tied to commercial and/or residential properties.

Today, REITs are tied to almost all aspects of the economy, including apartments, hospitals, hotels, industrial facilities, infrastructure, nursing homes, offices, shopping malls, storage centers, student housing, and timberlands.

REIT model is used in more than 30 countries around the world

1 - ‹#›

64

1 - ‹#›

To qualify as a REIT, an entity must:

Be structured as corporation, trust, or association

Be managed by a board of directors or trustees

Have the shares that are fully transferable

Be taxable as a domestic corporation

Not be a financial institution or an insurance company

Be jointly owned by 100 persons or more

Pay dividends of at least 90% of the REIT's taxable income

No more than 50% of the shares can be held by five or fewer individuals during the last half of each taxable year

At least 75% of total assets must be invested in real estate

Derive at least 75% of gross income from rents or mortgage interest

No more than 20% of its assets may consist of taxable REIT subsidiaries.

65

REIT Qualification

1 - ‹#›

65

1 - ‹#›

Summary of REIT federal tax compliance requirements

66

1 - ‹#›

66

1 - ‹#›

Summary of REIT federal tax compliance requirements

67

1 - ‹#›

67

1 - ‹#›

Advantages of a REIT

The two factors that make a REIT particularly attractive planning tool are that it is:

Treated as a corporation from a tax perspective; and

Not subject to any corporate level tax assuming it distributes 100% of its taxable income.

These two facts make it a useful tool for investing in real estate assets when there is a desire to have a corporate blocker between the investor and the real estate.

Examples of where a REIT can be utilized include:

Blocks UBTI for tax exempt investors

Pension Held REIT Exception

Blocks ECI for non-U.S. investors

Exception for distributions attributable to USRPI disposition

Blocks state income tax obligations of investors in the REIT

68

1 - ‹#›

68

1 - ‹#›

Disadvantages of a REIT

The various qualification requirements discussed below can place limitations on the activities of the REIT or force certain activities to be conducted in a taxable C corporation.

Risk of failure to meet the requirements.

Additional compliance costs

Cost of preferred shareholders

69

1 - ‹#›

69

1 - ‹#›

70

REIT Investor Taxation - Individual

Dividend distributions for tax purposes are allocated to ordinary income, capital gains and return of capital, each of which may be taxed at a different rate.

Individual Taxation of REIT Dividends

Ordinary REIT dividends are taxed as ordinary income tax rate up to the maximum rate of 29.6 percent (37 percent less 20 percent passthrough deduction), plus a separate 3.8 percent surtax on investment income (no qualified dividend reduction).

REIT dividends will qualify for a lower tax rate in the following instances:

When the individual taxpayer is subject to a lower scheduled income tax rate;

When a REIT makes a capital gains distribution (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax), Section 1250 recapture (pass through 25 percent rate) or a return of capital distribution (nontaxable);

When a REIT distributes dividends received from a taxable REIT subsidiary or other corporation (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax); and

When permitted, a REIT pays corporate taxes and retains earnings (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax).

In addition, the maximum 20 percent capital gains rate (plus the 3.8 percent surtax) applies generally to the sale of REIT stock.

1 - ‹#›

70

1 - ‹#›

71

REIT Investor Taxation – Non-US

Tax Exempt Entity Taxation of REIT Dividends

No tax on any income

Dividends treated as UBTI if entity is a pension held REIT

Non-US Taxation of REIT Dividends

Ordinary REIT dividends are taxed as FDAP (subject to 30% gross rate) but may be reduced by a treaty.

Many treaties do not provide the same reduction for REITs as other corporations (e.g. 0% could apply to C corps but 15% for REIT dividends)

Pensions often have a better reduction under a treaty

Capital gain distributions are treated as effectively connected US income if attributable to the sale of US property in the REIT

Distributions are FIRPTA, subject to:

A 21% rate for corporations, or

A 20% rate for non-US individuals

Qualified Foreign Pensions have no tax on capital gain distributions

In addition, FIRPTA applies generally to the sale of REIT stock, but not if it is domestically controlled (more than 50% US ownership)

Return of capital distributions may be FIRPTA unless reduction is requested

1 - ‹#›

71

1 - ‹#›

A REIT may still pay taxes (potential complex filing requirements)

Federal taxes

Excise taxes on dividends if not managed timely

“Prohibited transaction” tax (Discussed later in this section)

State taxes

State and local franchise tax and net worth tax (tax on capital)

Special states (Texas, DC, Washington B&O)

Corporate state income taxes on REIT (e.g., some states proposing to not allowing DPD others )

Minimum entity taxes

Unincorporated Business Taxes (especially relevant to NYC operations)

Other Receipts Taxes

Taxes paid by TRS

Activities put in TRS are double taxed

Debt can be used to minimize leakage

Stuffing loss activities is common practice

72

1 - ‹#›

72

1 - ‹#›

73

REIT

Real Estate Investment Trust - a company that owns or finances income-producing real estate.

Modeled after mutual funds, REITs provide investors of all types regular income streams, diversification and long-term capital appreciation.

Pay out all of their taxable income as dividends and shareholders pay the income taxes on those dividends. 

Allow small investors access to portfolios of large-scale properties the same way they invest in other industries – through the purchase of stock.

REITs are traded on major stock exchanges but there are also public non-listed and private REITs. The two main types of REITs are Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs.

Equity REITs generate income through the collection of rent on, and from sales of, the properties they own for the long-term.

Mortgage REITs invest in mortgages or mortgage securities tied to commercial and/or residential properties.

Today, REITs are tied to almost all aspects of the economy, including apartments, hospitals, hotels, industrial facilities, infrastructure, nursing homes, offices, shopping malls, storage centers, student housing, and timberlands.

REIT model is used in more than 30 countries around the world

1 - ‹#›

73

1 - ‹#›

74

REIT Entity Taxation

Taxed as a corporation but for the dividends paid deduction

Dividends are determined under earnings and profits - a separate set of principles

Dividends paid deduction is taken before net operating loss deduction

100% tax on “prohibited transactions” (i.e. dealer property)

Tax on built-in-gains

Includes any unrealized appreciation in the corporation prior to REIT election

Subject to alternative minimum tax

1 - ‹#›

74

1 - ‹#›

75

REIT Investor Taxation - Individual

Dividend distributions for tax purposes are allocated to ordinary income, capital gains and return of capital, each of which may be taxed at a different rate.

Individual Taxation of REIT Dividends

Ordinary REIT dividends are taxed as ordinary income tax rate up to the maximum rate of 39.6 percent, plus a separate 3.8 percent surtax on investment income (no qualified dividend reduction).

REIT dividends will qualify for a lower tax rate in the following instances:

When the individual taxpayer is subject to a lower scheduled income tax rate;

When a REIT makes a capital gains distribution (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax) or a return of capital distribution;

When a REIT distributes dividends received from a taxable REIT subsidiary or other corporation (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax); and

When permitted, a REIT pays corporate taxes and retains earnings (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax).

In addition, the maximum 20 percent capital gains rate (plus the 3.8 percent surtax) applies generally to the sale of REIT stock.

1 - ‹#›

75

1 - ‹#›

76

REIT Investor Taxation – Non-US

Tax Exempt Entity Taxation of REIT Dividends

No tax on any income

Non-US Taxation of REIT Dividends

Ordinary REIT dividends are taxed as FDAP (subject to 30% gross rate) but may be reduced by a treaty.

Many treaties do not provide the same reduction for REITs as other corporations (e.g. 0% could apply to C corps but 15% for REIT dividends)

Pensions may have a better reduction under a treaty

Capital gain distributions are treated as effectively connected US income if attributable to the sale of US property in the REIT

Distributions are FIRPTA, subject to:

A 35% rate for corporations, or

A 20% rate for non-US individuals

Qualified Foreign Pensions have no tax on capital gain distributions

In addition, FIRPTA applies generally to the sale of REIT stock, but not if it is domestically controlled (more than 50% US ownership)

Return of capital distributions may be FIRPTA unless reduction is requested

1 - ‹#›

76

1 - ‹#›

To qualify as a REIT, an entity must:

Be structured as corporation, trust, or association

Be managed by a board of directors or trustees

Have the shares that are fully transferable

Be taxable as a domestic corporation

Not be a financial institution or an insurance company

Be jointly owned by 100 persons or more

Pay dividends of at least 90% of the REIT's taxable income

No more than 50% of the shares can be held by five or fewer individuals during the last half of each taxable year

At least 75% of total assets must be invested in real estate

Derive at least 75% of gross income from rents or mortgage interest

No more than 20% of its assets may consist of taxable REIT subsidiaries.

77

REIT Qualification

1 - ‹#›

77

1 - ‹#›

Uses

Reduce state taxes

Eliminate UBTI

Change rental income to dividends without tax

Other

Definition of real property is broad

78

REITs

1 - ‹#›

78

1 - ‹#›

To qualify as an S corporation, an entity must:

Be a domestic corporation

Have only allowable shareholders

including individuals, certain trust, and estates and

may not include partnerships, corporations or non-resident alien shareholders

Have no more than 100 shareholders

Have one class of stock

Not be an ineligible corporation i.e. certain financial institutions, insurance companies, and domestic international sales corporations.

Submit an application signed by all shareholders before two months and 15 days beginning of the effective tax year

79

S Corporation Qualification

1 - ‹#›

79

1 - ‹#›

A controlled foreign corporation is any foreign corporation in which more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote is owned directly, indirectly, or constructively by U.S. shareholders on any day during the taxable year of such foreign corporation or more than 50% of the total value of the stock is owned directly, indirectly or constructively by U.S. shareholders on any day during the taxable year of the corporation.

A U.S. shareholder is a U.S person (defined in IRC section 957(c)) who owns directly, indirectly, or constructively 10 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote in a foreign corporation.

80

CFC Definition

1 - ‹#›

80

1 - ‹#›

A passive foreign investment company is a foreign-based corporation that has one of the following attributes: 1. At least 75% of the corporation's income is considered "passive income” OR 2. At least 50% of the company's average assets produce passive income

Passive income includes interest, dividends, capital gains, rents, royalties, etc.)

81

PFIC Definition

1 - ‹#›

81

1 - ‹#›

Accounting in Business

1 - ‹#›

Today’s world is one of information — its preparation, communication, analysis, and use. Accounting is at the core of this information age. Knowledge of accounting gives us career opportunities and the insight to take advantage of them.

1 - ‹#›

Importance of Accounting

For example, the sale by Apple of an iPhone.

Keep a chronological log of transactions.

Prepare reports such as financial statements.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting is an information and measurement system that identifies, records, and communicates relevant, reliable, and comparable information about an organization’s business activities.

Identifying business activities requires that we select relevant transactions and events.

Recording business activities requires that we keep a chronological log of transactions and events measured in dollars.

Communicating business activities includes preparing accounting reports such as financial statements, which we analyze and interpret.

1 - ‹#›

Users of Financial Information

Accounting is called the language of business because all organizations set up an accounting information system to communicate data to help people make better decisions. Accounting serves many users who can be divided into two groups: external users and internal users.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting is called the language of business because all organizations set up an accounting information system to communicate data to help people make better decisions. Accounting serves many users who can be divided into two groups: external users and internal users.

External users of accounting information are not directly involved in running the organization. They include shareholders (investors), lenders, directors, customers, suppliers, regulators, lawyers, brokers, and the press. External users have limited access to an organization’s information.

Internal users of accounting information are those directly involved in managing and operating an organization. They use the information to help improve the efficiency and effectiveness of an organization. Managerial accounting is the area of accounting that serves the decision-making needs of internal users.

1 - ‹#›

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP)

Financial accounting is governed by concepts and rules known as generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). GAAP aims to make information relevant, reliable, and comparable.

Relevant information affects decisions

of users.

Reliable information is trusted by users.

Comparable information is helpful in contrasting organizations.

1 - ‹#›

Financial accounting is governed by concepts and rules known as generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). GAAP aims to make information relevant, reliable, and comparable. Relevant information affects decisions of users. Reliable information is trusted by users. Comparable information is helpful in contrasting organizations.

1 - ‹#›

International Standards

In today’s global economy, there is increased demand by external users for comparability in accounting reports. This demand often arises when companies wish to raise money from lenders and investors in different countries.

Differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS are decreasing as the

FASB and IASB pursue a convergence process aimed to achieve a single set of accounting standards for global use.

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) An independent group (consisting of individuals from many countries), issues International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

Identify preferred accounting practices

1 - ‹#›

In today’s global economy, there is increased demand by external users for comparability in accounting reports. This demand often arises when companies wish to raise money from lenders and investors in different countries. To that end, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), an independent group (consisting of individuals from many countries), issues International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) that identify preferred accounting practices.

Differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS are decreasing as the FASB and IASB pursue a convergence process aimed to achieve a single set of accounting standards for global use.

1 - ‹#›

Principles and Assumptions of Accounting

General principles are the basic assumptions, concepts, and guidelines for preparing financial statements. General principles stem from long-used accounting practices.

Specific principles are detailed rules used in reporting business transactions and events. Specific principles arise more often from the rulings of authoritative groups.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting principles (and assumptions) are of two types. General principles are the basic assumptions, concepts, and guidelines for preparing financial statements. Specific principles are detailed rules used in reporting business transactions and events. General principles stem from long-used accounting practices. Specific principles arise more often from the rulings of authoritative groups.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting Principles

Cost Principle

Accounting information is based on actual cost. Actual cost is considered objective.

Matching Principle

A company must record its expenses incurred to generate the revenue reported.

Full Disclosure Principle

A company is required to report the details behind financial statements that would impact users’ decisions.

Revenue Recognition Principle

Recognize revenue when it is earned.

Proceeds need not be in cash.

Measure revenue by cash received plus cash value of items received.

1 - ‹#›

The measurement principle, also called the cost principle, usually means that accounting information is based on actual cost (with a potential for subsequent adjustments to market). Cost is measured on a cash or equal-to-cash basis. This means if cash is given for a service, its cost is measured as the amount of cash paid.

Three concepts are important to the revenue recognition principle.

Revenue is recognized when earned. The earnings process is normally complete when services are performed or a seller transfers ownership of products to the buyer.

Proceeds from selling products and services need not be in cash. A common noncash proceed received by a seller is a customer’s promise to pay at a future date, called credit sales.

Revenue is measured by the cash received plus the cash value of any other items received.

The expense recognition principle, also called the matching principle, prescribes that a company record the expenses it incurred to generate the revenue reported. The principles of matching and revenue recognition are key to modern accounting.

The full disclosure principle states that a company is required to report the details behind the financial statements if the details so disclosed would impact the users’ decision-making process. Most of the details are reported in the notes to the financial statements.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting Assumptions

Monetary Unit Assumption

Express transactions and events in monetary, or money, units.

Business Entity Assumption

A business is accounted for separately from other business entities, including its owner.

Time Period Assumption

Presumes that the life of a company can be divided into time periods, such as months and years.

Now

Future

Going-Concern Assumption

Reflects assumption that the business will continue operating instead of being closed or sold.

1 - ‹#›

Now we will look at four fundamental assumptions of accounting. The going-concern assumption states that, in the absence of information to the contrary, the business entity is assumed to continue operations into the foreseeable future. The monetary unit assumption tells us that we will only record accounting information that can be expressed in monetary units, usually dollars in the United States. The business entity assumption tells us that we must separate out the transaction of individual owners of a business from those of the business. Finally, the time period assumption presumes that the life of a company can be divided into time periods such as months and years, and that useful reports can be prepared for those periods.

1 - ‹#›

Sarbanes–Oxley (SOX)

Congress passed the Sarbanes–Oxley Act to help curb financial abuses at

companies that issue their stock to the public. SOX requires that these public companies apply both accounting oversight and stringent internal controls. The desired results include more transparency, accountability, and truthfulness in reporting transactions.

1 - ‹#›

Congress passed the Sarbanes–Oxley Act to help curb financial abuses at companies that issue their stock to the public. SOX requires that these public companies apply both accounting oversight and stringent internal controls. The desired results include more transparency, accountability, and truthfulness in reporting transactions.

1 - ‹#›

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Act was designed to:

promote accountability and transparency in the financial system,

put an end to the notion of “too big to fail,”

protect the taxpayer by ending bailouts, and

protect consumers from abusive financial services.

1 - ‹#›

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was passed by Congress and designed to:

promote accountability and transparency in the financial system,

put an end to the notion of “too big to fail,”

protect the taxpayer by ending bailouts, and

protect consumers from abusive financial services.

1 - ‹#›

Liabilities

Equity

Assets

=

+

Double-Entry System

1 - ‹#›

Double-entry accounting requires that for each transaction:

● At least two accounts are involved, with at least one debit and one credit.

● The total amount debited must equal the total amount credited.

● The accounting equation must not be violated.

After we decide on the terms to use for the left and right side of a ledger account, we must establish the mathematics of the double-entry system. Liabilities and equity have the opposite sign of assets. If we were to move the liabilities to the left side of the equation, it would read assets minus liabilities equal equity. As a convention of double-entry accounting we have decided that a debit, or left side, to an asset account will represent an increase in the asset account balance. Once this decision is made, all the remaining math is determined. Because liabilities and equity have the opposite sign of assets, a debit to a liability or equity account means a decrease and a credit means an increase. Instead of using the terms increase and decrease, we use the terms debit and credit. It is important to remember whether we are talking about an asset, liability, or equity account for the meaning of a debit or a credit.

Another method for working with debits and credits is to use the accounting equation as a guide. Assets are on the left hand side of the accounting equation. Therefore all increases to assets are on the debit (left) side of the T-account. Liabilities and equity accounts are on the right hand side of the accounting equation. Therefore all increases to liabilities and equity accounts are on the credit (right) side of the T-account.

It will take you a short while to become accustomed to using the terms debit and credit, but with practice you will master the concept easily.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing Transactions

Double-entry accounting is useful in analyzing and processing transactions. Analysis of each transaction follows these four steps.

1 - ‹#›

1 - ‹#›

Accounting Cycle

1 - ‹#›

The term accounting cycle refers to the steps in preparing financial statements. It is called a cycle because the steps are repeated each reporting period. There are ten steps in the cycle which include:

1. Analyze transactions -- Analyze transactions to prepare for journalizing.

2. Journalize -- Record accounts, including debits and credits, in a journal.

3. Post -- Transfer debits and credits from the journal to the ledger.

4. Prepare unadjusted trial balance -- Summarize unadjusted ledger accounts and amounts.

5. Adjust -- Record adjustments to bring account balances up to date; journalize and post adjustments.

6. Prepare adjusted trial balance -- Summarize adjusted ledger accounts and amounts.

7. Prepare statements -- Use adjusted trial balance to prepare financial statements.

8. Close -- Journalize and post entries to close temporary accounts.

9. Prepare post-closing trial balance -- Test clerical accuracy of the closing procedures.

10. Reverse (optional step) -- Reverse certain adjustments in the next period.

Notice that we prepare the financial statements before we complete the closing process.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis and the Accounting Equation

The Accounting Equation

Expanded Accounting Equation:

Net Income

1 - ‹#›

The accounting system reflects two basic aspects of a company: what it owns and what it owes. Assets are resources a company owns or controls. Examples are cash, supplies, equipment, and land, where each carries expected benefits. The claims on a company’s assets—what it owes—are separated into owner and non-owner claims. Liabilities are what a company owes its non-owners (creditors) in future payments, products, or services. Equity (also called owner’s equity or capital) refers to the claims of its owner(s). Together, liabilities and equity are the source of funds to acquire assets.

Assets are resources a company owns or controls. These resources are expected to yield future benefits. Examples are Web servers for an online services company, musical instruments for a rock band, and land for a vegetable grower. The term receivable is used to refer to an asset that promises a future inflow of resources. A company that provides a service or product on credit is said to have an account receivable from that customer.

Liabilities are creditors’ claims on assets. These claims reflect company obligations to provide assets, products or services to others. The term payable refers to a liability that promises a future outflow of resources. Examples are wages payable to workers, accounts payable to suppliers, notes payable to banks, and taxes payable to the government.

Equity is the owner’s claim on assets, and is equal to assets minus liabilities. This is the reason equity is also called net assets or residual equity.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 1

On December 1, Joan Taylor personally invests $1,500,000 cash in FastForward and deposits the cash in a bank account opened under the name of FastForward.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Owner Capital (equity)

1 - ‹#›

Let’s look at the identification and recording of business transactions for FastForward, a consulting business owned by Chas Taylor that focuses on assessing the performance of footwear and accessories. On December 1, Chas Taylor personally invests $30,000 cash in FastForward and deposits the cash in a bank account opened under the name of FastForward.

First, we have to identify the assets, liability or equity accounts involved in this transaction. We can see that the cash account will increase by $30,000 and the owner capital will increase by $30,000.

After this transaction, the cash (an asset) and the owner’s equity each equal $30,000. The source of increase in equity is the owner’s investment, which is included in the column titled C. Taylor, Capital. (Owner investments are always included under the title ‘Owner name,’ Capital.)

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 2

FastForward uses $50,000 of its cash to place a deposit on a commercial rental building, Building A.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Deposits (asset)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction number 2, FastForward uses $2,500 of its cash to buy supplies of brand name footwear for performance testing over the next few months.

This transaction is an exchange of cash, an asset, for another kind of asset, supplies. It merely changes the form of assets from cash to supplies. The decrease in cash is exactly equal to the increase in supplies. The supplies of footwear are assets because of the expected future benefits from the test results of their performance.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 3

FastForward purchases Building A, for $3,500,000, allocating $500,000 to Land and $3,000,000 to Building. Fastforward assumes $200,000 of tenant deposits and uses its $50,000 original deposit and borrows a mortgage of $3,000,000.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset) (5) Security Deposits (liability)

(2) Deposits (asset) (6) Mortgage (liability)

(3) Land (asset)

(4) Building (asset)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction number 3, FastForward spends $26,000 to acquire equipment for testing footwear. This is an exchange of one asset, cash, for another asset, equipment. The equipment is an asset because of its expected future benefits from testing footwear.

This purchase changes the makeup of assets but does not change the asset total.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 4

Tenant G negotiates that Joan Taylor improve certain space in the building. Joan completed the build out at a cost of $250,000, but Joan has not yet paid the cash to the contractor.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Building Improvemnts (asset)

(2) Accounts Payable (liability)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction number 4, FastForward decides more supplies of footwear and accessories are needed. These additional supplies total $7,100, but as we see from the accounting equation, FastForward has only $1,500 in cash. Taylor arranges to purchase them on credit from CalTech Supply Company.

FastForward acquires supplies in exchange for a promise to pay for them later. This purchase increases assets by $7,100 in supplies, and liabilities (called accounts payable to CalTech Supply) increase by the same amount.

This purchase changes the makeup of assets but does not change the asset total.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 5

In connection with the acquisition of Building A, FastForward incurred due diligence fees. Upon receipt of the bill, the amount was immediately paid. The fees for diligence was determined to be $7,000 related to the Land acquisition and $43,000 related to the Building acquisition.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Land (asset)

(3) Building (asset)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction number 5, FastForward provides consulting services to a powerwalking club and immediately collects $4,200 cash.

The accounting equation reflects this increase in cash of $4,200 and in equity of $4,200. This increase in equity is identified in the far right column under Revenues because the cash received is earned by providing consulting services. It earns net income only if its revenues are greater than its expenses incurred in earning them.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 6

FastForward signed a 5 year lease from April 1, 2018 to March 31, 2023. After three months of free rent, the lease requires $20,000/mo. over the remaining 57 months. Straight-line rental amount of $19,000 for each month (and the 9-month total) of $171,000 is being recorded at year end.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Revenue (equity)

Note that the cash received posted below was not correct in this transaction. Actual cash was $120,000. This amount will be corrected in an adjusting entry later.

1 - ‹#›

In transaction 6 and 7, FastForward pays $1,000 rent to the landlord of the building where its facilities are located. Paying this amount allows FastForward to occupy the space for the month of December. In addition, the company pays the biweekly $700 salary of the company’s only employee.

The costs of both rent and salary are expenses, as opposed to assets, because their benefits are used in December (they have no future benefits after December). These transactions also use up an asset (cash). By definition, increases in expenses yield decreases in equity. This can be seen in the accounting equation chart because expenses are subtracted in the equity part of the equation. So, an increase in an expense account yields the subtraction of a larger number, thus decreasing equity.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 7

FastForward pays property taxes of $12,000 for the six months from February 1st to July 31. Also, $10,000 for the five months of property taxes due from August 1st to December 31st are recorded as owed.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Accounts Payable* (liability)

(3) Expense (equity)

* This transaction could be recorded in a separate account called property taxes payable depending on the chart of accounts for the entity.

1 - ‹#›

In transaction 8, FastForward provides consulting services of $1,600 and rents its test facilities for $300 to a podiatric services center. The center is billed for the $1,900 total. This transaction results in a new asset, called accounts receivable, from this client. It also yields an increase in equity from the two revenue components that total $1,900.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 8

On April 1st a management fee contract was signed which requires payments of $2,000/mo. Prepayment of 2-months ($4,000) is required upon signing of the contract and continuously thereafter.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Prepaid expenses (asset)

(3) Management fee expense (expense)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction 9, the podiatric center pays $1,900 to FastForward 10 days after it is billed for consulting services.

This transaction does not change the total amount of assets and does not affect liabilities or equity. It converts the receivable (an asset) to cash (another asset). It does not create new revenue. Revenue was recognized when FastForward rendered the services, not when the cash is received.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 9

Utilities on the property were paid in the month after it was incurred, except that both the November and December bill were paid on January of the next year. The total utilities were $3,230 of which $590 represented the amounts paid in January of the following year. Record the entire year utilities.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Prepaid expenses (asset)

(3) Management fee expense (expense)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction 9, the podiatric center pays $1,900 to FastForward 10 days after it is billed for consulting services.

This transaction does not change the total amount of assets and does not affect liabilities or equity. It converts the receivable (an asset) to cash (another asset). It does not create new revenue. Revenue was recognized when FastForward rendered the services, not when the cash is received.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 10

Professional fees for bookkeeping and tax returns of $2,500 are incurred but not paid.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Accounts Payable (liability)

(2) Expenses (equity)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction 11, the owner of FastForward withdraws $200 cash for personal use. FastForward’s cash decreases. Chas Taylor, Withdrawals increases by $200, which by definition, yields a decrease in equity. This relationship can be seen in the accounting equation on the slide by the subtraction of the withdrawals account in the equity section. As the withdrawals account balance increases, total equity decreases.

Withdrawals (decreases in equity) are not reported as expenses because they are not part of the company’s earnings process. Since withdrawals are not company expenses, they are not used in computing net income.

1 - ‹#›

Transaction Analysis

Transaction 11

The owner of FastForward withdraws $500,000 cash for personal use.

The accounts involved are:

(1) Cash (asset)

(2) Withdrawals (equity)

1 - ‹#›

In transaction 11, the owner of FastForward withdraws $200 cash for personal use. FastForward’s cash decreases. Chas Taylor, Withdrawals increases by $200, which by definition, yields a decrease in equity. This relationship can be seen in the accounting equation on the slide by the subtraction of the withdrawals account in the equity section. As the withdrawals account balance increases, total equity decreases.

Withdrawals (decreases in equity) are not reported as expenses because they are not part of the company’s earnings process. Since withdrawals are not company expenses, they are not used in computing net income.

1 - ‹#›

Summary of Transactions

1 - ‹#›

We have now completed transactions 1 through 11. This is a summary of all eleven of FastForward’s transactions during the month of December. Why don’t you add all the assets and get a total. Compare the total assets to the total of liabilities and equity. The books are still in balance after analyzing the eleven transactions.

1 - ‹#›

Financial Statements

The four financial statements and their purposes are:

Income statement — describes a company’s revenues and expenses along with the resulting net income or loss over a period of time due to earnings activities.

Statement of owner’s equity— explains changes in equity from net income (or loss) and from any owner investments and withdrawals over a period of time.

Balance sheet — describes a company’s financial position (types and amounts of assets, liabilities, and equity) at a point in time.

Statement of cash flows — identifies cash inflows (receipts) and cash outflows (payments) over a period of time.

1 - ‹#›

This section introduces us to how financial statements are prepared from the analysis of business transactions. The four financial statements and their purposes are:

Income statement — describes a company’s revenues and expenses along with the resulting net income or loss over a period of time due to earnings activities.

Statement of owner’s equity— explains changes in equity from net income (or loss) and from any owner investments and withdrawals over a period of time.

Balance sheet — describes a company’s financial position (types and amounts of assets, liabilities, and equity) at a point in time.

Statement of cash flows — identifies cash inflows (receipts) and cash outflows (payments) over a period of time.

1 - ‹#›

Income Statement

The income statement describes a company’s revenues and expenses along with the resulting net income or loss over a period of time due to earnings activities.

1 - ‹#›

FastForward’s income statement for December shows revenues and expenses conveniently taken from the equity columns of the transaction summary. Revenues are reported first on the income statement. They include consulting revenues of $5,800 and rental revenue of $300. Expenses reflect the costs incurred to generate the revenues reported. FastForward’s expenses include rent and salaries. Net income (or loss) is reported at the bottom of the statement. FastForward has net income of $4,400 in December.

1 - ‹#›

Statement of Owner’s Equity

Net income from the income statement.

The statement of owner’s equity reports information about how equity changes over the reporting period.

1 - ‹#›

The statement of owner’s equity reports information about how equity changes over the reporting period. This statement shows beginning capital, events that increase it (owner investments and net income), and events that decrease it (withdrawals and net loss).

FastForward was started this month, so the beginning balance in owner's equity was zero. Chas Taylor invested $30,000 in the company at the beginning of the month. During December, net income of $4,400 was earned. Notice that the net income flows from the income statement to the statement of owner’s equity. We must complete the income statement before we can begin work on the statement of owner’s equity. In addition, $200 withdrawal was made by Chas Taylor, so the ending balance in owner's equity is $34,200. After we complete this statement, we can prepare the balance sheet.

1 - ‹#›

Balance Sheet

The balance sheet describes a company’s financial position at a point in time.

1 - ‹#›

The balance sheet is a summary of assets, liabilities, and equity at the end of the month. Our total assets are equal to $40,400. This includes cash of $4,800, supplies of $9,600, and equipment of $26,000.

Liabilities include accounts payable of $6,200. Equity is composed of C. Taylor, Capital of $34,200. The account C.Taylor, Capital flows directly from the statement of owner’s equity. You can see that the books are in balance because total assets are equal to total liabilities plus equity.

Creditors have claims against our assets of $6,200. The owner has claims to assets of $34,200.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing and Posting Process

The accounting process identifies business transactions and events, analyzes and records their effects, and summarizes and presents information in reports and financial statements. These reports and statements are used for making investing, lending, and other business decisions.

1 - ‹#›

The accounting process identifies business transactions and events, analyzes and records their effects, and summarizes and presents information in reports and financial statements. These reports and statements are used for making investing, lending, and other business decisions. The steps in the accounting process that focus on analyzing and recording transactions and events are shown on this slide.

We begin the accounting process by analyzing source documents. For example, you usually receive a receipt when you pay cash for something. Think about the last time you went to a fast food restaurant. When you received your order, you were given a receipt, a source document. If you wanted a company to reimburse you for the meal because you were traveling on company business, you must present evidence of your expenditure. This evidence takes the form of a source document, the receipt.

Once we identify a business transaction, we record it in a journal. A journal is arranged in chronological order. Transactions are recorded by date of occurrence. At the end of the accounting period, usually a month, transactions in the journal are posted to a ledger account. Posting is the systematic process of transferring information from the journal to the ledger. The ledger groups transactions by the accounts impacted. For example, we will have a ledger account for cash. All transactions that result in increases or decreases in the cash account will be posted to the cash ledger account.

Once all transactions have been posted, we prepare a trial balance. The purpose of the trial balance is to make sure that all information has been transferred properly. The trial balance is a listing of all account balances.

1 - ‹#›

Closing Agreements

Bank Statements

Purchase Orders

Checks

Source Documents

Bills from Suppliers

1 - ‹#›

Source documents identify and describe transactions and events entering the accounting process. They are the sources of accounting information and can be in either hard copy or electronic form. Almost all businesses use sales orders, purchase orders, statements from suppliers, canceled checks, bank statements, shipping notices, packing slips, and the like to support the existence of a transaction. In today’s highly computerized environment, many source documents are stored digitally. Knowing how to access these digital source documents is an important part of accounting.

1 - ‹#›

An account is a record of increases and decreases in a specific asset, liability, equity, revenue, or expense item.

The Account and Its Analysis

The general ledger is a record containing all accounts used by the company.

1 - ‹#›

An account is a record of increases and decreases in a specific asset, liability, equity, revenue, or expense item. The general ledger is a record containing all accounts used by the company.

1 - ‹#›

The Account and its Analysis

Owner, Capital

Owner, Withdrawals

1 - ‹#›

Recall the basic accounting equation – Assets are equal to Liabilities plus Equity. The equity section is composed of the owner’s capital account and the owner’s withdrawal account.

Asset accounts – Assets are resources owned or controlled by a company and that have expected future benefits. Most accounting systems include (at a minimum) separate accounts for the assets described, such as cash, accounts receivable, note receivable, and prepaid accounts.

Liability accounts – Liabilities are claims (by creditors) against assets, which means they are obligations to transfer assets or provide products or services to other entities. Creditors often use a balance sheet to help decide whether to loan money to a company. A loan is less risky if the borrower’s liabilities are small in comparison to assets because this means there are more resources than claims on resources.

Equity Accounts – The owner’s claim on a company’s assets is called equity or owner’s equity. Equity is the owner’s residual interest in the assets of a business after deducting liabilities.

1 - ‹#›

Ledger and Chart of Accounts

The ledger is a collection of all accounts for an information system. A company’s size and diversity of operations affect the number of accounts needed.

The chart of accounts is a list of all accounts and includes an identifying number for each account.

1 - ‹#›

The ledger is a collection of all accounts for an information system. A company’s size and diversity of operations affect the number of accounts needed.

A chart of accounts is a listing of all accounts in the ledger and each account includes an identifying number. Notice that all assets accounts begin with an account number of one, all liabilities with two, equities with three, revenues with four, and expenses with six.

1 - ‹#›

Land

Furniture &

Fixtures

Buildings

Cash

Straight Line Rent*

Deposits (with others)

Prepaid Expenses

Accounts Receivable

Asset Accounts

Asset Accounts

* Straight line rent could be an asset or liability depending on cash received

1 - ‹#›

Here is a listing of common asset accounts we are likely to find in all businesses. Prepaid accounts may be new to you. Think about your auto insurance. Many of us pay our auto insurance semi-annually or annually. The payment is made in advance and is referred to as a prepaid amount. Prepaid amounts will turn into expenses as they are used up.

1 - ‹#›

Accrued Liabilities

Unearned Revenue

Notes Payable

Accounts Payable

Liability Accounts

Liability Accounts

1 - ‹#›

This is a listing of common liability accounts we are likely to see in the general ledger. An unearned revenue is one in which the cash has been received but the product or service has not been delivered. If you subscribe to a magazine, you generally pay a one-year subscription in advance. For the publishing company, cash is received but nothing has been done to earn the revenue. As the magazine is delivered to you, the publishing company recognizes a portion of the money received as revenue. At the end of the year, all the revenue will be earned and the liability no longer exists.

1 - ‹#›

Equity Accounts

Revenues

Owner’s Capital

Owner’s Withdrawals

Expenses

Equity Accounts

1 - ‹#›

The owner’s claim on a company’s assets is called equity. Equity is the owner’s residual interest in the assets of a business after deducting liabilities. Equity is impacted by four types of accounts:

Owner’s capital

Owner’s withdrawals

Revenues

Expenses

1 - ‹#›

The Account and its Analysis

Revenues and owner’s contributions increase equity.

Expenses and owner’s withdrawals decrease equity.

1 - ‹#›

Do you remember the expanded accounting equation we used to record transactions in Chapter 1? Remember that revenues increase the equity side of the equation and expenses decrease equity. In addition, owner’s contributions increase equity and owner’s withdrawal decrease equity.

1 - ‹#›

Debits and Credits

A T-account represents a ledger account and is a tool used to understand the effects of one or more transactions.

1 - ‹#›

Accountants often use a T-account to represent a general ledger account. It is a quick way to analyze transactions before we enter the information in the journal. The account title is entered on the top of the T-account. The left side of a T-account is always called the debit side, and the right side is always called the credit side. This terminology comes from the time when the first double-entry system was developed. We still use the terms as a convention. The words do not have any significant meaning other than that they stand for the left and right side of a ledger. When the sum of the debits exceed the sum of the credits in a particular account, the account has a debit balance.

1 - ‹#›

Liabilities

Equity

Assets

=

+

Double-Entry Accounting

1 - ‹#›

Double-entry accounting requires that for each transaction:

● At least two accounts are involved, with at least one debit and one credit.

● The total amount debited must equal the total amount credited.

● The accounting equation must not be violated.

After we decide on the terms to use for the left and right side of a ledger account, we must establish the mathematics of the double-entry system. Liabilities and equity have the opposite sign of assets. If we were to move the liabilities to the left side of the equation, it would read assets minus liabilities equal equity. As a convention of double-entry accounting we have decided that a debit, or left side, to an asset account will represent an increase in the asset account balance. Once this decision is made, all the remaining math is determined. Because liabilities and equity have the opposite sign of assets, a debit to a liability or equity account means a decrease and a credit means an increase. Instead of using the terms increase and decrease, we use the terms debit and credit. It is important to remember whether we are talking about an asset, liability, or equity account for the meaning of a debit or a credit.

Another method for working with debits and credits is to use the accounting equation as a guide. Assets are on the left hand side of the accounting equation. Therefore all increases to assets are on the debit (left) side of the T-account. Liabilities and equity accounts are on the right hand side of the accounting equation. Therefore all increases to liabilities and equity accounts are on the credit (right) side of the T-account.

It will take you a short while to become accustomed to using the terms debit and credit, but with practice you will master the concept easily.

1 - ‹#›

Double-Entry Accounting

Here is the expanded accounting equation showing the equity section.

1 - ‹#›

Here is the expanded accounting equation showing the equity section. Because revenues increase equity, a revenue account must be recorded just like the C. Taylor, Capital account. A credit is an increase in revenues and a debit is an increase in expenses. The C. Taylor, Capital and revenue accounts are both increased with a credit and decreased with a debit. Owner's Withdrawals and expenses have an opposite sign, so these accounts are increased with a debit and decreased with a credit.

1 - ‹#›

Double-Entry Accounting

An account balance is the difference between the increases and decreases in an account. Notice the T-Account.

1 - ‹#›

We determined the balance in the accounts in the last chapter, but in this chapter we will look at a more comprehensive way to determine an account balance.

The cash account is an asset, so increases, or receipts, are shown on the debit, or left side, and decreases, or payments, are shown on the credit side, or right side. To determine if an account has a debit or credit balance, we total the right and left sides and place the balance on the larger side. In this example, our increases in cash amount to $36,100 and the decreases total $31,300 so the cash account has a debit, or positive balance of $4,800.

1 - ‹#›

Journalizing and Posting Transactions

1 - ‹#›

In the accounting process, you first analyze a transaction by looking at proper source documentation. Next, we apply the rules of double-entry accounting and record a general journal entry. The general journal is a chronological listing of the transactions. At the end of the accounting period, we post the information from the general journal to the proper general ledger account. The general ledger groups all transactions that impact a particular account. That is, all the transactions that increase or decrease the cash account are posted to the general ledger cash account.

1 - ‹#›

Dollar amount of debits and credits

Journalizing Transactions

Transaction Date

Transaction explanation

Titles of Affected Accounts

1 - ‹#›

Here is an example of the proper recording of a general journal transaction. We have seen a similar transaction before. In this case, the owner of the business contributes $30,000 cash to start the business. Let’s see how we get the various pieces.

The transaction occurred on December 1, 2011. The date is important when recording general journal transactions and is recorded on the left side of the journal.

Next we identify the accounts affected by the transactions. The cash account is an asset that has increased. We show increases in asset accounts with a debit to that account. The C. Taylor, Capital account also increased and we show increases in equity accounts with a credit. Debits are always listed first in the journal followed by credits that are slightly indented below the debits.

The dollar amount is placed in the appropriate debit or credit column. In this case, the cash account was debited for $30,000, so we place that amount in the debit column.

Finally, we prepare a brief description of the transaction so that other people who view our work will understand the nature of the transaction. This explanation is indented about as far as the credited account titles to avoid confusing it with accounts and it is italicized.

1 - ‹#›

Balance Account Column

T-accounts are useful illustrations; balance column ledger accounts are how manual entries are made.

1 - ‹#›

T-accounts are useful illustrations, but balance column ledger accounts are used in practice.

The balance column account format is similar to a T-account in having columns for debits and credits. It is different in including transaction date and explanation columns. It also has a column with the balance of the account after each entry is recorded. The Cash account is debited on December 1 for the $30,000 owner investment, yielding a $30,000 debit balance. The account is credited on December 2 for $2,500, yielding a $27,500 debit balance. On December 3, it is credited again, this time for $26,000, and its debit balance is reduced to $1,500. The Cash account is debited for $4,200 on December 10, and its debit balance increases to $5,700; and so on.

1 - ‹#›

Posting Journal Entries

1

1 - ‹#›

Posting is the process of transferring the information from the general journal to the general ledger. There are four steps in the posting process.

Identify debit account in Ledger: enter date, journal page, amount, and balance.

Enter the debit account number from the Ledger in the PR column of the journal.

Identify the credit account in Ledger: enter date, journal page, amount, and balance.

Enter the credit account number from the Ledger in the PR column of the journal.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing Transactions

Double-entry accounting is useful in analyzing and processing transactions. Analysis of each transaction follows these four steps.

1 - ‹#›

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing Transactions

1 - ‹#›

In the first transaction, the owner invests $30,000 to start a company called FastForward. From our previous work, we know that the cash account and the C. Taylor, Capital account will increase.

We record this information in the general journal with a debit, increase, to cash, and a credit, increase, to C. Taylor, Capital. Notice that the account number for the cash account is 101 and C. Taylor, Capital is 301. We are going to post the information in the journal to the general ledger. We will use T-accounts to accomplish this.

We place the $30,000 on the left, or debit, side of the cash account and on the right, or credit, side of the C. Taylor, Capital account. Our books are in balance because total assets are equal to total liabilities plus equity. Let’s move to another transaction.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing Transactions

1 - ‹#›

In our second transaction, FastForward purchases office supplies paying $2,500 cash. We have exchanged one asset, cash, for another asset, supplies. The cash account will decrease and the supplies account will increase. Can you make the general journal entry to record this transaction?

We increase the supplies account with a debit and decrease the asset account, cash, with a credit. Let’s post the amounts.

The general ledger account for supplies increased by $2,500, so the amount is placed on the debit side of the account. The cash account, an asset, decreased by $2,500, so the amount is placed on the credit side of the general ledger account. Let’s move on to another transaction.

1 - ‹#›

After processing its remaining transactions for December, FastForward’s Trial Balance is prepared.

The trial balance lists all account balances in the general ledger. If the books are in balance, either the total will be zero or total debits will equal the total credits.

Two alternative approachs:

1 - ‹#›

On the trial balance, we list all the accounts in our general ledger and their related balances. The total of all our debit account balances must equal all our credit account balances. If this is not the case, we may have made an error posting the journal entry into the ledger. We cannot prepare the financial statement until the books are in balance as determined by the trial balance.

1 - ‹#›

Preparing the Trial Balance

Preparing a trial balance involves three steps:

List each account title and its amount (from ledger) in the trial balance. If an account has a zero balance, list it with a zero in the normal balance column (or omit it entirely).

Compute the total of debit balances and the total of credit balances.

Verify (prove) total debit balances equal total credit balances.

P 2

1 - ‹#›

Preparing a trial balance involves three steps:

List each account title and its amount (from ledger) in the trial balance. If an account has a zero balance, list it with a zero in the normal balance column (or omit it entirely).

Compute the total of debit balances and the total of credit balances.

Verify (prove) total debit balances equal total credit balances.

The total of debit balances equals the total of credit balances for the trial balance. However, equality of these two totals does not guarantee that no errors were made.

1 - ‹#›

Searching for and Correcting Errors

If the trial balance does not balance, the error(s) must be found and corrected.

Make sure the trial balance columns are correctly added.

Make sure account balances are correctly entered from the ledger.

See if debit or credit accounts are mistakenly placed on the trial balance.

Re-compute each account balance in the ledger.

Verify that each journal entry is posted correctly.

Verify that each original journal entry has equal debits and credits.

P 2

1 - ‹#›

If the trial balance does not balance, the error(s) must be found and corrected.

Step 1: Verify that the trial balance columns are correctly added.

Step 2: Verify that account balances are accurately entered from the ledger.

Step 3: See whether a debit (or credit) balance is mistakenly listed in the trial balance as a credit (or debit).

Step 4: Re-compute each account balance in the ledger.

Step 5: Verify that each journal entry is properly posted.

Step 6: Is to verify that the original journal entry has equal debits and credits.

1 - ‹#›

Using a Trial Balance to Prepare Financial Statements

P 3

1 - ‹#›

As we have seen in the last chapter, after the trial balance has been prepared we begin preparing the financial statements. We always begin with the income statement because net income appears on the statement of owner's equity. After the income statement, we prepare the statement of owner's equity because the ending balance in owner's equity appears on the balance sheet. Next, we prepare the balance sheet and, finally, we prepare the statement of cash flows.

1 - ‹#›

Income Statement

Start with income statement

1 - ‹#›

Here is the information for FastForward for the month ended December 31, 2013. The company had total revenues of $6,100 and total expenses of $2,630. For the month, FastForward generated $3,470 in net income. Look back at our trial balance to verify the amounts shown on the income statement.

1 - ‹#›

Statement of Owner’s Equity

Income statement result is used in Statement of Owners Equity

1 - ‹#›

The beginning balance in owner's equity was zero because the company was started on December 1, 2013. We earned net income of $3,470. (This is the total carried over from the income statement.) During the month, the owner invested $30,000 bringing the subtotal of the equity to $33,470. Owner's withdrawals of $200 were paid. So the ending balance in owner's equity is $33,270. This amount will appear on the equity section of the balance sheet.

1 - ‹#›

Balance Sheet

Net income from income statement

Calculated ending owners equity used in the Balance Sheet

1 - ‹#›

Total assets equal $42,470. Total liabilities are $9,200 and our equity balance is $33,270, which comes from the statement of owner’s equity we just discussed. The accounting equation is in balance because assets are equal to liabilities plus equity.

1 - ‹#›

Presentation Issues

Dollar signs are not used in journals and ledgers.

Dollar signs appear in financial statements and other reports such as trial balances. The usual practice is to put dollar signs beside only the first and last numbers in a column.

When amounts are entered in the journal, ledger, or trial balance, commas are optional to indicate thousands, millions, and so forth.

Commas are always used in financial statements.

Companies commonly round amounts in reports to the nearest dollar, or even to a higher level.

1 - ‹#›

There are many common standards for formatting in accounting. Here are some standards used by most companies:

Dollar signs are not used in journals and ledgers.

Dollar signs appear in financial statements and other reports such as trial balances. The usual practice is to put dollar signs beside only the first and last numbers in a column.

When amounts are entered in the journal, ledger, or trial balance, commas are optional to indicate thousands, millions, and so forth.

Commas are always used in financial statements.

Companies commonly round amounts in reports to the nearest dollar, or even to a higher level.

1 - ‹#›

Global View

Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS prepare the same four basic financial statements. A few differences are found within each statement, but over time these differences are likely to be eliminated. Here is a typical IFRS balance sheet presentation.

1 - ‹#›

Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS require balance sheets to separate current items from noncurrent items. However, U.S. GAAP balance sheets report current items first, while IFRS balance sheets normally (but are not required to) present noncurrent items first, and equity before liabilities.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting Controls and Assurance

Accounting systems depend on control procedures that assure the proper principles were applied in processing accounting information. The passage of SOX legislation strengthened U.S. control procedures in recent years.

The percentage of employees in information technology that report observing specific types of misconduct in 2009.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting systems depend on control procedures that assure the proper principles were applied in processing accounting information. The passage of SOX legislation strengthened U.S. control procedures in recent years. However, global standards for control are diverse and so are enforcement activities. Consequently, while global accounting standards are converging, their application in different countries can yield different outcomes depending on the quality of their auditing standards and enforcement.

1 - ‹#›

The Accounting Period

1 - ‹#›

To provide timely information, accounting systems prepare reports at regular intervals. This results in an accounting process impacted by the time period (or periodicity) assumption. The time period assumption presumes that an organization’s activities can be divided into specific time periods such as a month, a three-month quarter, a six-month interval, or a year. Most organizations use a year as their primary accounting period. Many organizations also prepare interim financial statements covering one, three, or six months of activity.

When we divide business activities into arbitrary fixed periods of time, it is often necessary to have special accounting for transactions that cross from one time period to the next.

Most of our time will be spent looking at the special adjusting process for some of these transactions.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting

Accrual Basis versus Cash Basis

Accrual Basis

Revenues are recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred.

Cash Basis

Revenues are recognized when cash is received and expenses are recorded when cash is paid.

1 - ‹#›

The accrual basis dictates that revenues be recognized when earned and expenses be recognized when incurred. The accrual basis of accounting is considered to be in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

The cash basis of accounting dictates that revenues be recognized when the cash is actually received and that expenses are recorded when the cash is paid.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Basis

Revenues are recognized when cash is received and expenses are recorded when cash is paid.

Accounting

Accrual Basis versus Cash Basis

Non-GAAP

Accrual Basis

Revenues are recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred.

1 - ‹#›

The cash basis is not considered to be compliant with GAAP. While you may be on the cash basis for your transactions, almost all companies follow the accrual basis of accounting.

1 - ‹#›

Accrual Basis versus Cash Basis

Assume for example that on December 1, 2013, FastForward paid $2,400 cash for a twenty-four month business insurance policy. Using the cash basis, the entire $2,400 would be recognized as insurance expense in 2013. No insurance expense from this policy would be recognized in 2014 or 2015, periods covered by the policy.

1 - ‹#›

In our first transaction, on December 1, 2013, FastForward paid $2,400 cash for a twenty-four month business insurance policy.

On the cash basis, the entire $2,400 would be recognized as an expense in 2013 even though the policy provides protection for 2013, 2014, and part of 2015. Let’s look at how this type of transaction is handled in an accrual basis accounting system.

1 - ‹#›

Accrual Basis versus Cash Basis

On the accrual basis, $100 of insurance expense is recognized in 2013, $1,200 in 2014, and $1,100 in 2015. The expense is matched with the periods benefited by the insurance coverage.

1 - ‹#›

On the accrual basis, we would record $100 of insurance expense in the month of December, 2013, $100 for each month in 2014, and $100 for the months January through November in 2015. We match the expense with the periods benefited by the insurance coverage. We believe this is a better cost matching of revenues and expenses.

1 - ‹#›

We have delivered the

product to our customer,

so I think we should record

the revenue earned.

Recognizing Revenues and Expenses

The revenue recognition principle states that we recognize revenue when the product or service is delivered to our customer.

1 - ‹#›

With accrual basis, we recognize revenue when the product or service is delivered to our customer.

1 - ‹#›

Recognizing Revenues and Expenses

The expense recognition (or matching) principle aims to record expenses in the same accounting period as the revenues that are earned as a result of those expenses. This matching of expenses with the revenue benefits is a major part of the adjusting process.

Summary

of Expenses

Rent

Gasoline

Advertising

Salaries

Utilities

and . . . .

$1,000

500

2,000

3,000

450

. . . .

Now that we have

recognized the revenue,

let’s see what expenses

we incurred to

generate that revenue.

1 - ‹#›

The matching principle aims to record expenses in the same accounting period as the revenues that are earned as a result of those expenses. This matching of expenses with the revenue benefits is a major part of the adjusting process.

1 - ‹#›

An adjusting entry is recorded to bring an asset or liability account balance to its proper amount.

Framework for Adjustments

1 - ‹#›

Adjustments are necessary for transactions and events that extend over more than one period. It is helpful to group adjustments by the timing of cash receipts or cash payments in relation to the recognition of the related revenues or expenses. Here is a framework for adjusting the books of the company.

There are two broad categories of adjustments. The first is when we pay or receive cash before the expense or revenue is recognized. This category includes prepaid or deferred expenses (including depreciation) and unearned or deferred revenues.

The second major category of adjustments is when cash is paid or received after the expense or revenue is recognized. These are some very common adjustments. The category includes accrued expenses and accrued revenues.

1 - ‹#›

Here is the check

for my 24-month insurance policy.

Prepaid (Deferred) Expenses

Resources paid for prior to receiving the actual benefits.

Assuming payment was debit to prepaid expense asset and credit was to cash, this entry is made when expense should be incurred on the income statement

1 - ‹#›

Let’s start with the first type of adjusting entries that we showed you on the previous screen, the payment or receipt of cash before the expense or revenue is recognized.

We will start with a prepaid expense. For all adjustments involving prepaid expenses, we increase, or debit, an expense account and reduce, or credit, an asset account. Now, let’s look at an example.

1 - ‹#›

Prepaid Expenses

Other prepaid expenses, such as Prepaid Rent, are accounted for exactly as Insurance and Supplies.

We should note that some prepaid expenses are both paid for and fully used up within a single period.

For example, a company may pay monthly rent on the first day of each month. This payment creates a prepaid expense on the first day of the month that fully expires by the end of the month.

In these cases, we can record the cash paid with a debit to the expense account instead of an asset account.

1 - ‹#›

Other prepaid expenses, such as Prepaid Rent, are accounted for exactly as Insurance and Supplies. We should note that some prepaid expenses are both paid for and fully used up within a single period. For example, a company may pay monthly rent on the first day of each month. This payment creates a prepaid expense on the first day of the month that fully expires by the end of the month. In these special cases, we can record the cash paid with a debit to the expense account instead of an asset account. Now let’s look at a new type of adjusting entry.

1 - ‹#›

Unearned (Deferred) Revenues

We will apply this cash

you gave us towards your total consulting fees.

Cash received in advance of providing products or services.

Assuming receipt of cash was debit to cash and credit to unearned revenue, this entry is made when the revenue should be recognized on the income statement

1 - ‹#›

The term unearned revenues refers to cash received in advance of providing products and services. Unearned revenues, also called deferred revenues, are liabilities.

When accounting for deferred revenues, we are faced with a transaction where cash is received in advance of providing a product or service. In other words, we have received the cash, but have done nothing to earn it. In our example, we will examine accounting for the receipt of cash prior to our company rendering any services.

When we render consulting services, we will prepare an adjustment for deferred revenues (a liability). We always debit, or reduce, a liability account and credit, or increase, a revenue account. Let’s move on to our consulting example.

1 - ‹#›

We’re about one-half

done with this job and

want to be paid for our work!

Costs incurred in a period that are

both unpaid and unrecorded.

Accrued Expenses

Since no cash changes hands for accrued expenses, the original entry is made to record expenses incurred during the year.

1 - ‹#›

An accrued expense is defined as a cost incurred in the current period that is both unpaid and unrecorded. When you use your credit card, often you do not record the transaction until you pay your monthly invoice; even though you have incurred the cost. Accrued expenses must be reported on the income statement of the period when incurred.

For all accrued expense adjusting entries, we debit, or increase an expense account, and credit, or increase, a liability account. Let’s look at a specific example of an accrued expense.

1 - ‹#›

Straight-Line

Depreciation

Expense

=

Asset Cost - Salvage Value

Useful Life

Depreciation

Depreciation is the process of allocating the cost of a plant asset over its useful life in a systematic and rational manner.

Methods prescribed by the IRS

GAAP

Tax

1 - ‹#›

As we have seen, plant assets, with the exception of land, are depreciated over their useful lives. Depreciation is the process of allocating the cost of a plant asset over its useful life in a systematic and rational manner. At this point in the accounting process, we want to introduce you to a depreciation method known as straight-line depreciation. Straight-line depreciation is the most popular method used by companies. They determine the amount of annual depreciation by taking the cost of the plant assets, subtracting the estimated salvage value, and dividing that amount by the useful life of the asset. The salvage value is the amount we expect to receive for the asset when we dispose of it at the end of its useful life. In a later chapter, we will discuss other acceptable methods of depreciation. For now, let’s look at the adjusting entry to record depreciation expense.

1 - ‹#›

Depreciation

On February 1, 2018, FastForward purchased a property for $3,500,000 where $500,00 was allocated to land and $3,000,000 was allocated to building. The building has a GAAP estimated useful life of 25 years (300 months). Land is not depreciable. For tax the life is 40 years (400 months and 1st month mid-month convention).

Let’s record depreciation expense for the month and year ended December 31, 2018.

GAAP

Dec. 2018

Depreciation

Expense

=

$3,000,000

300 months

=

$10,000/month or

$110,000 – 1st yr.

Tax

Dec. 2018

Depreciation

Expense

=

$3,000,000

40 years

X 10.5 / 12 =

$65,625 1st yr.

1 - ‹#›

On December 1, 2013, FastForward purchased equipment for $26,000 cash. The equipment has an estimated useful life of four years or 48-months, and an estimated salvage value of $8,000 at the end of the four-year period. Can you determine the depreciation expense for the month of December, 2013?

How did you do? The numerator of the equation is $26,000 cost, less $8,000 salvage value, or $18,000. The denominator is 48 months because we are calculating depreciation for one month, so our monthly depreciation expense is $375. Now, let’s record the adjusting journal entry.

1 - ‹#›

Building

Depreciation Expense

2/1 3,000,000

12/31 110,000

Accumulated Depreciation

12/31 110,000

Depreciation

Contra asset account

Monthly GAAP adjustment

1 - ‹#›

First we record the journal entry with a debit to Depreciation Expense for $375 and a credit to Accumulated Depreciation – Equipment for the same amount. The Accumulated Depreciation account is referred to as a contra asset account. A contra account is subtracted from the related asset account. In this case, we will subtract Accumulated Depreciation from the Equipment account and report the net amount on the balance sheet.

We have posted the adjusting entry to record depreciation expense. We have also shown you the balance in the equipment account. The Depreciation Expense account will appear on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2013. Let’s see how we will deal with the other two accounts on the balance sheet.

1 - ‹#›

Land, building and other assets (furniture & fixtures or equipment) are shown net of accumulated depreciation.

$

Depreciation

1 - ‹#›

The contra-account, accumulated depreciation, will be shown as a reduction in the cost of the asset, equipment. Cost of a plant asset less accumulated depreciation is known as book value. So the asset, equipment, will be shown on the balance sheet at its net amount, or book value, of $25,625. Because the contra account appears on the balance sheet it will not be closed at the end of the period. It will be carried forward to 2014 and used to accumulate the depreciation related to the equipment. Now let’s move on to the second category of adjusting entries, deferred revenues.

1 - ‹#›

Loan Payments

FastForward borrowed $3,000,000 from a bank on February 1, 2018. The note bears interest at the annual rate of 5.5% and is due to be repaid in one year. An amortization schedule shows that payments were $341,858, which was $140,008 interest and $201,850 principal reduction

1 - ‹#›

FastForward borrowed $6,000 from First National Bank on December 1, 2013. The note bears interest at the annual rate of 6% and is due to be repaid in one year. Let’s accrue interest for the month ended December 31, 2013.

In our adjusting journal entry, we will debit, or increase, interest expense and credit, or increase, interest payable for $30 ($6,000 times 6% for one month or 30/360). After the adjustment, interest expense for 2013 is accurately reported. Let’s look at the posting to the ledger accounts.

Interest Expense accrued at the end of the year is $30. The interest payable account will be eliminated when the bank is repaid the principal of $6,000 and the annual interest of $360 on December 1, 2014. Now let’s move on and look at accrued revenue.

1 - ‹#›

Straight-Line

Depreciation

Expense

=

Asset Cost

Useful Life

Intangible Assets

Amortization is the process of allocating the cost of a intangible capitalized asset over its useful life in a systematic and rational manner.

Useful life – for example, life of loan or lease (if intangible was related). Other intangibles (goodwill) are 15 year straight line.

GAAP

Tax

1 - ‹#›

As we have seen, plant assets, with the exception of land, are depreciated over their useful lives. Depreciation is the process of allocating the cost of a plant asset over its useful life in a systematic and rational manner. At this point in the accounting process, we want to introduce you to a depreciation method known as straight-line depreciation. Straight-line depreciation is the most popular method used by companies. They determine the amount of annual depreciation by taking the cost of the plant assets, subtracting the estimated salvage value, and dividing that amount by the useful life of the asset. The salvage value is the amount we expect to receive for the asset when we dispose of it at the end of its useful life. In a later chapter, we will discuss other acceptable methods of depreciation. For now, let’s look at the adjusting entry to record depreciation expense.

1 - ‹#›

Intangible Assets

On February 1, 2018, FastForward incurred a loan - 1% of the borrowed balance was paid as a fee at closing. The $30,000 fee is capitalized as a loan intangible asset. The loan has a 10 year period so for both GAAP and tax, the amount is amortized over the loan period of 10 years (120 months). Tax uses the same methodology.

Let’s record amortization expense for the month and year ended December 31, 2018.

GAAP

Dec. 2018

Amortization

Expense

=

$30,000

120 months

=

$250/month or

$2,750 – 1st yr.

Tax

Dec. 2018

Amortization

Expense

=

$30,000

120 months

=

$250/month or

$2,750 – 1st yr.

1 - ‹#›

On December 1, 2013, FastForward purchased equipment for $26,000 cash. The equipment has an estimated useful life of four years or 48-months, and an estimated salvage value of $8,000 at the end of the four-year period. Can you determine the depreciation expense for the month of December, 2013?

How did you do? The numerator of the equation is $26,000 cost, less $8,000 salvage value, or $18,000. The denominator is 48 months because we are calculating depreciation for one month, so our monthly depreciation expense is $375. Now, let’s record the adjusting journal entry.

1 - ‹#›

Accrued Interest Expense

FastForward borrowed $3,000,000 from a bank on February 1, 2018. The note bears interest at the annual rate of 5.5% and is due to be repaid in one year. The last payment was made on December 15th – per the amortization schedule, about $16,800 accrued before the year ended December 31, 2018.

1 - ‹#›

FastForward borrowed $6,000 from First National Bank on December 1, 2013. The note bears interest at the annual rate of 6% and is due to be repaid in one year. Let’s accrue interest for the month ended December 31, 2013.

In our adjusting journal entry, we will debit, or increase, interest expense and credit, or increase, interest payable for $30 ($6,000 times 6% for one month or 30/360). After the adjustment, interest expense for 2013 is accurately reported. Let’s look at the posting to the ledger accounts.

Interest Expense accrued at the end of the year is $30. The interest payable account will be eliminated when the bank is repaid the principal of $6,000 and the annual interest of $360 on December 1, 2014. Now let’s move on and look at accrued revenue.

1 - ‹#›

1 - ‹#›

An unadjusted trial balance is a list of accounts and balances prepared before adjustments are recorded. An adjusted trial balance is a list of accounts and balances prepared after adjusting entries have been recorded and posted to the ledger. Here we show both the unadjusted and the adjusted trial balances for FastForward at December 31, 2013. The order of accounts in the trial balance is usually set up to match the order in the chart of accounts. Several new accounts arise from the adjusting entries.

Each adjustment (see middle columns) is identified by a letter in parentheses that links it to an adjusting entry explained earlier. Each amount in the Adjusted Trial Balance columns is computed by taking that account’s amount from the Unadjusted Trial Balance columns and adding or subtracting any adjustment(s).

1 - ‹#›

Preparing Financial Statements

Let’s use FastForward’s adjusted trial balance to prepare the company’s financial statements.

1 - ‹#›

Once we have completed the worksheet, we can move on to the preparation of the company’s financial statements. We always begin with the income statement.

1 - ‹#›

1. Prepare the Income Statement

1 - ‹#›

You can see how we took the information directly from the worksheet and prepared the income statement for the month ended December 31, 2013. Net income reported by FastForward for the month is $3,785. We will see this amount again on the statement of Owner's Equity.

1 - ‹#›

Note: Net Income from the Income Statement carries to the Statement of Changes in Owner’s Equity.

2. Prepare the Statement of Owner’s Equity

a

1 - ‹#›

The statement of owner’s equity adds together the net income and the owner’s investment of $30,000. The owner’s withdrawal of $200 reduces owner’s equity to $33,585.

1 - ‹#›

3. Prepare The Balance Sheet

Top part of trial balance

1 - ‹#›

The next step in preparing the financial statements is the preparation of the Balance Sheet. After we have completed the Income Statement and the Statement of Owner’s Equity, we are ready to prepare our last financial statement, which is called the Balance Sheet. Asset and liability balances are transferred over from the adjusted trial balance to the Balance Sheet. The ending capital balance was determined on the Statement of Owner’s Equity shown. The ending balance is transferred from that statement to the Balance Sheet. The Balance Sheet proves that the fundamental accounting equation is in balance and you can see that the Total Assets of $42,745 is equivalent to the sum of the total liabilities and owner’s equity.

The final statement to be prepared is the Statement of Cash Flows. We will study this statement in detail later in the course.

1 - ‹#›

Global View

Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS include similar guidance for adjusting accounts. Although some variations exist in revenue and expense recognition.

1 - ‹#›

Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS include broad and similar guidance for adjusting accounts; however, some variations exist in revenue and expense recognition.

Review the comprehensive balance sheet of Piaggio (expressed in Euros) prepared using IFRS standards. Notice that the arrangement of accounts is different from a balance sheet prepared according the GAAP.

1 - ‹#›

Recording Closing Entries

Resets revenue, expense, and withdrawal account balances to zero at the end of the period.

Helps summarize a period’s revenues and expenses in the Income Summary account.

Identify accounts for closing.

Record and post closing entries.

Prepare post-closing trial balance.

1 - ‹#›

The closing process is an important step at the end of an accounting period after financial statements have been completed. After the formal financial statements have been prepared, we may begin the process of closing the books and getting ready for the next accounting period. Income is earned over a period of time. At the end of the time period, we start over and calculate income for the next period. The purpose of the closing process is to reset all revenue, expense, and withdrawal accounts to a zero balance at the end of the period. By doing so, we can start the next accounting period anew. We will use a temporary account called income summary to facilitate the closing process. The account will never appear on any financial statement and will have a zero balance when the closing process is complete.

1 - ‹#›

Temporary Accounts

Revenues

Income Summary

Expenses

Withdrawals

Permanent Accounts

Assets

Liabilities

Owner’s Capital

Temporary and Permanent Accounts

The closing process applies only to temporary accounts.

1 - ‹#›

All accounts that will be closed are known as temporary accounts. Temporary accounts include revenues, expenses, withdrawals, and the income summary. These accounts should all have a zero balance at the end of the period. Permanent accounts include assets, liabilities, and owner’s capital. These accounts are permanent in nature because they are carried forward from one accounting period to the next.

Remember, the closing process only applies to temporary accounts ‒ revenues, expenses, withdrawals, and the income summary.

1 - ‹#›

Let’s see how the closing process works!

Recording Closing Entries

Close Credit Balances in Revenue Accounts to Income Summary.

Close Debit Balances in Expense accounts to Income Summary.

Close Income Summary account to Owner’s Capital.

Close Withdrawals to Owner’s Capital.

1 - ‹#›

Here are the four steps we always follow in the closing process. First, we close all revenue accounts to the income summary. We move the balance in all revenue accounts from the account to the income summary. This process will cause all revenue accounts to have a zero balance. Remember that revenue accounts normally have a credit balance.

Next, we close all expense accounts to the income summary. This will zero out all our expense accounts. Expense accounts normally have a debit balance.

Next, the income summary will show revenues and expenses, or net income. We must close the income summary, which contains net income, to owner’s capital. This process zeroes out the income summary.

The final closing entry will be to move the owner’s withdrawals to the owner’s capital account. This will cause the withdrawal account to have a zero balance.

Let’s see how this process works. To prevent confusion, when you first try to make closing entries, it is an excellent idea to follow these four steps exactly.

1 - ‹#›

1 - ‹#›

Let’s use the adjusted trial balance for FastForward and prepare the necessary closing entries. We will follow our four-step approach.

1 - ‹#›

1. Close Credit Balances in Revenue Accounts to Income Summary.

Using the adjusted trial balance, let’s prepare the closing entries for FastForward.

2. Close Debit Balances in Expense Accounts to Income Summary.

3. Close Income Summary to Owner’s Capital.

4. Close Withdrawals Account to Owner’s Capital.

1 - ‹#›

Our first step is to close the two revenue accounts. Since they have a credit balance, we will debit the accounts to zero out the balance.

Let’s look at the closing entry in the journal.

1 - ‹#›

Summary of the Closing Process

Close Credit Balances in Revenue Accounts to Income Summary.

Close Debit Balances in Expense Accounts to Income Summary.

Close Income Summary to Owner’s Capital.

Close Withdrawals Account to Owner’s Capital.

1 - ‹#›

Here is an overview of the closing process we just completed. Take a few minutes to study the steps as outlined, which will help you to understand the entire closing process.

1 - ‹#›

Let’s look at FastForward’s post-closing trial balance.

Post-Closing Trial Balance

List of permanent accounts and their balances after posting closing entries.

Total debits and credits must be equal.

1 - ‹#›

After all four of our closing entries have been made, we prepare a post-closing trial balance. This trial balance should show only permanent accounts, that is assets, liabilities, and the capital account. All the revenues, expenses, and withdrawals have been reduced to zero balances.

1 - ‹#›

Post-Closing Trial Balance

1 - ‹#›

The balance in all the temporary (income statement and owner’s withdrawal accounts) are zero and the post-closing trial balance lists all the permanent accounts with their current balances. Notice that the owner’s capital account has been updated to include net income and owner’s withdrawals.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting Cycle

1 - ‹#›

The term accounting cycle refers to the steps in preparing financial statements. It is called a cycle because the steps are repeated each reporting period. There are ten steps in the cycle which include:

1. Analyze transactions -- Analyze transactions to prepare for journalizing.

2. Journalize -- Record accounts, including debits and credits, in a journal.

3. Post -- Transfer debits and credits from the journal to the ledger.

4. Prepare unadjusted trial balance -- Summarize unadjusted ledger accounts and amounts.

5. Adjust -- Record adjustments to bring account balances up to date; journalize and post adjustments.

6. Prepare adjusted trial balance -- Summarize adjusted ledger accounts and amounts.

7. Prepare statements -- Use adjusted trial balance to prepare financial statements.

8. Close -- Journalize and post entries to close temporary accounts.

9. Prepare post-closing trial balance -- Test clerical accuracy of the closing procedures.

10. Reverse (optional step) -- Reverse certain adjustments in the next period.

Notice that we prepare the financial statements before we complete the closing process.

1 - ‹#›

Global View

The definition of an asset is similar under U.S. GAAP and IFRS and involves three basic criteria:

the company owns or controls the right to use the item,

the right arises from a past transaction or event, and

the item can be reliably measured.

Both systems define the initial asset value as historical cost for nearly all assets.

The definition of a liability is similar under U.S. GAAP and IFRS and involves three basic criteria:

(1) the item is a present obligation requiring a probable future resource outlay,

(2) the obligation arises from a past transaction or event, and

(3) the obligation can be reliably measured.

1 - ‹#›

177

The definition of an asset is similar under U.S. GAAP and IFRS and involves three basic criteria:

the company owns or controls the right to use the item,

the right arises from a past transaction or event, and

the item can be reliably measured.

Both systems define the initial asset value as historical cost for nearly all assets.

The definition of a liability is similar under U.S. GAAP and IFRS and involves three basic criteria:

(1) the item is a present obligation requiring a probable future resource outlay,

(2) the obligation arises from a past transaction or event, and

(3) the obligation can be reliably measured.

1 - ‹#›

Accounting for Investments

and Joint Ventures

178

Four principal methods

Cost method

Recorded at cost and dividends are recognized

Equity method

Share of earnings or losses is recognized

Fair value method

Assets recorded based on fair market value

Consolidation

Reported as if one entity with subtraction for minority interest

Methods of Accounting for Investments / JVs

179

1 - ‹#›

Cost Method (minority interest, no influence or control- 20% or less)

Dividend income included in parent income when received based on net accumulated earnings of the subsidiary

Excess distributions beyond earnings treated as return of capital which reduce asset

Distributions that are greater than original cost and earnings are treated as gain

Cost method has limited practical use since timing is often not reflective of earnings

Investments may be written down to market value in certain circumstances

Methods of Accounting for Investments / JVs

180

1 - ‹#›

Equity Method (recommended, used with 20-50% ownership/control)

Income and loss recognized proportionately along with investee entity at the time that the investee recognizes the income or loss (not just dividends like cost)

Investment starts at cost and is adjusted based on income and cash transactions during the period

Therefore, dividends from the investee company (cash received) actually reduces carrying cost of investment

Amounts are shown as single line items for income and balance sheet (i.e. no details about underlying investment is provided)

Methods of Accounting for Investments / JVs

181

1 - ‹#›

Consolidation (greater than 50% ownership/control)

Reporting a subsidiary within the financial statements of the parent company

All lines of the reporting include parent and subsidiary as if wholly owned. Revenue and expenses are combined

No investment account exists on the balance sheet. Combined assets and liabilities

Portion of items owned by others is reported as a minority interest

Only one line to back out portion of items not owned on the income statement and equity accounts

Methods of Accounting for Investments / JVs

182

1 - ‹#›

Financial Statement Types

183

Compilation

No assurance as to whether changes are necessary to be in conformity with GAAP

Review

Independent requirement

Footnotes

Knowledge of industry, key aspects

Inquiries and analytical procedures

Audit

Test of financial statement assertions, using established generally accepted accounting criteria by obtaining evidence and a comparison of financial statement assertions with established accounting criteria.

Assertions include existence, occurrence, completeness, ownership, valuation, measurement, statement presentation

Assumes materiality, and good faith (re: not fraud)

184

Types of Financial Statements

184

1 - ‹#›

Balance Sheet

185

Overview

Balance sheet elements and format

Accounting issues

Current and noncurrent assets and liabilities

Measurement bases of different assets and liabilities

Components of shareholders’ equity

186

186

1 - ‹#›

Balance Sheet Contents

The balance sheet is also known as the statement of financial position or statement of financial condition.

The balance sheet discloses, at a specific point in time,

what an entity owns (or controls),

what it owes, and

what the owners’ claims are.

Assets = Liabilities + Owners’ equity

187

LOS. Describe the elements of the balance sheet: assets, liabilities, and equity.

The balance sheet is also called the statement of financial position or statement of financial condition.

IFRS uses the term “statement of financial position” (IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements), although U.S. GAAP uses the two terms interchangeably (ASC 210-10-05 [Balance Sheet–Overall–Overview and Background]).

The balance sheet discloses what an entity owns (or controls), what it owes, and what the owners’ claims are at a specific point in time.

The equation A = L + E is sometimes summarized as follows: The left side of the equation reflects the resources controlled by the company, and the right side reflects how those resources were financed.

187

1 - ‹#›

Balance Sheet Elements

Assets (A): resources controlled by the company as a result of past events and from which future economic benefits are expected to flow to the entity.

Liabilities (L): obligations of a company arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow of economic benefits from the entity.

Equity (E): represents the owners’ residual interest in the company’s assets after deducting its liabilities.

188

LOS. Describe the elements of the balance sheet: assets, liabilities, and equity.

The financial position of a company is described in terms of its basic elements (assets, liabilities, and equity):

Assets (A) are what the company owns (or controls). More formally, assets are resources controlled by the company as a result of past events and from which future economic benefits are expected to flow to the entity.

Liabilities (L) are what the company owes. More formally, liabilities represent obligations of a company arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow of economic benefits from the entity.

Equity (E) represents the owners’ residual interest in the company’s assets after deducting its liabilities. Commonly known as shareholders’ equity or owners’ equity, equity is determined by subtracting the liabilities from the assets of a company.

Equations: A – L = E and A = L + E

Depending on the sophistication of the audience, the presenter could use the concept that a company’s equity is analogous to an individual’s net worth: total assets minus total liabilities.

For all financial statement items, an item should only be recognized in the financial statements if it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the entity and if the item has a cost or value that can be measured with reliability.

188

1 - ‹#›

Equity

The balance sheet provides important information about a company’s financial condition.

However, balance sheet amounts of equity (assets, net of liabilities) should not be viewed as a measure of either the market or intrinsic value of a company’s equity.

Why?

The balance sheet is a mixed model with respect to measurement (some items at historical cost, some items at current value).

Even current value reflects a value that was current at the end of the reporting period.

Future cash flows, which affect value, are driven by items excluded from the balance sheet (e.g., reputation, management skills).

189

LOS. Describe uses and limitations of the balance sheet in financial analysis.

The balance sheet provides important information about a company’s financial condition, but the balance sheet amounts of equity (assets, net of liabilities) should not be viewed as a measure of either the market or intrinsic value of a company’s equity for several reasons.

First, the balance sheet under current accounting standards is a mixed model with respect to measurement. Some assets and liabilities are measured based on historical cost, sometimes with adjustments, whereas other assets and liabilities are measured based on a current value. The measurement bases may have a significant effect on the amount reported.

Second, even the items measured at current value reflect the value that was current at the end of the reporting period. The values of those items obviously can change after the balance sheet is prepared.

Third, the value of a company is a function of many factors, including future cash flows expected to be generated by the company and current market conditions. Important aspects of a company’s ability to generate future cash flows—for example, its reputation and management skills—are not included in its balance sheet.

189

1 - ‹#›

Measurement bases of noncurrent assets: Property, plant, and equipment

U.S. GAAP

Permit only the cost model for reporting PP&E.

Reversals of prior impairment losses are NOT allowed.

IFRS

Permit either cost model or revaluation model.

Can use different models for different classes of assets.

Must apply same model to all assets within a particular class.

Reversals of impairment losses are permitted.

190

LOS. Describe different types of assets and liabilities and the measurement bases of each.

PP&E measurement is another area where differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS are notable.

This slide summarizes key differences.

190

1 - ‹#›

Measurement bases of noncurrent assets: Property, plant, and equipment

Property, plant, and equipment (PP&E): Tangible assets that are used in company operations over more than one fiscal period.

Under the cost model, PP&E is reported at historical cost less any accumulated depreciation and less any impairment losses.

Depreciation: Systematic allocation of cost over an asset’s useful life.

Land is not depreciated.

Impairment losses reflect an unanticipated decline in value.

Reversals of impairment losses are permitted under IFRS but not under U.S. GAAP.

Under the revaluation model, PP&E is reported at fair value at the date of revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation.

The revaluation model is NOT permitted under U.S. GAAP.

191

LOS. Describe different types of assets and liabilities and the measurement bases of each.

Property, plant, and equipment (PP&E) are tangible assets that are used in company operations and expected to be used (provide economic benefits) over more than one fiscal period.

Examples of tangible assets treated as property, plant, and equipment include land, buildings, equipment, machinery, furniture, and natural resources, such as mineral and petroleum resources.

IFRS permit companies to report PP&E using either a cost model or a revaluation model. Although IFRS permit companies to use the cost model for some classes of assets and the revaluation model for others, the company must apply the same model to all assets within a particular class of assets.

U.S. GAAP permit only the cost model for reporting PP&E.

Under the cost model, PP&E is carried at amortized cost (historical cost less any accumulated depreciation or accumulated depletion and less any impairment losses).

Historical cost generally consists of an asset’s purchase price, its delivery cost, and any other additional costs incurred to make the asset operable (such as costs to install a machine).

Depreciation, and depletion, is the process of allocating (recognizing as an expense) the cost of a long-lived asset over its useful life.

Land is not depreciated.

Because PP&E is presented on the balance sheet net of depreciation and depreciation expense is recognized in the income statement, the choice of depreciation method and the related estimates of useful life and salvage value affect both a company’s balance sheet and income statement.

Whereas depreciation is the systematic allocation of cost over an asset’s useful life, impairment losses reflect an unanticipated decline in value.

Impairment occurs when the asset’s recoverable amount is less than its carrying amount, with terms defined as follows under IFRS:

Recoverable amount: The higher of an asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value in use.

Fair value less cost to sell: The amount obtainable in a sale of the asset in an arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable willing parties less the costs of the sale.

Value in use: The present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset.

When an asset is considered impaired, the company recognizes the impairment loss in the income statement.

Reversals of impairment losses are permitted under IFRS but not under U.S. GAAP.

Under the revaluation model, the reported and carrying value for PP&E is the fair value at the date of revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation. Changes in the value of PP&E under the revaluation model affect equity directly or profit and loss depending upon the circumstances.

191

1 - ‹#›

Measurement bases of noncurrent assets: Intangible Assets

Intangible assets: Identifiable nonmonetary assets without physical substance (e.g., patents, licenses, trademarks).

Goodwill, which arises in business combinations and is not a separately identifiable asset, is covered separately in IFRS.

Measurement models for intangible assets:

IFRS allow either a cost model or a revaluation model for intangible assets.

U.S. GAAP allow only the cost model.

Measurement of intangible assets subsequent to acquisition:

Intangible asset with finite useful life: Amortize over useful life and assess for impairment when indicated.

Intangible asset with indefinite useful life: Do not amortize, but assess for impairment (annually under IFRS; only after qualitative assessment under U.S. GAAP).

192

LOS. Describe different types of assets and liabilities and the measurement bases of each.

Intangible assets - For example:

Patent: Exclusive right to a product or process, granted by the government to an inventor for a limited time.

License: Exclusive right to perform some activity, typically granted by a government to the purchaser of a license for a limited time.

Trademark: Exclusive right to word, name, symbol, or device that distinguish goods and services from those manufactured or sold by others. Can be renewed forever as long as it is being used in commerce.

Goodwill: Not a separately identifiable asset. Arises when a company acquires another company for a price in excess of fair market value of net identifiable assets acquired.

IFRS allow companies to report intangible assets using either a cost model or a revaluation model.

The revaluation model can only be selected when there is an active market for an intangible asset so that fair value can be determined by reference to an active market.

Such active markets are expected to be uncommon for intangible assets. Examples where they might exist are for some types of licenses (fishing licenses, taxi licenses).

U.S. GAAP permit only the cost model.

For each intangible asset, a company assesses whether the useful life of the asset is finite or indefinite.

Indefinite life: No foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity.

Finite life: A limited period of benefit to the entity.

Amortization and impairment principles apply as follows:

An intangible asset with a finite useful life

Is amortized on a systematic basis over the best estimate of its useful life, with the amortization method and useful life estimate reviewed at least annually.

Impairment principles for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are the same as for PPE.

An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life

Is not amortized.

Instead, at least annually, the reasonableness of assuming an indefinite useful life for the asset is reviewed and the asset is tested for impairment.

Note that under U.S. GAAP, ASU 2012-02 changed the requirements for a quantitative assessment of impairment for indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Previous guidance required a company to test for impairment on at least an annual basis by comparing the asset’s carrying value with its estimated fair value.

The new Accounting Standards Update issued in July 2012 provides that a company can first “assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not [defined as > 50%] that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test.” This new guidance is similar to that for goodwill impairment testing in ASU 2011-08 issued in September 2011. In other words, if a company determines qualitatively that impairment is not more than 50%, it does not have to undertake quantitative tests (i.e., it has the option to forego an annual calculation of the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset).

If an intangible asset is deemed to be impaired, an impairment loss is charged against income in the current period.

An impairment loss reduces current earnings.

An impairment loss also reduces total assets, so some performance measures, such as return on assets (net income divided by average total assets), may actually increase in future periods.

An impairment loss is a noncash item.

192

1 - ‹#›

Common types of current liabilities

Trade payables, also known as accounts payable: Amounts that a company owes its vendors for purchases of goods and services—in other words, the unpaid amounts of the company’s purchases on credit as of the balance sheet date.

Notes payable: Financial liabilities owed by a company to creditors, including trade creditors and banks, through a formal loan agreement.

Accrued expenses (also called “accrued expenses payable,” “accrued liabilities,” and other “nonfinancial liabilities”) are expenses that have been recognized on a company’s income statement but that have not yet been paid as of the balance sheet date.

Deferred income (also called “deferred revenue” and “unearned revenue”) arises when a company receives payment in advance of delivery of the goods and services associated with the payment.

193

LOS. Describe different types of assets and liabilities and the measurement bases of each.

Some of the common types of current liabilities include trade payables, financial liabilities, accrued expenses, and deferred income.

Trade payables, also known as accounts payable:

Amounts that a company owes its vendors for purchases of goods and services—in other words, the unpaid amounts of the company’s purchases on credit as of the balance sheet date.

An issue relevant to analysts is the trend in overall levels of trade payables relative to purchases (a topic to be addressed further in ratio analysis). Significant changes in accounts payable relative to purchases could signal potential changes in the company’s credit relationships with its suppliers.

Notes payable:

Financial liabilities owed by a company to creditors, including trade creditors and banks, through a formal loan agreement.

Any notes payable, loans payable, or other financial liabilities that are due within one year (or the operating cycle, whichever is longer) appear in the current liability section of the balance sheet.

In addition, any portions of long-term liabilities that are due within one year (i.e., the current portion of long-term liabilities) are shown in the current liability section of the balance sheet.

Accrued expenses:

Also called “accrued expenses payable,” “accrued liabilities,” and “other nonfinancial liabilities.”

Expenses that have been recognized on a company’s income statement but that have not yet been paid as of the balance sheet date. Examples include income taxes payable, accrued interest payable, accrued warranty costs, and accrued employee compensation (i.e., wages payable).

Deferred income:

Also called “deferred revenue” and “unearned revenue.”

Income that arises when a company receives payment in advance of delivery of the goods and services associated with the payment. The company has an obligation either to provide the goods or services or to return the cash received. Examples include lease payments received at the beginning of a lease, fees for servicing office equipment received at the beginning of the service period, and payments for magazine subscriptions received at the beginning of the subscription period.

193

1 - ‹#›

Common types of non-current liabilities

Long-term financial liabilities: Include loans (i.e., borrowings from banks) and notes or bonds payable (i.e., fixed-income securities issued to investors).

Usually reported at amortized cost on the balance sheet.

In certain cases, liabilities, such as bonds, issued by a company are reported at fair value.

Deferred tax liabilities: Amount of income taxes payable in future periods with respect of taxable temporary differences.

Result from temporary timing differences between a company’s income as reported for tax purposes (taxable income) and income as reported for financial statement purposes (reported income).

194

LOS. Describe different types of assets and liabilities and the measurement bases of each.

Two common types of noncurrent liabilities are long-term financial liabilities and deferred tax liabilities.

Long-term financial liabilities include

loans (i.e., borrowings from banks) and notes or bonds payable (i.e., fixed-income securities issued to investors).

They are usually reported at amortized cost on the balance sheet.

At maturity, the amortized cost of the bond (carrying amount) will be equal to the face value of the bond.

Example 1: If a company issues $10,000,000 of bonds at par, the bonds are reported as a long-term liability of $10 million. The carrying amount (amortized cost) from issue to maturity remains at $10 million.

Example 2: If a company issues $10,000,000 of bonds at a price of 97.50 (a discount to par), the bonds are reported as a liability of $9,750,000. Over the bond’s life, the discount of $250,000 is amortized so that the bond will be listed as a liability of $10,000,000 at maturity. Similarly, any bond premium would be amortized for bonds issued at a price in excess of face or par value.

In certain cases, liabilities, such as bonds, issued by a company are reported at fair value.

Those cases include financial liabilities held for trading, derivatives that are a liability to the company, and some nonderivative instruments, such as those that are hedged by derivatives.

Deferred tax liabilities are amounts of income taxes payable in future periods with respect of taxable temporary differences.

They result from temporary timing differences between a company’s income as reported for tax purposes (taxable income) and income as reported for financial statement purposes (reported income).

They result when taxable income and the actual income tax payable in a period based on it is less than the reported financial statement income before taxes and the income tax expense based on it.

They typically arise when items of expense are included in taxable income in earlier periods than for financial statement net income. The difference between taxes payable and income tax expense results in a deferred tax liability. For example, when companies use accelerated depreciation methods for tax purposes and straight-line depreciation methods for financial statement purposes, taxable income is less than income before taxes in the earlier periods.

194

1 - ‹#›

Components of shareholders’ equity

Capital contributed by owners (or common stock or share capital)

Preferred shares

Treasury shares (or treasury stock)

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive income (or other reserves, items recognized directly in equity)

Noncontrolling interest (or minority interest)

195

LOS. Describe the components of shareholders’ equity.

Capital contributed by owners: Also known as common stock or issued capital. The amount contributed to the company by owners.

Ownership of a corporation is evidenced through the issuance of common shares.

Common shares may have a par value (or stated value) or may be issued as no par shares (depending on regulations governing the incorporation).

Disclosures for each class of share issued by the company:

Par or stated value, if one exists.

Number of shares authorized: The number of shares that may be sold by the company under its articles of incorporation.

Number of shares issued: The number of shares that have been sold to investors.

Number of shares outstanding: The number of issued shares less treasury shares.

Preferred shares: Shares that have rights that take precedence over the rights of common shareholders.

Preferential rights generally pertain to receipt of dividends and receipt of assets if the company is liquidated.

Classified as equity or financial liabilities based upon their characteristics rather than legal form.

perpetual, nonredeemable preferred shares are classified as equity.

preferred shares with mandatory redemption at a fixed amount at a future date are classified as financial liabilities.

Treasury shares (treasury stock or own shares repurchased): Shares in the company that have been repurchased by the company and are held as treasury shares rather than being cancelled.

A company is able to sell (reissue) these shares.

A company may repurchase its shares when

management considers the shares undervalued,

it needs shares to fulfill employees’ stock options, or

it wants to limit the effects of dilution from various employee stock compensation plans.

A purchase of treasury shares reduces shareholders’ equity by the amount of the acquisition cost and reduces the number of total shares outstanding.

If treasury shares are subsequently reissued, a company does not recognize any gain or loss from the reissuance on the income statement.

Treasury shares are nonvoting and do not receive any dividends declared by the company.

Retained earnings: The cumulative amount of earnings recognized in the company’s income statements that have not been paid to the owners of the company as dividends.

Recall that beginning retained earnings plus net income minus dividends equals ending retained earnings.

Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI): (also known as other reserves; for L’Oreal, “items recognized directly in equity”) the cumulative amount of other comprehensive income or loss.

Other comprehensive income refers to income that is not recognized on the income statement.

Recall that beginning AOCI + Other comprehensive income = Ending AOCI.

Noncontrolling interest (or minority interest): The equity interests of minority shareholders in the subsidiary companies that have been consolidated by the parent (controlling) company but that are not wholly owned by the parent company.

 

Comprehensive income is defined as “the change in equity [net assets] of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.” FASB ASC Section 220-10-05 [Comprehensive Income–Overall–Overview and Background]. There is no explicit definition of comprehensive income in IFRS; the implicit definition is similar to that above. IFRS define income in the glossary as “increases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of inflows or enhancements of assets or decreases of liabilities that result in increases in equity, other than those relating to contributions from equity participants.”

195

1 - ‹#›

Summary

Balance Sheet: what an entity owns (or controls), what it owes, and what the owners’ claims are at a specific point in time.

Accounting issues relate primarily to measurement (historical cost versus fair value).

Balance sheet ratios indicate liquidity and solvency.

196

Acquisition of Property

197

Tax Basis

For tax purposes, basis is the amount invested in an asset (generally an asset’s cost).

The basis of property when first acquired by a taxpayer is called the “unadjusted basis”.

If property has a carryover basis, the transferee's basis is determined by reference to the basis in the hands of the transferor.

“Adjusted basis” is the original basis increased or decreased for adjustments such as capital additions, depreciation, and amortization.

Amounts paid to acquire or produce a unit of real or personal property include:

the invoice price,

transaction costs, and

costs for work performed prior to the date that the unit of property is placed in service by the taxpayer.

Tax Basis

Amounts paid that are inherently facilitative increase the basis:

transporting property (for example, shipping fees and moving costs);

securing an appraisal or determining the value or price of property;

negotiating terms or structure of the acquisition and tax advice on the acquisition;

application fees, bidding costs, or similar expenses;

preparing and reviewing the documents that effectuate the acquisition of the property (for example, preparing the bid, offer, sales contract, or purchase agreement);

examining and evaluating the title of property;

obtaining regulatory approval of the acquisition or securing permits related to the acquisition, including application fees;

conveying property between the parties, including sales and transfer taxes, and title registration costs;

finders' fees or brokers' commissions, including amounts paid that are contingent on the successful closing of the acquisition;

architectural, geological, engineering, environmental, or inspection services pertaining to particular properties; or

services provided by a qualified intermediary or other facilitator of a like-kind exchange.

199

§7701(a) – US persons

199

1 - ‹#›

Ways of Acquiring Real Property

Property Acquired By Purchase

Property Acquired By Construction

Property Acquired In An Exchange

Property Acquired By Gift

Property Acquired By Inheritance

Property Acquired From Spouse

NOTE: The way you acquire property determines basis!

Acquisition by Purchase

201

COST $4,025,000 $4,025,000 $4,025,000

CASH $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000

FIRST MORTGAGE $3,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000

PURCHASE MORTGAGE -- $1,000,000 $800,000

OTHER PROPERTY -- -- $200,000

EXPENSES TO ACQUIRE $25,000 $25,000 $25,000

BASIS $4,025,000 $4,025,000 $4,025,000

Components of Basis

Sample Closing Statement – Form HUD-1

Settlement costs.  Your basis includes the settlement fees and closing costs for buying property.

The following items are some of the settlement fees or closing costs you include in the basis of your property.

Abstract fees (abstract of title fees);

Charges for installing utility services;

Legal fees (including title search and preparation of the sales contract and deed);

Recording fees;

Surveys;

Transfer taxes;

Owner's title insurance; and

Any amounts the seller owes that you agree to pay, such as back taxes or interest, recording or mortgage fees, charges for improvements or repairs, and sales commissions.

The following items are some settlement fees and closing costs you can deduct currently so if it is business property:

Real estate taxes;

Amounts placed in escrow for the future payment of items such as taxes and insurance;

Homeowners association dues;

Casualty insurance premiums;

Rent for occupancy of the property before closing;

Charges for utilities or other services related to occupancy of the property before closing.

Charges connected with getting a loan are capitalized and deducted over the loan period:

Points (discount points, loan origination fees).

Mortgage insurance premiums.

Loan assumption fees.

Cost of a credit report.

Fees for an appraisal required by a lender.

Fees for refinancing a mortgage.

Allocation of Value to Leasehold Interests

When property is acquired subject to a lease, no portion of the property's adjusted tax basis may be allocated to the value of the leasehold interest for tax purposes.

The entire cost must be taken into account in determining the depreciable basis of the property subject to the lease.

GAAP requires attribution of value to intangible lease assets such as in-place leases and above and below market leases.

This difference is corrected through depreciation/amortization and the eventual sale of the asset.

Since real estate often trades based on the present value of the cash flow (which is intrinsically tied to the lease), the property values may not be realistic

Example: Assume land is acquired for $500,000 and a building is constructed at a cost of $1 million. Once completed, a lease is signed with a major tenant for $300,000/year at a time when cap rates are 6%. The market value of the building is now $5 million – but how much is allocated to land and building?

204

§7701(a) – US persons

204

1 - ‹#›

Allocation -Land, Building and Personal Property

Allocation is based on fair market value

Real Estate Tax Bill

Check Relation Of Assessed Land Value To Total Assessment

for example:

LAND $500,000 33.33%

BUILDING $1,000,000 66.67%

$1,500,000 100.00%

By appraisal

As set forth in sales agreement

Allocation – Multiple Properties

Allocation is based on relative fair market value

Consider the following:

Acquisition of 5 buildings

Subdivision of single parcel of land into 100 parcels

By Appraisal

By Property Tax Assessed Values

By Square Footage

Evenly Across Each Property (by lot)

Discounted Cash Flow Model

By Agreement

Combination

Acquisition of Trade or Business

Distinction must be made between acquisition of real estate and acquisition of a trade or business, though a trade or business may include certain real estate businesses

Form 8594 and allocation across asset types are required when there is a sale of a trade or business

Both buyer and seller must complete the form and attach it to their tax returns in the year of sale

Forces disclosure of how the purchase price is allocated across a broad range of asset types

The form breaks out assets by class:

Class I – cash; Class II – traded securities, Class III – debt; Class IV – inventory; Class V – all other tangible assets; Class VI – intangible assets; Class VII - goodwill

207

§7701(a) – US persons

207

1 - ‹#›

Deal Costs – Investigatory & Dead Deals

Costs incurred to investigate a new acquisition are deductible until the decision to acquire a specific business is made, then the costs must be capitalized as part of the new business:

Expenditures are investigatory costs only if they are incurred to determine whether to acquire a business and which business to acquire.

The cost of drafting documents relative to an acquisition, even if incurred during the investigatory period, are capitalizable acquisition costs because they are incurred to facilitate an acquisition.

Costs labeled as “due diligence” are not investigatory costs if they are incurred after the submission of a letter of intent or other offer to purchase, even if the letter or offer is nonbinding.

Capitalized deal costs can be written off once the decision is made to abandon the deal

208

§7701(a) – US persons

208

1 - ‹#›

Acquisition by Construction

209

Start-Up, Organizational & Syndication Costs

Start-up costs are costs incurred before a business actually begins

Organizational costs are legal and other costs to form entities

GAAP treatment is to deduct both organizational and start-up costs as incurred

A taxpayer can elect to deduct in the year in which its active trade or business began an amount of start-up or organizational costs equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of start-up costs incurred with respect to the active trade or business, or (b) $5,000, reduced (but not below zero) by the amount by which start-up costs exceed $50,000. Any remaining start-up costs are amortized ratably over a 15-year (180-month) period

Syndication costs of a partnership are the costs of issuing interests in the partnership. Stock issuance costs are costs associated with issuance of stock

Syndication costs and stock issuance costs are not deductible.

210

§7701(a) – US persons

210

1 - ‹#›

Basis of Constructed Property

Cost Land Acquisition

Building Demolition

Distinguish between renovation and demolition

Demolished Building Plus Costs of

Demolition is Land Cost

Direct Costs (hard costs)

Labor

Materials

Sub-Contractors

Indirect Costs (soft costs)

Interest On Construction Money

Real Estate Taxes During Construction Period

Engineering

Architect

Environmental

Other Overhead

All Costs, Both Hard and Soft, are Capitalized to Arrive at Basis

The value of your own labor, or any other labor you did not pay for, in the basis of any property you construct

Allocation of Costs to Lots

Allocation of costs, including water lines, utilities, roads, parks, recreational facilities can be allocated using any reasonable method, including

Appraised value,

Relative assessed value,

Square footage, or

Relative sales value

Evenly Across Each Property (by lot)

Discounted Cash Flow Model

Combination

Lots are often sold before all costs have been incurred

Costs that can be used to offset sales is limited to the allocable amount of costs incurred to date unless election under Rev Proc 92-29 is made.

Upon IRS consent, the “alternative cost method” allows a deduction of the estimated future costs that the developer is legally obligated to provide, so long as the statute of limitations is extended with respect to the project

Deduction is still limited to the total money spent by year end

213

§7701(a) – US persons

213

1 - ‹#›

Capitalization of Costs

The following is a partial list of costs exempt from capitalization:

Marketing, selling, and advertising costs,

Income taxes,

Depreciation of temporarily idle facilities,

On-site storage costs,

A portion of general and overhead expenses allocable to non-production activities

Interest capitalization is generally required on a developer’s debt

Avoided cost method usually requires all debt to be considered part of development

Interest is capitalized once the property “breaks ground” and ceases once production stops for a period of 120 days

Voluntary Capitalization - An individual may voluntarily capitalize carry costs of land (i.e. taxes and interest) if there is no need for a deduction. If capitalized, tax basis in the land is increased

214

§7701(a) – US persons

214

1 - ‹#›

Percentage of Completion

The percentage of completion method of accounting must be used when a developer enters into a long term contract

Requires income on the long term contract to be recognized in proportion to the percentage of costs incurred to date when compared to the total estimated costs of the contract

Home construction contracts have an exemption (4 or fewer units)

Issues exist for condominium sales contracts and sales of land lots

Conversely, the completed contract method would recognize income once the property is delivered (or at closing)

215

§7701(a) – US persons

215

1 - ‹#›

Acquisition by Exchange

216

Non-recognition Transactions - Basis

The basis of property acquired in a non-recognition transaction is determined by reference to the basis in the hands of the prior owner (or by reference to the property exchanged), adjusted by any gain recognized.

Property contributed to a corporation by shareholder

Property transferred to corporation for stock

Property received by corporation in reorganization

Property transferred by a partner to a partnership

Property acquired in a like-kind exchange

Special rule for a technical termination of a partnership

217

§7701(a) – US persons

217

1 - ‹#›

Basis in a Tax Exchange of Property

Basis of Replacement Property is Adjusted By Gain On Sale of Relinquished Property

Known as a Substitute Basis

Holding Period

The length of time an asset is held

Relevant since capital gains rate only applies if property is held for longer than 12 months

Constructed real estate may be bifurcated between short and long term holding periods

Carryover basis transactions typically have a carryover holding period

Non-recognition exchanges, like-kind exchange, involuntary conversions, contributions to partnership, gifts, etc..

Property is “placed in service” when it is ready and available for a specific use, whether in a business activity, an income-producing activity, a tax-exempt activity, or a personal activity. Even if you are not using the property, it is in service when it is ready and available for its specific use.

219

§7701(a) – US persons

219

1 - ‹#›

Acquisition by Gift

220

Basis of Property Received by Gift

Donor = Person that Gives the Gift

Donee = Person that Receives the Gift

Donee’s Basis is Same as Donor’s Basis Immediately/Prior to Gift

The basis of property acquired by gift is the same as it was in the hands of the donor

Donee takes a carryover basis in the property from the donor. However, for determining loss, if the donor's basis is greater than the property's FMV at the time of the gift, the donee's basis is the FMV.

If federal gift tax is paid by the donor, the donee's basis is increased by the amount of tax paid that is attributable to the net appreciation included in the value of the gift. However, the basis may not exceed the property's FMV.

Net appreciation is the amount by which the FMV of the gift exceeds the donor's adjusted basis immediately before the gift. Accordingly, the donee increases the basis of the property by the following ratio:

NOTE: Donee May Have “Built-In-Gain”

for example:

Fair Market Value at Date of Gift $3,100,000

Basis of Donor at Time of Gift $300,000

Built-In-Gain $2,800,000

If Property is Sold at Date of Gift There is a $2,800,000 Gain

Lack of Adequate Records

Sometimes practitioners must determine the tax basis when no records of the basis are available. Looking at county or city land records can help determine the original cost of the property if the locality has a recording fee based on the transaction cost of the property.

The IRS issued Fact Sheet 2006-7 to address issues relating to the reconstruction of records after disasters, specifically after Hurricane Katrina. This fact sheet suggests that to reconstruct the basis of real property, taxpayers should take the following steps:

Contact the title company, escrow company, or bank that handled the original purchase of the property to obtain copies of escrow papers. The real estate broker who handled the transaction may also be able to help.

Use the current property tax statement for land vs. building ratios, if available. If not available, get copies from the county assessor's office.

Check with appraisal companies to locate a library of old multiple listing books. These can be used for “comps” to establish basis. Comps are comparable sales in the same area.

Check with the mortgage company for copies of any appraisals or other information it may have about the cost.

If improvements were made to the property, contact the contractor to see if records are available. If possible get statements from the contractor verifying the work and cost. Get written accounts from persons who saw the property before and after any improvements. See if any have photos that were taken of the property before and after the improvements.

If the property was inherited, check court records for probate values. If a trust or estate existed, contact the attorney who handled the estate or trust.

If no other records are available, check the county assessor's office for old records about the property. Look for assessed value and ask for the percentage of assessment to value at the time of purchase to use as a rough estimate.

223

§7701(a) – US persons

223

1 - ‹#›

Acquisition by Inheritance

224

Basis of Property Received as an Inheritance

Basis Received From Decedent is Fair Market Value

No Built-In-Gain at Date of Inheritance

Fair Market Value at Date of Death $2,500,000

Basis of Beneficiary at Date of Receipt $2,500,000

Built-In-Gain $0

Acquisition from Spouse

226

Basis of Property Received From Spouse

Spouse Transfers

Treated as a Gift

Basis is Critical to Calculate Gain on Sale

Selling Price $3,400,000

Adjusted Basis ($2,500,000)

Gain $900,000

DEPRECIABLE BASIS

Land is not depreciable

Depreciation may continually change

Must be investment property, or used in a trade or business

Commercial property-39 yrs straight line

Residential property 27.5 yrs straight line

Personal property-faster depreciation

COST SEGREGATION STUDIES (“CSS”)

Landmark case – Hospital Corp of America v. Commissioner

Segregated components of realty

Cull out personal property & land improvements

CSS identifies, reclassifies certain assets

Accelerates depreciation-reduces tax

Cost Segregation Example

Description   Land Land Improvements   Building Personal Property
Land $ 246,000    
Sidewalks   $ 7,500    
Landscaping   7,500    
Parking lot   30,000    
Fencing   9,000    
Structure and structural components     $ 960,000  
Carpeting       $ 15,000
Removable partitions       36,000
Specialized plumbing       60,000
Specialized electrical       120,000
Removable ceiling treatments       9,000
Total $ 246,000 $ 54,000 $ 960,000 $ 240,000

Results include a shift of $54,000 of nondepreciable land costs to land improvements, which are depreciated over a 15-year recovery period. In addition, $240,000 of the building cost has been identified and allocated to tangible personal property that is depreciable over a 5-year recovery period.

Office building is purchased for $1.5 million. Allocation in the sales contract is $300,000 to land and $1.2 million to building . Depreciation would be $1.2 million to the building (straight-line method over a 39-years)

PROPERTY ELIGIBILITY

Includes buildings purchased or constructed

Expanded or remodeled since 1987

Most efficient for newly constructed buildings

Uncover retroactive tax deductions from older buildings

Properties eligible for CSS:

1- Hotels

2-Nursing Homes

3- Office Buildings

4- Shopping Centers

5-Apartment Complexes

ADVANTAGES/DISADVANTAGES OF CSS

ADVANTAGES:

1- Yields Enhanced Depreciation Benefits

2-Front Loads Depreciation

3- Time Value Money

4- Easily Identifies Assets to be Written-Off

DISADVANTAGES:

1- Cost of Study

2- Early Disposition of Property Triggers Recapture of Tax Benefits

3- Improper Engineering Studies- Severe Tax Penalties

How does a company obtain its cash?

Where does a company spend its cash?

What explains the change in the cash balance?

Purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows

The Statement of Cash Flows helps users determine how a company obtains its cash and where it spends its cash. By providing this information, this statement helps explain the change in the cash balance from the beginning of the period to the end of the period.

1 - ‹#›

How did the business fund its operations?

Did the business borrow any funds or repay any loans?

Does the business have sufficient cash to pay its debts as they mature?

Did the business make any dividend payments?

Importance of Cash Flows

While it is important for users to know how much cash a company has, it is also important to know how a company funded its operations. Did it have to borrow money or sell stock to help pay the operating expenses of the company? If so, users need to be aware of this so they can fully assess the cash flow position of the company. Cash flow information is also useful to determine if the business has sufficient cash to pay its debts or if the business paid dividends during the period.

1 - ‹#›

Cash equivalents are…

short-term, highly liquid investments.

readily convertible into cash.

sufficiently close to maturity so that market value is unaffected by interest rate changes.

Measurement of Cash Flows

Cash includes currency and cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are easily converted into cash and that have very little risk of loss. An example of a cash equivalent would be a short-term Treasury Bill that is government issued, is very close to maturity, and has very little risk associated with it.

1 - ‹#›

Classification of Cash Flows

The Statement of Cash Flows includes the following three sections:

Operating Activities

Investing Activities

Financing Activities

There are three basic sections on the Statement of Cash Flows:

 Operating Activities

Investing Activities

Financing Activities

1 - ‹#›

Operating Activities

The operating activities section includes cash inflows and cash outflows that result from the operations of the business and some incidental business transactions. Operating cash inflows include cash received from customers in payment of goods sold. It also includes cash received as dividends and interest. Operating cash outflows include cash payments for salaries, supplies, inventory, taxes, and interest.

1 - ‹#›

Investing Activities

The investing activities section includes cash inflows and cash outflows that result from the sale and purchase of fixed assets and investments. If a company purchases a piece of equipment, it would be classified as a cash outflow in the investing section. If a company has excess cash and invests it in the stock of another company, it would also be classified as a cash outflow in the investing section. If, in the future, this equity investment is sold, it would be classified as a cash inflow in the investing section.

1 - ‹#›

Financing Activities

The financing activities section includes cash inflows and cash outflows that result from transactions with the company’s creditors and stockholders. If a company borrows money from a bank, it would be classified as a cash inflow in the financing section. If, in the future, this debt is repaid, the amount of the principal payment would be classified as a cash outflow in the financing section. Remember that the interest payment is classified as a cash outflow in the operating section. If a company issues stock, it would be classified as a cash inflow in the financing section.

1 - ‹#›

Noncash Investing and Financing

Examples of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

Some transactions involve investing activities and/or financing activities, but no cash. An example would be purchasing equipment and paying for it by issuing company stock. In this transaction, the purchase of equipment is an investing activity and the issuance of stock is a financing activity. But, not a single dollar of cash was exchanged in the transaction. As a result, this transaction would NOT appear on the Statement of Cash Flows. Because of their significance and the full disclosure principle, these noncash investing and financing transactions must be disclosed in the financial statements or the notes.

1 - ‹#›

Format of the Statement of Cash Flows

This is a summary of the components of a Statement of Cash Flows. You can see the operating, investing, and financing sections that we just discussed are on the statement. There is also a cash reconciliation at the bottom of the statement that reconciles the change in cash with the beginning and ending cash balances. The ending cash balance on the Statement of Cash Flows should always equal the cash balance on the Balance Sheet.

1 - ‹#›

Preparing the Statement of Cash Flows

Preparing a statement of cash flows involves five steps:

Compute the net increase or decrease in cash;

Compute and report net cash provided or used by operating activities;

Compute and report net cash provided or used by investing activities;

Compute and report net cash provided or used by financing activities;

Compute the net cash flow by combining net cash provided or used by operating, investing, and financing activities and then prove it by adding it to the beginning cash balance to show that it equals the ending cash balance.

We will follow these steps in the preparation of our example statement of cash flows.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing the Cash Account

The Cash account is a natural place to look for information about cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities.

A company’s cash receipts and cash payments are recorded in the Cash account in its general ledger. The Cash account is therefore a natural place to look for information about cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities. To illustrate, review the summarized Cash T-account of Genesis, Inc., on this slide. Individual cash transactions are summarized in this Cash account according to the major types of cash receipts and cash payments. For instance, only the total of cash receipts from all customers is listed. Individual cash transactions underlying these totals can number in the thousands. Accounting software is available to provide summarized cash accounts.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing the Cash Account

Preparing a statement of cash flows from the cash account on the previous slide requires determining whether an individual cash inflow or outflow is an operating, investing, or financing activity, and then listing each by activity. This yields the statement shown on this slide. However, preparing the statement of cash flows from an analysis of the summarized Cash account has two limitations. First, most companies have many individual cash receipts and payments, making it difficult to review them all. Accounting software minimizes this burden, but it is still a task requiring professional judgment for many transactions. Second, the Cash account does not usually carry an adequate description of each cash transaction, making assignment of all cash transactions according to activity difficult.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing Noncash Account

A second approach to preparing the statement of cash flows is analyzing noncash accounts.

A second approach to preparing the statement of cash flows is analyzing noncash accounts. This approach uses the fact that when a company records cash inflows and outflows with debits and credits to the Cash account, it also records credits and debits in noncash accounts (reflecting double-entry accounting). Many of these noncash accounts are balance sheet accounts—for instance, from the sale of land for cash. Others are revenue and expense accounts that are closed to equity. For instance, the sale of services for cash yields a credit to Services Revenue that is closed to Retained Earnings for a corporation. In sum, all cash transactions eventually affect noncash balance sheet accounts. Thus, we can determine cash inflows and outflows by analyzing changes in noncash balance sheet accounts.

This slide illustrates the accounting equation to show the relation between the Cash account and the noncash balance sheet accounts. This illustration starts with the accounting equation at the top. It is then expanded in line (2) to separate cash from noncash asset accounts. Line (3) moves noncash asset accounts to the right-hand side of the equality where they are subtracted. This shows that cash equals the sum of the liability and equity accounts minus the noncash asset accounts. Line (4) points out that changes on one side of the accounting equation equal changes on the other side. It shows that we can explain changes in cash by analyzing changes in the noncash accounts consisting of liability accounts, equity accounts, and noncash asset accounts. By analyzing noncash balance sheet accounts and any related income statement accounts, we can prepare a statement of cash flows.

1 - ‹#›

Information to Prepare the Statement

Comparative

Balance Sheets

Current

Income Statement

Additional

Information

Information to prepare the statement of cash flows usually comes from three sources:

Information to prepare the statement of cash flows usually comes from three sources:

comparative balance sheets,

the current income statement, and

additional information.

Comparative balance sheets are used to compute changes in noncash accounts from the beginning to the end of the period. The current income statement is used to help compute cash flows from operating activities. Additional information often includes details on transactions and events that help explain both the cash flows and noncash investing and financing activities.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Operating Indirect and Direct Methods of Reporting

The net cash amount provided by operating activities is identical under both the direct and indirect methods.

Direct

Method

Indirect

Method

Cash flows provided (used) by operating activities are reported in one of two ways: the direct method or the indirect method. These two different methods apply only to the operating activities section.

The direct method separately lists each major item of operating cash receipts (such as cash received from customers) and each major item of operating cash payments (such as cash paid for merchandise). The cash payments are subtracted from cash receipts to determine the net cash provided (used) by operating activities.

The indirect method reports net income and then adjusts it for items necessary to obtain net cash provided or used by operating activities. It does not report individual items of cash inflows and cash outflows from operating activities. Instead, the indirect method reports the necessary adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided or used by operating activities.

The net cash amount provided by operating activities is identical under both the direct and indirect methods. The FASB recommends the direct method, but because it is not required and the indirect method is arguably easier to compute, nearly all companies report operating cash flows using the indirect method.

1 - ‹#›

These financial statements will help us prepare the statement of cash flows for Genesis, Inc. using the indirect method.

We will prepare the statement of cash flows for Genesis, Inc. using the indirect method. This slide shows the December 31, 2012 and 2013, balance sheets of Genesis along with its 2013 income statement. We use this information to prepare a statement of cash flows that explains the $5,000 increase in cash for 2013 as reflected in its balance sheets. This $5,000 is computed as Cash of $17,000 at the end of 2013 minus Cash of $12,000 at the end of 2012.

1 - ‹#›

Application of the Indirect Method of Reporting

Additional information on Genesis Inc.’s 2013 transactions:

The accounts payable balances result from merchandise inventory purchases.

Purchased $70,000 in plant assets by paying $10,000 cash and issuing $60,000 of notes payable.

Sold plant assets with an original cost of $30,000 and accumulated depreciation of $12,000 for $12,000 cash, yielding a $6,000 loss.

Received $15,000 cash from issuing 3,000 shares of common stock.

Paid $18,000 cash to retire notes with a $34,000 book value, yielding a $16,000 gain.

Declared and paid cash dividends of $14,000.

In addition to the financial statements, Genesis discloses the following additional information on its 2013 transactions:

The accounts payable balances result from merchandise inventory purchases.

Purchased $70,000 in plant assets by paying $10,000 cash and issuing $60,000 of notes payable.

Sold plant assets with an original cost of $30,000 and accumulated depreciation of $12,000 for $12,000 cash, yielding a $6,000 loss.

Received $15,000 cash from issuing 3,000 shares of common stock.

Paid $18,000 cash to retire notes with a $34,000 book value, yielding a $16,000 gain.

Declared and paid cash dividends of $14,000.

1 - ‹#›

Net Income

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Changes in noncash current assets and current liabilities

+ Losses and - Gains

+ Noncash expenses such as depreciation and amortization

Application of the Indirect Method of Reporting

1

2

3

The indirect method starts with the accrual based net income and makes three types of adjustments to arrive at cash flows from operating activities. Adjustments to the accrual based net income include (1) changes in noncash current assets and current liabilities, (2) adding back any noncash items that are included to arrive at net income, such as depreciation and amortization, and (3) adjusting for gains and losses on the sale of assets. On the next slide, we will discuss further the adjustments for changes in noncash current assets and current liabilities.

The adjustment to add back the noncash items such as depreciation and amortization on the statement of cash flows basically cancels out the fact that they were originally subtracted to arrive at net income. Since these items do not represent cash outlays, we would not want them included in the statement of cash flows .

We also need to adjust for gains and losses that result from the sale of an asset. Gains are added on the income statement and losses are subtracted on the income statement to arrive at net income. Since the gains and losses do not represent operating cash flows, we cancel out gains by subtracting them and cancel out losses by adding them to net income in the operating section. The actual cash flow from the sale of the asset will be properly reported, in most cases, in the investing section.

1 - ‹#›

Use this table when adjusting Net Income to Operating Cash Flows.

Adjustments for Changes in Current Assets and Current Liabilities

This chart explains how to treat a change in a noncash current asset or current liability in the operating section of the statement of cash flows. Maybe a couple of examples will help you see how this table works. Let’s start with current assets. If accounts receivable, a current asset, decreased during the year, this decrease would be added to net income. A decrease in accounts receivable means that customer cash payments on account exceeded customer charges on account during the period. This excess of cash payments over charges is used to adjust the accrual based revenues reported on the income statement to report the total cash received from customers during the period. Similarly, if accounts receivable increased during the year, this increase would be subtracted from net income. An increase in accounts receivable means that customer charges on account exceeded customer cash payments on account during the period. This excess of charges over cash payments is used to adjust the accrual based revenues reported on the income statement to report the total cash received from customers during the period. Now, let’s look at how to treat changes in current liabilities. If salaries payable, a current liability, decreased during the year, this decrease would be subtracted from net income. A decrease in salaries payable means that the company paid off more in salaries than it charged to expense during the period. This excess of cash payments over charges is used to adjust the accrual based expense reported on the income statement to report the total cash paid for salaries during the period. Similarly, if salaries payable increased during the year, this increase would be added to net income. An increase in salaries payable means the company charged more to expense than it paid off during the period. This excess of charges over cash payments is used to adjust the accrual based expense reported on the income statement to report the total cash paid for salaries during the period.

1 - ‹#›

Adjustments for Changes in Current Assets and Current Liabilities

When using the indirect method of reporting, start the statement of cash flows with net income and then make adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities. For Genesis, net income is $38,000 as illustrated on the previous income statement provided. From the comparative balance sheets presented earlier, we can determine the change in the noncash current assets and current liabilities.

1.a. Accounts receivable increase $20,000, from a beginning balance of $40,000 to an ending balance of $60,000. This increase implies that Genesis collects less cash than is reported in sales. That is, some of these sales were in the form of accounts receivable and that amount increased during the period. This $20,000 — as reflected in the $20,000 increase in Accounts Receivable — is subtracted from net income when computing cash provided by operating activities.

1.b. Merchandise inventory increases by $14,000, from a $70,000 beginning balance to an $84,000 ending balance. This increase implies that Genesis had greater cash purchases than cost of goods sold. The amount by which purchases exceed cost of goods sold — as reflected in the $14,000 increase in inventory — is subtracted from net income when computing cash provided by operating activities.

1.c. Prepaid expenses increase $2,000, from a $4,000 beginning balance to a $6,000 ending balance, implying that Genesis’s cash payments exceed its recorded prepaid expenses. The amount by which cash payments exceed the recorded operating expenses — as reflected in the $2,000 increase in Prepaid Expenses — is subtracted from net income when computing cash provided by operating activities.

1.d. Accounts payable decrease $5,000, from a beginning balance of $40,000 to an ending balance of $35,000. This decrease implies that cash payments to suppliers exceed purchases by $5,000 for the period. The amount by which cash payments exceed purchases — as reflected in the $5,000 decrease in Accounts Payable — is subtracted from net income when computing cash provided by operating activities.

1.e. Interest payable decreases $1,000, from a $4,000 beginning balance to a $3,000 ending balance. This decrease indicates that cash paid for interest exceeds interest expense by $1,000. The amount by which cash paid exceeds recorded expense — as reflected in the $1,000 decrease in Interest Payable — is subtracted from net income.

1.f. Income taxes payable increase $10,000, from a $12,000 beginning balance to a $22,000 ending balance. This increase implies that reported income taxes exceed the cash paid for taxes. The amount by which cash paid falls short of the reported taxes expense — as reflected in the $10,000 increase in Income Taxes Payable — is added to net income when computing cash provided by operating activities.

1 - ‹#›

Adjustments for Operating Items Not Providing or Using Cash

The second adjustment is for operating items not providing or using cash. The income statement usually includes some expenses that do not reflect cash outflows in the period. Examples are depreciation, amortization, depletion, and bad debts expense. The indirect method for reporting operating cash flows requires that expenses with no cash outflows are added back to net income. Similarly, when net income includes revenues that do not reflect cash inflows in the period, the indirect method for reporting operating cash flows requires that revenues with no cash inflows are subtracted from net income.

Depreciation expense is the only Genesis operating item that has no effect on cash flows in the period. We must add back the $24,000 depreciation expense to net income when computing cash provided by operating activities.

1 - ‹#›

Adjustments for Nonoperating Items

The third adjustment is for nonoperating items. Net income often includes losses that are not part of operating activities but are part of either investing or financing activities. Examples are a loss from the sale of a plant asset and a loss from retirement of notes payable. The indirect method for reporting operating cash flows requires that nonoperating losses are added back to net income. Similarly, when net income includes gains not part of operating activities, the indirect method for reporting operating cash flows requires that nonoperating gains are subtracted from net income.

Genesis reports a $6,000 loss on sale of plant assets as part of net income. This loss is a proper deduction in computing income, but it is not part of operating activities. Instead, a sale of plant assets is part of investing activities. Thus, the $6,000 nonoperating loss is added back to net income as illustrated on this slide. Adding it back cancels the loss. We later explain how to report the cash inflow from the asset sale in investing activities.

Genesis also has a $16,000 gain on retirement of debt that is properly included in net income, but it is not part of operating activities. This means the $16,000 nonoperating gain must be subtracted from net income to obtain net cash provided by operating activities. Subtracting it cancels the recorded gain. We later describe how to report the cash outflow to retire debt.

1 - ‹#›

Summary of Adjustments for Indirect Method

Common adjustments to net income when computing net cash provided or used by operating activities under the indirect method:

This slide summarizes the most common adjustments to net income when computing net cash provided or used by operating activities under the indirect method. The computations in determining cash provided or used by operating activities are different for the indirect and direct methods, but the result is identical. As we illustrated earlier, both methods yield the same $20,000 figure for cash from operating activities for Genesis.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Investing

Identify changes in investing-related accounts

Explain these changes using reconstruction analysis

Report their cash flow effects

A three-stage process to determine cash provided or used by investing activities:

The third major step in preparing the statement of cash flows is to compute and report cash flows from investing activities. We normally do this by identifying changes in (1) all noncurrent asset accounts and (2) the current accounts for both notes receivable and investments in securities (excluding trading securities). We then analyze changes in these accounts to determine their effect, if any, on cash and report the cash flow effects in the investing activities section of the statement of cash flows. Reporting of investing activities is identical under the direct method and indirect method.

Information to compute cash flows from investing activities is usually taken from beginning and ending balance sheets and the income statement. We use a three-stage process to determine cash provided or used by investing activities: (1) identify changes in investing-related accounts, (2) explain these changes using reconstruction analysis, and (3) report their cash flow effects.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Investing

This analysis reveals a $40,000 increase in plant assets from $210,000 to $250,000 and a $12,000 increase in accumulated depreciation from $48,000 to $60,000.

Information about the Genesis transactions provided earlier reveals that the company both purchased and sold plant assets during the period. Both transactions are investing activities and are analyzed for their cash flow effects.

The first stage in analyzing the Plant Assets account and its related Accumulated Depreciation is to identify any changes in these accounts from comparative balance sheets presented earlier. This analysis reveals a $40,000 increase in plant assets from $210,000 to $250,000 and a $12,000 increase in accumulated depreciation from $48,000 to $60,000.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Investing

Item b: Genesis purchased plant assets of $70,000 by issuing $60,000 in notes payable to the seller and paying $10,000 in cash.

Item c: Genesis sold plant assets costing $30,000 (with $12,000 of accumulated depreciation) for $12,000 cash, resulting in a $6,000 loss.

We also reconstruct the entry for Depreciation Expense using information from the income statement.

The second stage is to explain these changes. Items b and c of the additional information for Genesis provided earlier are relevant in this case. Recall that the Plant Assets account is affected by both asset purchases and sales, while its Accumulated Depreciation account is normally increased from depreciation and decreased from the removal of accumulated depreciation in asset sales. To explain changes in these accounts and to identify their cash flow effects, we prepare reconstructed entries from prior transactions; they are not the actual entries by the preparer.

Item b reports that Genesis purchased plant assets of $70,000 by issuing $60,000 in notes payable to the seller and paying $10,000 in cash. The reconstructed entry for analysis of item b would be a debit to Plant Assets for $70,000 , a credit to Notes Payable for $60,000, and a credit to Cash for $10,000. This entry reveals a $10,000 cash outflow for plant assets and a $60,000 noncash investing and financing transaction involving notes exchanged for plant assets.

Next, item c reports that Genesis sold plant assets costing $30,000 (with $12,000 of accumulated depreciation) for $12,000 cash, resulting in a $6,000 loss. The reconstructed entry for analysis of item c is a debit to Cash for $12,000, a debit to Accumulated Depreciation for $12,000, a debit to Loss on Sale of Plant Assets for $6,000, and a credit to Plant Assets for $30,000. This entry reveals a $12,000 cash inflow from assets sold. The $6,000 loss is computed by comparing the asset book value to the cash received and does not reflect any cash inflow or outflow.

We also reconstruct the entry for Depreciation Expense using information from the income statement: debit Depreciation Expense for $24,000 and credit Accumulated Depreciation for $24,000. This entry shows that Depreciation Expense results in no cash flow effect.

This reconstruction analysis is complete in that the change in plant assets from $210,000 to $250,000 is fully explained by the $70,000 purchase and the $30,000 sale. Also, the change in accumulated depreciation from $48,000 to $60,000 is fully explained by depreciation expense of $24,000 and the removal of $12,000 in accumulated depreciation from an asset sale.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Investing

The third stage looks at the reconstructed entries for identification of cash flows. The two identified cash flow effects reported in the investing section of the statement are cash received from sale of plant assets for $12,000 and cash paid for purchase of plant assets for $10,000.

The $60,000 portion of the purchase described in item b and financed by issuing notes is a noncash investing and financing activity. It is reported in a note or in a separate schedule to the statement.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Financing

Identify changes in financing-related accounts

Explain these changes using reconstruction analysis

Report their cash flow effects

A three-stage process to determine cash provided or used by financing activities:

The fourth major step in preparing the statement of cash flows is to compute and report cash flows from financing activities. We normally do this by identifying changes in all noncurrent liability accounts (including the current portion of any notes and bonds) and the equity accounts. These accounts include long-term debt, notes payable, bonds payable, common stock, and retained earnings. Changes in these accounts are then analyzed using available information to determine their effect, if any, on cash. Results are reported in the financing activities section of the statement. Reporting of financing activities is identical under the direct method and indirect method.

We again use a three-stage process to determine cash provided or used by financing activities: (1) identify changes in financing-related accounts, (2) explain these changes using reconstruction analysis, and (3) report their cash flow effects.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Financing

This analysis reveals:

an increase in notes payable from $64,000 to $90,000,

an increase in common stock from $80,000 to $95,000, and

an increase in retained earnings from $88,000 to $112,000.

Information about Genesis provided earlier reveals two transactions involving noncurrent liabilities. We analyzed one of those, the $60,000 issuance of notes payable to purchase plant assets. This transaction is reported as a significant noncash investing and financing activity in a footnote or a separate schedule to the statement of cash flows. The other remaining transaction involving noncurrent liabilities is the cash retirement of notes payable.

The first stage in analysis of notes is to review the comparative balance sheets which reveals an increase in notes payable from $64,000 to $90,000, a $26,000 increase. We also note that analyzing common stock on the comparative balance sheets reveals an increase in common stock from $80,000 to $95,000, a $15,000 increase. Finally, the retained earnings account reveals an increase from $88,000 to $112,000, a $24,000 increase.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Financing

Item e: Notes with a carrying value of $34,000 are retired for $18,000 cash, resulting in a $16,000 gain.

Item b: Genesis purchased plant assets of $70,000 by issuing $60,000 in notes payable to the seller and paying $10,000 in cash.

The second stage explains these changes. First, we will focus on the change in Notes Payable. Item e of the additional information for Genesis presented earlier reports that notes with a carrying value of $34,000 are retired for $18,000 cash, resulting in a $16,000 gain. The reconstructed entry for analysis of item e is a debit to Notes Payable for $34,000, a credit to Gain on Retirement of Debt for $16,000, and a credit to Cash for $18,000. This entry reveals an $18,000 cash outflow for retirement of notes and a $16,000 gain from comparing the notes payable carrying value to the cash received. This gain does not reflect any cash inflow or outflow.

Also, item b of the additional information reports that Genesis purchased plant assets costing $70,000 by issuing $60,000 in notes payable to the seller and paying $10,000 in cash. We reconstructed this entry when analyzing investing activities: It showed a $60,000 increase to notes payable that is reported as a noncash investing and financing transaction. The increase of $26,000 in the Notes Payable account is fully explained by these reconstructed entries.

1 - ‹#›

Cash Flows from Financing

Item d: Issued 3,000 shares of common stock at par for $5 per share.

Item f: Cash dividends of $14,000 are paid.

The second stage to explain the $15,000 change in common stock requires review of item d in the additional information provided earlier. Item d of the additional information reports that 3,000 shares of common stock are issued at par for $5 per share. The reconstructed entry for analysis of item d is a debit to Cash for $15,000 and a credit to Common Stock for $15,000. This entry reveals a $15,000 cash inflow from stock issuance.

The second stage to explain the change in retained earnings requires review of item f in the additional information provided earlier. Item f of the additional information reports that cash dividends of $14,000 are paid. The reconstructed entry for analysis of item f is a debit to Retained Earnings for $14,000 and a credit to Cash for $14,000. This entry reveals a $14,000 cash outflow for cash dividends.

1 - ‹#›

In the third stage, the cash flow effects from the analysis of the notes payable, common stock, and retained earnings accounts are reported in the financing section of the statement as illustrated on this slide.

1 - ‹#›

The fifth and final step in preparing the statement is to report the beginning and ending cash balances and prove that the net change in cash is explained by operating, investing, and financing cash flows. The net increase of $5,000 reported on this statement is also the same increase in the Cash account reported on the comparative balance sheets.

1 - ‹#›

Global View

Reporting Cash Flows from Operating

Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS permit the reporting of cash flows from operating activities using either the direct or indirect method. However, two notable differences include:

U.S. GAAP requires cash inflows from interest revenue and dividend revenue be classified as operating, whereas IFRS permits classification under operating or investing provided that this classification is consistently applied across periods.

U.S. GAAP requires cash outflows for interest expense be classified as operating, whereas IFRS again permits classification under operating or financing provided that it is consistently applied across periods.

Reporting Cash Flows from Investing and Financing

U.S. GAAP and IFRS are broadly similar in computing and classifying cash flows from investing and financing activities. One notable exception is that U.S. GAAP requires cash outflows for income tax be classified as operating, whereas IFRS permits the splitting of those cash flows among operating, investing, and financing depending on the sources of that tax.

The statement of cash flows, which explains changes in cash (including cash equivalents) from period to period, is required under both U.S. GAAP and IFRS.

Reporting Cash Flows from Operating: Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS permit the reporting of cash flows from operating activities using either the direct or indirect method. Further, the basic requirements underlying the application of both methods are fairly consistent across these two accounting systems. However, two notable differences include:

U.S. GAAP requires cash inflows from interest revenue and dividend revenue be classified as operating, whereas IFRS permits classification under operating or investing provided that this classification is consistently applied across periods.

U.S. GAAP requires cash outflows for interest expense be classified as operating, whereas IFRS again permits classification under operating or financing provided that it is consistently applied across periods.

Reporting Cash Flows from Investing and Financing: U.S. GAAP and IFRS are broadly similar in computing and classifying cash flows from investing and financing activities. One notable exception is that U.S. GAAP requires cash outflows for income tax be classified as operating, whereas IFRS permits the splitting of those cash flows among operating, investing, and financing depending on the sources of that tax.

1 - ‹#›

Analyzing Cash Sources and Uses

Most managers stress the importance of understanding and predicting cash flows for business decisions.

Most managers stress the importance of understanding and predicting cash flows for business decisions. Creditors evaluate a company’s ability to generate cash before deciding whether to lend money. Investors also assess cash inflows and outflows before buying and selling stock. Information in the statement of cash flows helps address these and other questions such as (1) How much cash is generated from or used in operations? (2) What expenditures are made with cash from operations? (3) What is the source of cash for debt payments? (4) What is the source of cash for distributions to owners? (5) How is the increase in investing activities financed? (6) What is the source of cash for new plant assets? (7) Why is cash flow from operations different from income? (8) How is cash from financing used? To effectively answer these questions, it is important to separately analyze investing, financing, and operating activities.

To illustrate, consider data from three different companies as presented on this slide. These companies operate in the same industry and have been in business for several years. Each company generates an identical $15,000 net increase in cash, but its sources and uses of cash flows are very different. BMX’s operating activities provide net cash flows of $90,000, allowing it to purchase plant assets of $48,000 and repay $27,000 of its debt. ATV’s operating activities provide $40,000 of cash flows, limiting its purchase of plant assets to $25,000. Trex’s $15,000 net cash increase is due to selling plant assets and incurring additional debt. Its operating activities yield a net cash outflow of $24,000. Overall, analysis of these cash flows reveals that BMX is more capable of generating future cash flows than is ATV or Trex.

1 - ‹#›

A spreadsheet, also called work sheet or working paper, can help us organize the information needed to prepare a statement of cash flows.

Appendix 16A: Spreadsheet Preparation of the Statement of Cash Flows

Appendix 16A: Spreadsheet Preparation of the Statement of Cash Flows

Analyzing noncash accounts can be challenging when a company has a large number of accounts and many operating, investing, and financing transactions. A spreadsheet, also called work sheet or working paper, can help us organize the information needed to prepare a statement of cash flows. A spreadsheet also makes it easier to check the accuracy of our work.

The graphic on this slide shows the indirect method spreadsheet for Genesis. We enter both beginning and ending balance sheet amounts on the spreadsheet. We also enter information in the Analysis of Changes columns (keyed to the additional information items a through m) to explain changes in the accounts and determine the cash flows for operating, investing, and financing activities. Information about noncash investing and financing activities is reported near the bottom.

1 - ‹#›

Individual Real Estate Investors

270

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

General Investment Structuring Approach

● Real estate is often structured with a “main” partnership and may include additional alternative investment vehicles (“AIVs”) formed for certain types of investments. The fund structure may include partnerships, US and foreign corporations and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

● Investors typically have the opportunity to invest in assets through entities that are transparent for US federal income tax purposes (such as partnerships). Such flow-through structures impose no US federal income tax at the fund level.

● The fund may also use corporate vehicles to block the flow-through treatment to some or all investors.

If a corporation is domiciled in the US, it will pay US federal income tax on its worldwide income at graduated tax rates (currently a maximum rate of 35%). State and local taxes may also apply at effective rates that might average about 5%.

If a corporation is foreign, it will pay US federal tax on its income that is effectively connected to the US and may also be subject to the branch profits tax.

● Use of REITs in the structure can be advantageous. If the investments qualify, a REIT will not be subject to an entity-level tax (so long as certain conditions are met). Investors generally pay tax on the dividends from the REIT that are required to be distributed to the extent of earnings and profits each year.

The character of the income to the investor is dividends

Since the investment is not transparent, investors who don’t want to be engaged in a US trade or business may prefer a REIT (one level of tax as a dividend)

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

Investors

Real estate

investments

Sponsor

GP

U.S. Fund

Partnership

The following is a simple real estate fund structure :

LPs

Management fee

U.S. Management

Company

Considerations:

- Allocations

- Character of income

- Entity vs. Aggregate issues

- State and local tax

Taxation of Individual Real Estate Investors Rental Real Estate

Newly acquired property’s initial tax basis is starting point in determining income tax consequences of operating the property and, ultimately, the tax consequence of disposal.

Ordinary income or loss (often passive income or loss) is generated during the holding period – taxed generally at 37%

If net income, passthrough deduction reduces to up to 29.6%

Cash income is offset by depreciation – a concept where the total investment (both the debt and equity financed portion) is written off over the life of the investment reducing taxable income.

27.5 year life for residential, 39 year for commercial, 15 years for land improvements, 5 or 7 year for furniture and fixtures.

Immediate expensing available for 15 years or less

Sale of a property generates a gain or loss equal to the difference between the sales price and the adjusted basis of the property at the time of disposal

Capital gains tax rate is 20%

Proceeds from a refinancing is generally not currently taxable

273

§7701(a) – US persons

273

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Individual Real Estate Investors Development

Costs capitalized during construction period

Construction costs

Interest expense uses special method to capitalize more

Gains on sale are ordinary income or loss (often not passive income or loss unless owners are uninvolved) – taxed generally at 37%

If net income, passthrough deduction reduces to up to 29.6%

Cash income backend but income is as units/buildings/homes are sold

Extremely difficult to get capital gains tax rate is 20% unless outparcels are sold

274

§7701(a) – US persons

274

1 - ‹#›

What does §469 do?

Only allows current year use of a deduction or credit from a “passive activity” to be used against passive activity income or tax on such income.

Any disallowed loss or credit for the year is carried forward to the next year and subject to the same PAL and PAC limitations.

It is suspended.

Generally, PAL “triggered” if activity disposed of in a fully taxable transaction.

So – prevents use of passive activity loss against non-passive income (such as wages and investment income).

275

§7701(a) – US persons

275

1 - ‹#›

Application of Passive Loss Rules

Activity is “passive” if:

Trade or Business in which taxpayer does not materially participate.

Any rental activity.

Exceptions and special rules

Rental real estate with active participation and AGI < $150,000.

Real estate professional (added in 1993)

Important –

Meaning of:

“activity”

“trade of business”

“rental”

“material participation”

Tracking of income, losses and suspended losses (and credits) of passive activities.

Recordkeeping.

276

§7701(a) – US persons

276

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Individual Real Estate Investors

Passive losses can only be deducted to the extent of passive income

Trade or business income can be active or passive; portfolio income is distinguished

If the activity is not rental, it is passive or non-passive based on whether the taxpayer materially participates.

Rentals generally are passive activities and are subject to the passive loss disallowance rules. A loss from a passive activity is not currently deductible unless one of the following applies:

Passive income exists (losses are allowed to the extent of passive income);

The taxpayer actively participates in a rental real estate activity and qualifies for the $25,000 special allowance (only available if income is less than $100,000);

There is a qualifying disposition; or,

The taxpayer meets the requirements to be a real estate professional.

Limited partner’s income and expenses from a partnership are typically considered passive

277

§7701(a) – US persons

277

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Individual Real Estate Investors

 

What are rental activities?

The following are some exceptions to treatment of an activity as rental activity: 

The average period of customer use is 7 days or less. (e.g. condo rentals, short-term use of hotel/motel rooms, and businesses that rent videos/tuxedos/cars/tools, etc.)

The average period of customer use is 30 days or less and significant personal services are provided with the rental. (e.g. hotels and motels)

Extraordinary personal services are provided with the rental.  (hospitals, nursing homes and boarding schools).

The rental is incidental to a non-rental activity.

The taxpayer customarily makes the rental property available during defined business hours for nonexclusive use by various customers.  (golf courses, health clubs and spas).

Grouping of activities to determine material participation

278

§7701(a) – US persons

278

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Individual Real Estate Investors Excess Business Losses

The passive loss rules limit deductions and credits from passive trade or business activities. The passive loss rules apply to individuals, estates and trusts, and closely held corporations. A passive activity for this purpose is a trade or business activity in which the taxpayer owns an interest but does not materially participate. “Material participation” means that the taxpayer is involved in the operation of the activity on a basis that is regular, continuous, and substantial. Deductions attributable to passive activities, to the extent they exceed income from passive activities, generally may not be deducted against other income and are carried forward and treated as deductions and credits from passive activities in the next year.

New law. For tax years beginning after Dec. 31, 2017 and before Jan. 1, 2026, a noncorporate taxpayer's “excess business loss” is disallowed. Under the new rule, excess business losses are not allowed for the tax year but are instead carried forward and treated as part of the taxpayer's net operating loss (NOL) carryforward in subsequent tax years. This limitation applies after the application of the passive loss rules described above.

An excess business loss for the tax year is the excess of aggregate deductions of the taxpayer attributable to the taxpayer's trades and businesses, over the sum of aggregate gross income or gain of the taxpayer plus a threshold amount. The threshold amount for a tax year is $500,000 for married individuals filing jointly, and $250,000 for other individuals, with both amounts indexed for inflation.

In the case of a partnership or S corporation, the provision applies at the partner or shareholder level. Each partner's or S corporation shareholder's share of items of income, gain, deduction, or loss of the partnership or S corporation is taken into account in applying the above limitation for the tax year of the partner or S corporation shareholder; and regulatory authority is provided to apply the new provision to any other passthrough entity to the extent necessary, as well as to require any additional reporting as IRS determines is appropriate to carry out the purposes of the provision.

279

§7701(a) – US persons

279

1 - ‹#›

Real Estate Professional Status

If the taxpayer meets the following test, rental real estate activity income and loss may be considered a non-passive activity:

More than one-half of the personal services the taxpayer performs in trades or businesses during the tax year are performed in real property trades or businesses in which the taxpayer materially participates and;

The taxpayer performs more than 750 hours of service during the tax year in real property trades or businesses in which the taxpayer materially participates.

There is a significant benefit when rental real estate activity can be deducted against other active income

25% rate on recapture of building depreciation

Recapture may not be the same amount on fixtures and equipment

280

§7701(a) – US persons

280

1 - ‹#›

Exception to Capital Gain - Dealer versus Investor

Real estate has attributes of both a business and an investment. A taxpayers primary purpose for holding it determines the taxability.

Principal motivation (there could be more than 1) controls in determining whether the property was held “primarily for sale to customers” or for investment

Significant benefits to investor status:

Individual taxpayers are subject to a 20% tax rate on capital gains resulting from the sale of property that has been held for a period of greater than one year

Certain taxpayers can elect to receive installment sale treatment on the sale of capital assets.

Property that is held for investment purposes is eligible for tax-free exchange treatment under IRC section 1031.

Losses will be ordinary for a dealer, but Section 1231 still allows an ordinary loss on the sale of rental property

281

§7701(a) – US persons

281

1 - ‹#›

Dealer versus Investor

Factors considered include:

The nature and purpose of the acquisition of the property and the duration of the ownership;

The extent and nature of the taxpayer's efforts to sell the property;

The number, extent, continuity and substantiality of the sales;

The extent of subdividing, developing and improving the property that was done to increase sales;

The use of a business office and advertising for the sale of the property;

The character and degree of supervision or control exercised by the taxpayer over any representative selling the property; and

The time and effort the taxpayer actually devotes to the sale of the property.

Condominium development is almost always dealer income

282

§7701(a) – US persons

282

1 - ‹#›

Example of Individual Tax

283

Source Total   Passive Investor   RE Professional          
      New Law Old Law   New Law Old Law          
Wages 400,000   400,000 400,000   400,000 400,000          
Interest Income 700,000   700,000 700,000   700,000 700,000          
REIT Dividends 100,000   100,000 100,000   100,000 100,000 Dividends get 20% rate but not REITs  
Rental Real Estate (2,000,000)   0     (500,000) (2,000,000) losses now limited to $500,000  
Investment Expenses (30,000)   0 (6,000)   - -          
Passthrough Deduction     (20,000) -   - - REIT dividends qualifiy for passthough credit - unclear whether applies before or after passive
                         
Taxable income     1,180,000 1,194,000   700,000 (800,000)          
Tax rate     37.0% 39.6%   37.0% 39.6%          
Taxes     436,600 472,824   259,000 0          

No lower rate income, like capital gains, Section 1231 gains on the sale of real estate, are shown above

If any capital gains or qualified dividends, tax rate is 20%, unrecaptured 1250 is 25%

§7701(a) – US persons

283

1 - ‹#›

Tax-Exempt Entities

284

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

US Tax Exempt Investors

US tax-exempt investors are generally required to file US federal income tax returns and pay US federal income tax

on “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”), which includes operating income and other debt-financed income.

Most US tax-exempt investors pay US federal income tax on UBTI at a maximum 21% (35% in 2017) rate. State and local taxes may also apply to UBTI at effective rates that might average about 5%.

UBTI includes income from a trade or business including hotel operations, condominiums and real estate development activities

UBTI also results to the extent that income is debt-financed

Rental income, interest, dividends, and gains are generally not UBTI unless they are debt-financed

Section 514(c)(9) provides an exception for “qualified” investors in real estate

Investments made through a partnership must comply with the “fractions rule”

Reliance on the fractions rule and exception under 514(c)(9) has some risks and pitfalls

Using a private REIT can convert income to dividend income for the tax-exempt investor

Unless the REIT itself is debt-financed, no UBTI will result from distributions from the REIT to the investor

Often, no federal income taxes will be paid by the REIT or by the investor

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

U.S. Private REIT

Taxable

Investors

Tax-Exempt

Investors

Real estate

investments

Sponsor

GP

U.S. Fund

Partnership

The following is a simple real estate fund structure with a REIT:

Real estate

investments

LP

LP

Considerations:

UBTI

Pension held REIT

REIT Qualification and “Rents from Real Property”

Fractions rule

State and local tax consequences

Taxation of Tax Exempt Entities

U.S. tax exempt organizations include pension funds, educational organizations and endowments, private foundations, hospitals, religious organizations and other charitable and nonprofit organizations.

Pension funds are one of the largest investors of real estate.

Exempt entities are not concerned with net income, only with UBTI

Unrelated Business Taxable Income (“UBTI”) - Gross income derived by any organization from any unrelated trade or business regularly carried on by the organization, less the deductions which are directly connected with the carrying on of such trade or business.

287

§7701(a) – US persons

287

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Tax Exempt Entities

Prior to the Revenue Acts of 1950 and 1969, business income of tax exempt organizations was not taxable, regardless of whether or not the business operations were related to the organization’s exempt purposes.

288

§7701(a) – US persons

288

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Tax Exempt Entities - UBTI

An unrelated business is one where:

the income is derived from the conduct of a trade or business;

the business activity is regularly carried on; and

the conduct of the business activity is not substantially related to the organization's exempt function.

Passive investment income is excluded from UBTI

Interest, dividends, and royalties, most rent from real property, and gains and losses on the disposition of property, payments with respect to securities loans and loan commitment fees.

Rent based on the tenant's profits, the percentage of the income from certain debt financed property, and rents from a “controlled” corporation are considered UBTI.

289

§7701(a) – US persons

289

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Tax Exempt Entities - UBTI

UBTI in real estate funds generally results from activities such as the following:

Dealer sales of real estate (for example, sales of subdivided parcels, home and condominium sales, dealer in debt securities),

Business income (for example, hotel operations, service income, and development fee income), or

Debt financed investment income (for example, interest, dividends and rents from leveraged investments).

290

§7701(a) – US persons

290

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Tax Exempt Entities - UBTI

List of Potential Real Estate Related UBTI Activities

Hotel operations and short term housing

Condominium or housing development

Daily parking, valet parking, shuttle services or car wash

Coin-op laundry and dry cleaning services

Certain lending activities / loan origination

Management, construction, broker or development fees

Sale of power generated from “green” power sources

Contingent rent based on the income of tenant

Sale of scrap or office furniture left by tenants

Golf course operations

Operation of businesses like child care center, convenience stores or fitness center

Fees for cleaning, maintenance or maid service

Tenant services, including telecommunications, concierge, food

Business services including secretarial, copying or graphics

Income from vending machines or stroller rental

Advertising income

Income from recreational facilities including fitness centers and sports

291

§7701(a) – US persons

291

1 - ‹#›

Parking Income

Parking facility operated by the tax exempt organization = UBTI

Parking facility leased by the tax exempt organization to a third-party, creating a landlord-tenant relationship = Exempt Rents

Rental of parking spaces by tenants as part of the lease = Potentially Exempt Rents

Generally, charges for the rental of parking spaces which are included as part of the tenants lease potentially can be treated as rents from real property. It should be noted that when possible charges for the rental of the parking spaces should not be stated separately.

It should also be noted, if services other than those “usually and customarily” provided are rendered, the argument that the parking related income is not considered UBTI is weakened.

292

§7701(a) – US persons

292

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Tax Exempt Entities – Debt Financed

Debt Financed UBTI

A proportionate part of the rental income received from a real estate property that has been acquired or improved with “acquisition indebtedness” will generally constitute UBTI if the acquisition indebtedness is still outstanding in the year the rental income is received or accrued.

The proportionate part of the rental income treated as UBTI is determined by multiplying the net rental income from the property by a percentage, which is determined by dividing the average acquisition indebtedness for the property for the taxable year by the average adjusted basis of such property for that year.

Since debt is such an integral part of real estate investment, it is rare to have properties in a real estate portfolio that would be completely equity financed.

293

§7701(a) – US persons

293

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Tax Exempt Entities – Debt Financed

Qualified Organization Exception - In 1980, Congress added to Code Section 514(c)(9), which provides that, if certain conditions are met, UBTI will not result from acquisition indebtedness for certain “qualified organizations” when they acquire or improve real property (either directly or through partnerships).

Qualified organizations initially included most pension funds but later expanded to include educational endowments and real estate title holding companies.

294

§7701(a) – US persons

294

1 - ‹#›

Examples of Qualified Organizations

Corporate defined benefit pension plan

University educational endowment fund

Examples of Nonqualified Organizations

Private foundations

Churches or religious organizations

Section 401(k) or 403(b) Plan

Title holding company 501(c)(25) for a church or charitable organization

Social welfare or advocacy organizations

Trade associations

Indivdual IRA account

“Qualified Organization” Exception - Partnerships

295

When debt-financed real estate is held by a partnership, it will generate UBTI to partners unless:

All partners are "qualified organizations“ OR

Allocations must be "qualified allocations" OR

Partnership satisfies the "fractions rule" of 514(c)(9)(E).

“Qualified Allocations” means that the partnership:

Has substantial economic effect, and

The distributive share remains the same during the entire period the entity is a partner

Guaranteed Fees - Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 – amounts paid by a foreign person if funds are associated with the income of a US trade or business of such person

295

1 - ‹#›

“Fractions Rule”

296

A partnership satisfies the fractions rule if:

No share of overall partnership income allocable to a tax-exempt partner can exceed such partner's smallest share of overall partnership loss for any taxable year; and

Each partnership allocation has substantial economic effect.

Compliance must be maintained through partnership tiers

Penalty – all qualified organization partners lose the benefit of the Real Estate Exemption and are subject to UBTI for all years of the partnership’s existence.

The fractions rule is difficult to meet due to: defaulting partners, clawbacks, management fees etc.

It is rarely challenged by the IRS

Guaranteed Fees - Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 – amounts paid by a foreign person if funds are associated with the income of a US trade or business of such person

296

1 - ‹#›

Tax-Exempt Entity Investment Preferences

297

• A REIT blocks UBTI (including UBTI that is generated from debt-financed investment income) and converts income to dividends (not subject to UBTI) – but income and assets must qualify.

• Direct investments or investment in partnerships will potentially be taxable as UBTI due to leverage or business income UNLESS exceptions apply (e.g. qualified organization in fractions rule compliant entity).

• Leveraged US corporate entity may reduce tax, but the tax exempt investor to tax and block the separate filing (as well as netting losses and expenses) at the investor-level.

Exempt investors may allocate overhead expenses to UBTI activities.

Guaranteed Fees - Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 – amounts paid by a foreign person if funds are associated with the income of a US trade or business of such person

297

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Super-Exempt Entities

Some public pension funds that are considered an integral part of a state or a political subdivision as well as certain entities carrying on a governmental function that distribute their income to the government enjoy complete tax exempt status.

Other entities that are not sensitive to UBTI include:

United States Instrumentalities, Farmers Cooperatives, Political Organizations, Homeowners Associations

Since these entities are not subject to tax, they prefer to invest directly into real estate through transparent entities.

298

§7701(a) – US persons

298

1 - ‹#›

Sample Real Estate UBTI Structures Base Section 514(c)(9)

299

Endowment

Fund

U.S. Real Estate

Hotel

GP

Private Foundation

Charitable Organization

Public Pension

Private

Pension

Investment LLC

Investment LLC

U.S. Real Estate

Rental

U.S. Real Estate

Condo Development

Bank Loans

Real Estate Fund

514(c)(9) LP

UBTI

Carried Interest

Taxable

& 892

Foreign Corp

US Corp

UBTI

Non-U.S. Real Estate

Rental

Sample Real Estate UBTI Structures REIT Investor

300

Private REIT

Feeder LP

Endowment

Fund

U.S. Real Estate

Rental (REIT Eligible)

GP

Private Foundation

Charitable Organization

Public

Pension

Private

Pension

Investment LLC

Investment LLC

U.S. Real Estate

Rental (REIT Eligible )

U.S. Real Estate

Development

Dividends

Bank Loans

Real Estate

Investment LP

Carried Interest

Non-US Investors

301

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

Non-US Investors

Non-US Investors are generally required to file US federal income tax returns and pay US federal income tax on income treated as effectively connected with a US trade or business (“ECI”).

ECI is subject to US federal income tax at regular graduated rates, currently a maximum rate of 21% (35% in 2017) and potentially state and local tax at effective rates that might average about 5%.

Withholding is required by US partnerships whether or not cash distributions are made

Amounts distributed (or deemed distributed) in respect of a US trade or business may be subject to an additional 30% branch profits tax on after-tax earnings (subject to reduction by an applicable income tax treaty) for a non-US Investor that is a foreign corporation.

Branch profits tax is in addition to ECI rate, bringing the potential effective rate to 30.15% (54.5% in 2017)

Non-US Investors are generally subject to withholding on fixed, determinable annual or periodic income (“FDAP”).

30% withholding (potentially reduced by a lower treaty rate) on income such as dividends, interest, and passive rental income

Non-US Investors are generally not subject to withholding on capital gains, however, the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (“FIRPTA”) subjects a foreign person’s gain from sale of a US real property interest to US tax withholding.

The gain on the disposition of an FIRPTA asset (including by redemption) by a non-US investor of its interests will be taxed as ECI.

Indirect sales of property through REITs are also subject to FIRPTA withholding

Sale of shares of a domestically held REIT are not subject to withholding

Liquidating distributions from a corporation that paid all of its taxes are not subject to FIRPTA

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

U.S. Corporation

(“Blocker”)

Other Direct

Investors

U.S. Fund

Partnership

Debt

Indirect

Investors

Real estate

investments

Sponsor

Direct LPs

GP

Indirect LP

U.S. Feeder

Partnership

The following is a simple master-feeder real estate fund structure with no REIT:

Considerations:

Terms of Loan

Multiple, liquidating blockers

ATI flowing from LP

Liquidation and cash flow

Loan/equity payment waterfall

Treaties and portfolio interest

Taxation of Non-U.S. Persons

304

ECI from rental and business operations and Branch Profit Tax

FIRPTA on dispositions and certain distributions

Path Act Exemptions to FIRPTA – QFPF and Publicly Traded

Cleansing Exemption to FIRPTA

Section 892 Exemptions

U.S. tax filing requirements

Dividend withholding tax and treaty availability

State and Local Taxes

Shareholder Loans (i.e., interest deductions), Proposed Section 385 Regulations and other limits on interest deductibility

§7701(a) – US persons

304

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Non-U.S. Persons

A U.S. person is generally still taxed on worldwide income but US corporations get dividends received deduction.

A non-U.S. person is taxed in the United States only on its income derived from its U.S. sourced investments or business activities.

The term “U.S. person” includes a U.S. citizen or resident alien individual, a domestic corporation, a domestic partnership, a domestic estate, or a domestic trust

A “non-U.S. person” or a “foreign person” is any person other than a “U.S. person.”

A non-U.S. person generally is taxed in the United States only on income from U.S. sources.

305

§7701(a) – US persons

305

1 - ‹#›

Taxation of Non-U.S. Persons

306

Income Tax

Maximum rates (taxed at graduated rates)

Citizens and Resident Aliens

Ordinary Income – 37% (39.6% per-2018)

Long-Term Capital Gain – 20%

Short-Term Capital Gain – 37% (39.6% per-2018)

Qualified Dividend Income – 20%

Corporations

Ordinary Income and Capital Gains – 21% (35% per-2018)

§7701(a) – US persons

306

1 - ‹#›

Sourcing Rules

Interest and dividends generally are sourced based on the residence of the payor, with certain exceptions.

Rents are sourced based on where the subject property is located.

Royalties are sourced based on where the property is used or where the property is located, depending upon the type of royalty.

Income from the disposition of U.S. real property is U.S. source.

Compensation for labor or personal services performed in the United States is U.S.-source income.

Guarantee fees are generally sourced based on the residence of the payor of the fee.

Gains on the sale of stock is sourced to the residence of the seller

Stock sales are not taxable to non-US investors in most circumstances

307

Guaranteed Fees - Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 – amounts paid by a foreign person if funds are associated with the income of a US trade or business of such person

307

1 - ‹#›

Background

Generally, there are two buckets of income for non-U.S. investors:

ECI

Effectively connected income with a U.S. trade or business

“FIRPTA” - Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act

Net income subject to tax at rates ranging from 20% to 37% (39.6% in 2017), depending on whether the investor is an individual or corporation.

FDAP

Fixed or determinable annual or periodical income

Gross income subject to tax at 30% unless reduced by treaty rates

308

Fixed Determinable Annual or Periodic (“FDAP”) Income

A non-U.S. person who does not operate a U.S. trade or business is taxed only on U.S.-source passive-type (FDAP) income.

Includes dividends, interest, rents, and royalties.

Taxed at a rate of 30% on a gross basis, with potential reduction or elimination under a U.S. income tax treaty

FDAP Income is taxed if the income:

Includible in Gross income

From U.S. Sources

Not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S trade or business.

309

309

1 - ‹#›

US Tax Treaties

310

U.S. has income tax treaties with a number of foreign countries

Under these treaties, residents of foreign countries are tax at a reduced rate, or are exempt from U.S. income taxes on certain items of income they receive from sources in the U.S.

FDAP may be exempt by reason of a treaty or subject to reduced rate of tax

U.S. entity making payments of U.S. sources to a foreign entity will need to act as a withholding agent withholding and submitting the appropriate tax to the IRS

Withholding Form W-8BEN/W-8BEN-E provided by investor to confirm applicable withholding rate and treaty benefits

The “Limitation on Benefits” (LOB) article is an anti-treaty shopping provision intended to prevent residents of third countries from obtaining benefits under a treaty that were not intended for them. Must satisfy one of the objective tests under the LOB article or obtain a favorable discretionary determination from the U.S. competent authority with regard to the specific benefits.

Portfolio Interest and Other Exceptions

The portfolio interest exception allows nonresidents and foreign portfolio investors to invest in certain U.S.-issued obligations, without interest on such obligations being subject to U.S. tax.

Foreign corporations and nonresident individuals are not subject to U.S. tax on interest received from certain portfolio debt investments.

“Portfolio interest” means any interest, including original issue discount, that would otherwise be subject to tax and that meets certain requirements for registered debt.

U.S. sourced interest income which qualifies under the portfolio interest exemption (“PIE”) is not subject to the general 30% tax on FDAP. Additionally, the non-U.S. lender does not have to file U.S. tax returns on such income

These benefits arise without the need for a U.S. income tax treaty

Loan may be secured by a U.S. real property interest, allowing the non-U.S. lender to at least indirectly participate in the U.S. real estate market

Rules for PIE can be complex but the below is a summary:

No contingent interest

Non-U.S. lender cannot be engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business relating to the loan, non-U.S. Lender can’t be a bank

Non-U.S. lender cannot own more than 10% of the borrower (if partnership then look through to partner, attribution rules apply)

Debt must be in registered form

Non-U.S. lender cannot be related to the U.S. borrower

Non-U.S. lender cannot be a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”)

Non-U.S. lender must provide the U.S. borrower an applicable Form W-8 certifying, under penalties of perjury, that among others the non-U.S. lender is not a U.S. person

An exception from U.S. tax for interest on bank deposits, if such interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

An exception exists for dividend income from money market mutual funds

311

Purpose is to allow U.S borrowers to compete for loans with borrowers from other countries.

311

1 - ‹#›

Portfolio Interest – Vote and Value Splitting

312

Corporation

US

Foreign

Joint Venture Partner

95% value

5% vote

5% value

95% vote

Loan

Vote and value split considerations

Acting as agent/fiduciary relationships may need to be considered

If US person is obligated to vote for the nonUS person, voting rights may not exist

Amount of value must be consequential. Voting on meaningless amounts is not really voting

5% often considered enough, but amounts at risk must be considered as well

Consideration should be given to corporate vote vs. rights with respect to partnerships or assets below the corporation

Investor veto on asset acquisitions, participation on committees and other activities may need to be considered

Purpose is to allow U.S borrowers to compete for loans with borrowers from other countries.

312

1 - ‹#›

ECI - U.S. Trade or Business

A non-U.S. person who is engaged in trade or business in the United States and earns income from that business generally is taxed on its U.S.-source income that is considered “effectively connected” with that business.

Income that is effectively connected with the non-U.S. person’s U.S. trade or business is withheld at rates dependent upon the type of taxpayer (20%, 21% or 37%) (20%, 35% or 39.6% in 2017)

Withholding is required whether or not distributions were made during the partnership’s tax year.

Treaties don’t typically reduce the tax rate.

A specific exemption exists for non-US investors who regularly trade in stocks and securities. ECI rules specifically exclude transactions in US stocks and securities for a non-US person’s own account

If there is ECI, the foreign partners are required to file a U.S. tax return, even when ECI is small

313

Not as frequent a concept in RE/VC practice

Potential when investing in operating companies, if private equity is doing loan origination work

313

1 - ‹#›

ECI - U.S. Trade or Business

The term “trade or business within the United States” is defined mainly by U.S. courts and the IRS based on facts and circumstances.

For real estate, it includes, hotel operations, condo development, dealer activity, etc (similar to UBTI requirements)

An agent’s activities in the United States may result in a U.S. trade or business.

A partnership’s ECI activities are attributed to its partners.

Rev. Rul. 91-32 treats a sale of a partnership interest as a sale of underlying assets. It is taxed as ECI to its partners to the extent of partnership assets generating ECI. This rule was codified as part of tax reform

314

Not as frequent a concept in RE/VC practice

Potential when investing in operating companies, if private equity is doing loan origination work

314

1 - ‹#›

ECI Rental Election

Nonresident individuals and foreign corporations that own U.S. real property can elect to treat the rental income as ECI.

This “net basis” election allows a holder of U.S. real property the benefit of business deductions for depreciation and interest expense rather than being taxed at a flat 30% rate on a gross rental income.

Whether or not election is made any gain on sale of U.S. real property is taxed as if the taxpayer were engaged in U.S. trade or business and as if gain on sale were effectively connected even if the nonresident was a passive investor.

315

315

1 - ‹#›

Branch Profits Tax

The purpose of the branch profit tax is to subject the income earned by foreign corporations operating in the U.S. as a branch to two level of tax that are imposed on U.S. corporations and their shareholders.

The branch profits tax rate is 30% and is imposed on the deemed repatriation of U.S. earnings and profits.

A U.S. treaty can exempt a foreign corporation from the branch profits tax or reduce the tax rate.

316

Relatively straight-forward when dealing with corporations

Tends to become complex with partnerships when looking through multiple levels of underlying investments, acquiring FMV & Basis, various levels of debt

316

1 - ‹#›

Branch Profits Tax

Effectively Connected E&P

- Increase in U.S. net equity, OR

+ Decrease in U.S. net equity

Dividend equivalent amount (“DEA”)

X 30% (or lower treaty rate)

=Branch profits tax

E&P is earnings and profits. The concept is not the same as taxable income, for example federal income taxes would be deductible

317

Branch Level Interest Tax

Any interest paid by the U.S. branch of a foreign corporation with a U.S. trade or business is treated as if it were paid by a U.S. corporation. The interest paid is subject to a 30% withholding tax if paid to a foreign lender.

However, to the extent that interest expense of the foreign corporation is allocated to the U.S. branch, the foreign corporation is treated as if it paid the excess interest which is then subject to the branch level interest tax. The tax rate is 30%.

The tax may be reduced or eliminated under an applicable income tax treaty, provided the treaty requirements are satisfied.

318

FIRPTA History

Historically, capital gains were not subject to U.S. tax unless effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

In 1980, the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (“FIRPTA”) added §897 to the Internal Revenue Code to subject a non-U.S. person’s gain from sale of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) to U.S. tax irrespective of whether or not the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

All gains and losses from the sale of a U.S. real property interests are treated as ECI and taxed or withheld.

FIRPTA withholding is 15% of gross sales price or 21% of REIT capital gains distributions

319

FIRPTA

USRPIs include direct and indirect interests in U.S. real property.

Direct – e.g., land, improvements, buildings, mines, wells or other natural deposits, and certain personal property

Indirect –

Interest in a corporation that is or was a U.S. Real Property Holding Company (“USRPHC”)

Interest in a partnership to the extent the value thereof is attributable to USRPIs

Determined by dividing the sum of the cash and the value of the U.S. real property that would be distributed in a liquidation by the total cash and value of all partnership properties.

Exception: “50/90 Test”– 50% USRPIs and 90% USRPIs & cash

Does not include an interest solely as a creditor

320

50/90 Test – interest in p/s which directly or indirectly, 50% or more of gross assets consist of USRPI and 90% or more of value of gross assets consist of USRPI + cash & equivalents, 1445 hits & entire p/s interest is treated as USRPI

320

1 - ‹#›

FIRPTA

A U.S. corporation is presumed to be a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) unless the corporation follows procedures in the regulations to document that it is not. Therefore, an interest in a U.S. corporation, other than an interest solely as a creditor, is statutorily presumed to be a USRPI.

A USRPHC includes any corporation, U.S. or foreign, that has 50 percent or more of its assets in the form of USRPIs.

Disposition is subject to U.S. tax and withholding unless it is established that the U.S. corporation has not been a USRPHC for a 5-year period ending on the date of disposition.

Exception – Stock of a U.S. corporation that is regularly traded on an established securities market and ownership of stock > 5% for most companies and 10% for REITs

A publicly traded REIT may treat shareholders holding less than 10% of the REIT’s publicly traded stock (during the 5 years prior to the disposition) as a US person absent actual knowledge to the contrary

321

FIRPTA – Real Estate Investment Trusts

A REIT normally is a USRPHC, and an interest in a REIT is generally a USRPI, however, an interest in a domestically controlled REIT is not a USRPI.

A foreign shareholder disposing of REIT stock generally must recognize gain from the disposition of a non-domestically controlled REIT

Foreign shareholders must treat REIT distributions as FIRPTA gain to the extent the distribution is attributable to gain realized by the REIT from the sale or exchange of a USRPI.

Foreign shareholders owning 5 percent or less of publicly traded companies (10 percent of REITs) are not subject to FIRPTA upon a sale of stock or, if the company is a REIT, receipt of a capital gain dividend.

322

FIRPTA – Cleansing Exception

Two rules allow for what is known as the cleansing exception:

Elimination of FIRPTA taint - A corporation is not a USRPHC if there are no USRPIs in it and all of the USRPIs previously held were disposed in transactions in when the full amount of gain (if any) inherent therein was recognized

The five year taint does not apply when USRPIs are sold for cash

Treatment of liquidation as a stock sale - Amounts received by a shareholder in a complete liquidation of a corporation is treated as payment to the shareholder in exchange for its stock

Plan of liquidation must be adopted by corporation (typically within 2 year of complete liquidation) after which dispositions are considered stock sales

Cleansing exception allows a USRPHC to liquidate without being subject to FIRPTA if the USRPHC first sells all of its USRPIs

Cleansing exception is not available if the USRPHC (or a predecessor) was a RIC or a REIT in the 5 years prior to the liquidation

323

Questions:

Determine which of the following is ECI:

Foreign partnership sells real property located in NV

U.S. REIT with foreign investors sells U.S. property at a gain and distributes proceeds associated with the sale

U.S. REIT that is owned 60% by a US investor and 40% by a foreign investor sells its shares for a gain

Japanese Bank with a U.S. branch that earns interest income from loans to Canadian borrowers

324

Withholding

§§1441 and 1442 impose the obligation to withhold the tax imposed under §§871(a) and 881(a) at the source.

The withholding regime is generally designed to place the burden of collecting this U.S. tax on the person from whom the IRS can most readily collect such tax.

The 30% tax imposed on U.S. source FDAP income that is paid to a foreign payee is collected through withholding by the withholding agent unless an exception applies, or a U.S. income tax treaty applies to reduce or eliminate the tax.

Withholding on income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may be avoided if the payee provides Form W-8ECI.

325

Foreign Pensions

326

Foreign Pensions

A qualified foreign pension is exempt from FIRPTA.

It includes any trust, corporation, or other organization or arrangement:

(A) which is created or organized under the law of a country other than the United States,

(B) which is established to provide retirement or pension benefits to participants or beneficiaries that are current or former employees (or persons designated by such employees) of one or more employers in consideration for services rendered,

(C) which does not have a single participant or beneficiary with a right to more than five percent of its assets or income,

(D) which is subject to government regulation and provides annual information reporting about its beneficiaries to the relevant tax authorities in the country in which it is established or operates, and

(E) with respect to which, under the laws of the country in which it is established or operates, (i) contributions to such organization or arrangement that would otherwise be subject to tax under such laws are deductible or excluded from the gross income of such entity or taxed at a reduced rate, or (ii) taxation of any investment income of such organization or arrangement is deferred or such income is taxed at a reduced rate.

327

Foreign Pensions

FIRPTA does not apply (assuming the entity meets the requirements)

FIRPTA includes the sale of US real property interests and REIT capital gain distributions.

Rental activity is not covered under FIRPTA - it is treated as either (1) FDAP (a gross 30% withholding regime that is reduced to 0% for certain investors only in certain circumstances) or (2) ECI (a US trade or business that is subject to the highest applicable tax rate (21% for corporations).

328

Foreign Governments &

Sovereign Wealth Funds

329

Foreign Governments

Section 892 generally allows for an exemption from US tax on investment income earned by foreign governments, integral parts of foreign governments, and their controlled entities

The exemption extends to income from investments such as dividends, interest and capital gains

Income from commercial activity that is earned by a controlled entity (i.e. business income and most rental income) is not exempt from US tax (i.e. a controlled commercial entity)

Control is defined as a greater than 50% interest in an entity

Commercial activity excludes income from investments in stocks, bonds, and other securities; loans, and financial instruments

330

Foreign Governments

The two terms are of critical importance for the following reasons:

Income from either (1) commercial activities or (2) a controlled commercial entity does not qualify for the Sovereign Immunity Exemption.

A ‘controlled entity’ (like a sovereign wealth fund) cannot qualify for the exemption in respect of any otherwise qualifying income if it also generates any income derived from commercial activities conducted anywhere in the world

331

Foreign Individuals &

Entities Treated as Trusts

332

Foreign Individuals

Dutch pension plans and certain Australian superannuation funds have tax rulings that treat them as individual investors.

Foreign individuals get the same tax rate on capital gains as US individuals.

As a foreign entity, dividends and interest still apply the treaty rate

No separate filing required for owners – the funds file Form 1040NR (a US individual nonresident tax return).

Strong REIT preference for this type of investor since dividend income is at a reduced treaty rate and capital gain distributions are 20%.

333

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

Foreign Sovereign Investors

Under Section 892, foreign sovereign investors are generally required to pay US federal income tax on income from commercial activities or from a controlled commercial entity (“CCE”).

Commercial activities are activities which are "ordinarily conducted by the taxpayer with a view towards the current or future production of income or gain"

Any activity may be considered a commercial activity even if such an activity does not constitute the conduct of a US trade or business under Section §864(b) (the concept of commercial activities is wider than the concept of a trade or business).

Rental real estate is a commercial activity

Income received by a foreign government from investments held in the US are not commercial activities include:

Dividends from non-controlled US corporations;

Gains from the sale of interests in non-controlled US entities, including US Real Property Holding

Companies ("USRPHC");

Interest on, and gains from the sale of, debt obligations of US borrowers;

Interest on a foreign government's bank deposits in the United States;

Income from investments in financial instruments (provided the instruments are held in the execution

of governmental financial or monetary policy); and

Any of the foregoing categories of income or gain recognized as a distributive share of partnership or

trust income.

Section 892 eligible investors can sell shares of a non-controlled USRPHC without US tax (892 overrides FIRPTA in this instance)

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

Tax Planning / Structuring Issues Commonly Used

Leveraged US Corporate Blockers

Portfolio Interest Exemption

Vote and value split

Interest expense deduction limitations

Related party rules for loans directly to corporate ownership vs. partnership

REIT vs. C-Corp Blockers

Sale of REIT shares

Baby REIT structures

Liquidating C-Corp

Foreign Blockers for Foreign Investments

Reduced Treaty Rates

Splitter Partnerships to Bifurcate Income

Cross Promote in multiple AIV structures

Foreign Partnership

REIT-eligible

debt investments

Non U.S.

U.S.

Taxable

Dutch

Pension Trust

Non-REIT eligible

equity investments

Non-REIT eligible equity investments

U.S. Direct

Partnership

U.S. Tax-

Exempt

Debt

U.S.

GP

Promote

U.S. REIT

REIT JV

Non-REIT JV

REIT-eligible

equity investments

U.S. Corporation

U.S. REIT/Direct

Feeder Partnership

Super Tax-Exempt

US Corporations

Debt

Section 892

Investors

Foreign Non-Treaty Investors

Foreign Treaty

Investors

GP

Promote

Partnership

Corporation

Partnership locally; Corporation for US tax

Investor

Investment

U.S. REIT/Corp

Feeder Partnership

DRAFT

For discussion purposes only

Australian Superannuation Fund

POTENTIAL STRUCTURE FOR MULTIPLE ENTITIES - US-BASED REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS

Asian and Certain Other Non-US Investments (TMKs, TKs)

Asia Holding Pte. Ltd.

(Singapore)

Sample Global International Holding, L.P (US LP)4

GP

Sample Global-TE (Tax-Exempt Investors)

Sample Global-T (U.S. Taxable Investors)

Sample Global-F (Foreign Investors)

Sample Global-T, L.P. (US LP)

Sample Global Dutch Holding, L.P. (US LP)5

Sample Global-TE, L.P. (US LP)

Sample Global-F, L.P. (US LP)

Sample Global Dutch Holding, L.P. (US LP)5

European Investments

Sample International Holdings Coop (Netherlands)

Sample Global Dutch Holding, L.P. (US LP)5

Sample Global International Holding, L.P.

(US LP)4

Asian and Certain Other Non-US Investments (TMKs, TKs)

Asia Holding Pte. Ltd.

(Singapore)

Sample Global International Holding, L.P.

(US LP)4

Asian and Certain Other Non-US Investments (TMKs, TKs)

Asia Holding Pte. Ltd.

(Singapore)

Sample Global-TE Holding

(Cayman), L.P.

Sample Global-TE Holding GP, L.P. (US LP)

Sample Global-TE Holding GP (Dutch), L.L.C. (US LLC)

LP

LP

GP

Sample Global-TE Holding

(Dutch), C.V.

LP

All LPs

GP (equity + loan)

US Investments

TE AIV (US LP)

GP

Other Non-US Investments

Sample Global

Dutch Holding GP, L.L.C. (US LLC)

Sample International Holdings Coop (Netherlands)

European Investments

Other Non-US Investments

US Investments

GP

All LPs

F AIV 1 (US LP)

Non-US Feeder (Cayman LP)

US ECI Investments

Non-US Blocker (Cayman LP)

US Blocker (US LP)

892 Equity and Debt

US Non-ECI and Other Non-US Investments

Non-892 Equity

Sample International Holdings Coop (Netherlands)

European Investments

GP

All LPs

KEY:

Dotted lines show loans made between entities.

The names of the main fund partnerships are in bold.

= partnership for U.S. tax purposes

= corporation for U.S. tax purposes and flow through for local tax purposes

= underlying investments

= corporation for local tax purposes and disregarded for U.S. tax purposes

= disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes

LP

GP

GP

GP

POTENTIAL STRUCTURE FOR MULTIPLE ENTITIES – GLOBAL REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

065663-0077-11861-Active.13430217.1 10/27/2012 11:23:43 AM

337

1 - ‹#›

Summary of Non-US Topics

US Blocker Corporation

REIT

Multiple Blockers/REITs

Section 892 Exemption Structure

Domestically Controlled REIT

Investment by QFPF

Debt Structures

338

338

1 - ‹#›

Structuring Preferences and Considerations of Non-U.S. Investors

Critical first question –Is the non-U.S. investor willing to file a U.S. tax return?

Filers

Insurance companies, banks, certain European pension funds

Non-Filers

Many sovereign wealth funds and HNW individuals/families do not want U.S. tax return filing obligations

Investor side letters demanding no U.S. filing requirements

339

339

1 - ‹#›

Structuring Preferences and Considerations of Non-U.S. Investors

Common Structures

Investors are increasingly becoming more sophisticated and are looking for sponsors to offer feeder structures which enable them to achieve optimal U.S. tax efficiency

Master/feeder structure is the baseline (master partnership / corporate feeder)

–Typically include the use of levered tracking blockers and are increasingly considering the benefits of REITS (especially due to newer legislation)

–These structures are more complex –with complexity comes increased costs

–Sponsors often struggle to keep up with complexity and corresponding reporting requirements

340

340

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure - US Blocker Corporation

US income tax and filing obligations should be “blocked” by (and imposed on) the U.S. Corporation instead of foreign investor

U.S. Corporation subject to full federal and possibly state taxation (~30% average across the US)

Shareholder loans must be reviewed in light of Section 385 Proposed Regulations and other limits

Distributions by U.S. Corporation subject to 30% withholding tax to the extent of earnings and profits

Section 892 not available if controlled entity

Branch profits does not apply

Cleansing Exemption to FIRPTA

Absent any planning US investments can be subject to 44.7-55% income tax (actual rate depends on the states in which the investments are made)

BEAT will require recalculation of tax adding back interest expense if greater than 25% owners and more than $500 million in receipts

341

Blocker

US

Foreign Investors

341

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure - REIT

US income tax and filing obligations are “blocked” by and imposed on the REIT not the investor

REIT deducts pro rata distributions to shareholders (0% corporate income tax is possible)

FIRPTA tax (up to 21% net) applies to shareholder sale of REIT stock. No Cleansing exception for REITs. Branch profits tax does not apply

Shareholder loans must be reviewed in light of Section 385 Proposed Regulations

Ordinary distributions by REIT to Foreign Corp subject to 30% withholding tax to the extent of earnings and profits

Distributions by REIT to Foreign Corp attributable to REIT’s gain on the sale of US real property are subject to FIRPTA and 30% branch profits tax

Consider REIT Compliance

342

REIT

US

Foreign Investors

342

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure – Multiple Blockers/REITs

343

REIT

US

C-Corp

REIT

US

C-Corp

Single Blocker – All Investments

Pros

Netting of profits and losses between investments

Lower operating costs

Simplicity of accounting and books and records

Larger balance sheet can absorb higher levels of debt

Cons

Upon sale of an investment tax free liquidation and related repatriation of cash not available

Multiple Blockers – Single Investments

Pros

Tax free liquidation of individual blocker upon sale of each investment

No 30% withholding tax required on cash repatriation

Cons

Not able to net profits and losses between investments

Higher operating costs (more entities)

Additional complexity of accounting and books and records

Not able to benefit from the larger balance sheet in terms of debt level

Multiple Blockers – Multiple Investments

Pros

Tax free liquidation of individual blocker upon sale of grouped investments

No 30% withholding tax required on cash repatriation

Lower operating costs than single investment blockers

Netting of profits and losses between investments within blocker

Cons

Higher operating costs (more entities)

Additional complexity of accounting and books and records

Not able to benefit from the larger balance sheet in terms of debt level

343

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure – Domestically Controlled REIT

US income tax and filing obligations are “blocked” by and imposed on the REIT

REIT should be considered “domestically controlled”

FIRPTA and branch profits tax should not apply to Foreign Corp’s sale of REIT stock. Consider Buyer’s Discount

C-Corp’s sale of, and distributions from, REIT stock are subject to full US federal and possibly state taxation (~30%)

Shareholder loans to C-Corp must be reviewed in light of Section 385 Proposed Regulations

Tax free cash liquidating distributions from C-Corp

Ordinary distributions by REIT to Foreign Corp subject to 30% withholding tax to the extent of E&P

Distributions by REIT to Foreign Corp attributable to REIT’s gain on the sale of US real property are subject to FIRPTA and 30% branch profits tax

Consider REIT Compliance

344

REIT

US

49%

51%

C-Corp

Foreign Corp

344

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure – Investment by SWF

US income tax and filing obligations are “blocked” by and imposed on the REIT

REIT deducts pro rata distributions to SWF (0% corporate income tax is possible)

REIT may not be considered a controlled commercial entity. Consider decision making

FIRPTA and the branch profits tax should not apply to SWF sale of REIT stock

Ordinary distributions by REIT may be eligible for Section 892 exemption

Distributions by REIT attributable to the REIT’s gain on the disposition of U.S. real property are subject to FIRPTA and 30% branch profits tax

Consider REIT Compliance

345

REIT

US

Foreign

Joint Venture Partner

49%

51%

345

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure – Investment by QFPF

US income tax and filing obligations are “blocked” by and imposed on the REIT

FIRPTA and branch profits tax should not apply to QFPF’s sale of REIT stock

FIRPTA and branch profits tax should not apply to QFPF’s receipt of distributions attributable to the REIT’s gain from the sale of U.S. real property

QFPF may be eligible for an exemption from 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by the REIT under an applicable US tax treaty

Consider ownership threshold rules under treaty

Consider REIT Compliance

346

REIT

US

QFPF

346

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure – Debt Funds

347

Debt Fund

Mortgage REIT

US Feeder

Blocker(s)

Master

US LP

Mortgage REIT

(Debt)

REMIC Securitization

REMIC Securitizations

REMIC

347

1 - ‹#›

US Real Estate Investment Structure – Debt Funds

348

Self Seasoning

Season/Sell

US LP

US Corp

Foreign Blocker

Foreign Blocker

US LP

Sale

Loans

Sale

Loans

Loans

Loans

348

1 - ‹#›

Structure and Tax Leakage

349

Tax Considerations U.S. Investments – Tax Reform Impact

Investment US Direct Taxable Investors US Tax-Exempt Foreign Investors / Blockers
Development/ Condominium or Dealer Activity/Sales Ordinary net income expected during investment period Individual tax rate reduced from 39.6% to 37% + NII Should be a contributor to individual partner’s passthrough deduction since income precedes losses, which could reduce rate to as low as 29.6% Interest is often capitalized during construction - limitation does not apply Individual’s inability to deduct state taxes causes an increase in federal tax US corporate tax rate reduced from 35% to 21% and no AMT All income is unrelated trade or business income Unrelated trade or business income rate is reduced with corporate rate to 21% Will impact arrangement with tax exempt investors Blocker tax rate reduced to 21% from 35% Likely to have excess ATI from these deals flowing to blockers Shareholder loan interest may be limited from partnership investments, but interest expense still reduces E&P and dividends and helps w/ cash flow NOL carryback limitation is problematic if losses are backended

350

Add a carry participant slide

350

1 - ‹#›

Tax Considerations U.S. Investments – Tax Reform Impact

Investment US Direct Taxable Investors US Tax-Exempt Foreign Investors / Blockers
Commercial/ Residential/ Retail/Industrial – Non-Dealer Rental activity is ordinary income but often is a net loss (or reduced for depreciation). Gain on disposition is capital (subject to recapture) Tax on individual’s rental income (if any) reduced from 39.6% to 37% + NII Individual Section 1231 gains still 20% and 25% on real property recapture Should be not be a significant contributor to partner’s passthrough deduction if losses are incurred (partner needs to exceed prior year losses before deduction is allowed) Real estate election would likely be required to get interest deduction for leveraged real estate Individual’s inability to deduct state taxes causes and increase in federal tax To the extent that Section 1231 gains are carry allocations, rules would to ordinary, but passthrough deduction would become allowable reducing rate US corporate tax rate reduced from 35% to 21% and no AMT Rental income and gain is unrelated business income if debt financed. Unrelated trade or business income rate is reduced with corporate rate to 21% Will impact arrangement with tax exempt investors Blocker tax rate reduced to 21% from 35% Likely to have very little excess ATI from these deals flowing to blockers since ATI excludes separately stated items (gains) and rental operational positive income is minimal Shareholder loan interest significantly limited from partnership investments, but interest expense still reduces E&P and dividends and helps w/ cash flow NOL usage limitation of 80% can cause tax leakage in certain less profitable investments where operating losses precede gains

351

Add a carry participant slide

351

1 - ‹#›

Tax Considerations U.S. Investments – Tax Reform Impact

Investment US Direct Taxable Investors US Tax-Exempt Foreign Investors / Blockers
Hospitality Room revenue is ordinary income and often is net income (unless depreciation methods are elected to accelerate deductions). Gain on disposition is capital (subject to recapture). Tax on individual’s rental income (if any) reduced from 39.6% to 37% + NII Individual Section 1231 gains still 20% and 25% on real property recapture Should be a contributor to partner’s passthrough deduction, which could reduce rate to as low as 29.6% and wages could help maximize the deduction Real estate election may be required to get interest deduction for leveraged real estate Inability to deduct state taxes causes and increase in federal tax To the extent that Section 1231 gains are carry allocations, rules would to ordinary, but passthrough deduction would become allowable reducing rate US corporate tax rate reduced from 35% to 21% and no AMT Operating income is treated as unrelated trade or business income Unrelated trade or business income rate is reduced with corporate rate Will impact arrangement with tax exempt investors Blocker tax rate reduced to 21% from 35% Shareholder loan interest limited to ATI from partnership investments, but interest expense still reduces E&P and dividends and helps w/ cash flow Likely to have very little excess ATI from these deals flowing to blockers since ATI excludes separately stated items (gains) and interest expense is significant deduction against net operating income NOL usage limitation of 80% can cause tax leakage in certain less profitable investments where operating losses precede gains

352

Add a carry participant slide

352

1 - ‹#›

Dotted lines show loans made between entities.

The names of the main fund partnerships are in bold.

KEY:

= partnership for U.S. tax purposes

= corporation for U.S. tax purposes and flow through for local tax purposes

= underlying investments

= corporation for local tax purposes and disregarded for U.S. tax purposes

= disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes

Corporate Rate reduction to 21%

Pass-Through Income: 20% deduction

Interest Expense Limitation

NOL usage limited to 80% of taxable income

Corporate AMT eliminated

Expensing of Assets

Carried interest: 3-year asset holding requirement

No change to FIRPTA legislation (but rate reduction to 21%)

“Business by business” UBTI

ECI withholding tax on LP interest transfer

Provisions

Sample Global – GP, L.P.

Sample Global Upper Holding LP

Sample Global-F (US) LP

Sample Global US

Holding, LP

Sample Global-T LP

2.93%

3.00%

97.07%

Section 892 Equity

and Debt

Investor, LLC

Sample Global Lower Holding (US) LP

100%

90.57%

Investment Team

JV LLC

90%

10%

Third Party

Sample Global-TE LP

Sample I Global-F LP

Sample Global Middle Holding LP

TAR – SAMPLE US INVESTMENT STRUCTURE

Notes:

Sample Global – GP, L.P. held by Morgan Stanley Real Estate Advisor, Inc.

8.47%

0.96%

0.90%

Example of Tax Reform on Deals

Tar – Residential Rental Income (Apartments); Effect on taxable income, in general

Based on prior year, applying 2018 tax rules:

Taxable income increases for deals with the Tar fact pattern

Income is accelerated due to reductions in either depreciation or interest expense depending on whether a real estate election is made

354

Tar  
  Prior Year If no RE election With RE election Comments
Rental income 19,574 19,574 19,574  
         
Property expenses (6,949) (6,949) (6,949)  
Interest expense (4,219) (3,018) (4,219) Interest expense limited to 30% of ATI
Depreciation (6,306) (6,306) (5,781) Depreciation is slower if RE election is made (assumes only 27.5 to 30 life)
Taxes (2,566) (2,566) (2,566)  
         
Taxable Income (Loss) before limitation (466) 735 60  
         
Adjusted Taxable Income (ATI) N/A 10,059 N/A ATI adds back interest and depreciation
Interest expense limiitation N/A 3,018 N/A Interest expense is limited to 30% ATI
         
Property depreciable basis 173,415 173,415 173,415  
Divided by 27.5 years (30 year ADS) 6,306 6,306 5,781 If RE election is made, depreciation must use slower depreciation methods

Add a carry participant slide

354

1 - ‹#›

Example of Tax Reform on Deals

Vente – Commercial Building Rental; Effect on tax rates

Based on prior year, applying 2018 tax rules:

Vente may benefit from not making a real estate election, but since the election is irrevocable, projections may be required to ensure consistent results in all years

355

Vente  
  Prior Year If no RE election With RE election Comments
Rental income 24,548 24,548 24,548  
         
Property expenses (9,889) (9,889) (9,889)  
Interest expense (1,750) (1,750) (1,750) Interest expense limited to 30% of ATI - no limit
Depreciation (1,896) (1,896) (1,849) Depreciation is slower if RE election is made (assumes only 39 to 40 life)
Taxes (4,769) (4,769) (4,769)  
         
Taxable Income (Loss) before limitation 6,244 6,244 6,291 No real estate election reduces income to lowest level
         
Adjusted Taxable Income (ATI) N/A 9,890 N/A ATI adds back interest and depreciation
Interest expense limiitation N/A 1,750 N/A No limit on interest expense since it exceeds 30% of ATI is $2,967
Excess ATI to be used by partner   4,057 * See note
         
Property depreciable basis 73,944 73,944 73,944  
Divided by 39 years (40 year ADS) 1,896 1,896 1,849 If RE election is made, depreciation must use slower depreciation methods
       
Individual partner - 50%        
Individual partner's taxable income 3,122 3,122 3,146 Assumes 50% individual partner
Partner's passthrough deduction N/A (624) (629) Assumes no other activity - all passthrough items net at partner level
Taxable Income after passthrough deduction 3,122 2,498 2,516  
Total federal tax (39.6% to 37%) 1,236 924 931
Effective tax rate 39.60% 29.60% 29.60%  
         
Corporate Taxes - 50% partner        
Corporate partner's taxable income 3,122 3,122 3,146 Assumes 50% corporate partner
Total federal tax (35% to 21%) 1,093 656 661 See note
Effective tax rate 35.00% 21.00% 21.00%  
* Corporate taxes for situation where no real estate election is made may be significantly better if there is excess interest expense at the corporation since $1,217 ($4,057 excess ATI x 30%) of otherwise limited interest expense would become immediately deductible. Unclear whether excess ATI will passthough to partners if real estate election is made.

Add a carry participant slide

355

1 - ‹#›

Example of Tax Reform on Deals

Auto – Non US commercial building deal

Based on prior year, applying 2018 tax rules:

Auto may benefit from making a real estate election, but since the election is irrevocable, projections may be required to ensure consistent results in all years

356

Audi  
  Prior Year If no RE election With RE election** Comments
Rental income 7,219 7,219 7,219  
         
Property expenses (3,356) (3,356) (3,356)  
Interest expense (1,651) (1,159) (1,651) Interest expense limited to 30% of ATI
Depreciation (1,432) (1,432) (1,432) Depreciation is already ADS for non-US property so no change
         
Taxable Income (Loss) before limitation 780 1,272 780 Real estate election reduces income to lowest level
         
Adjusted Taxable Income (ATI) N/A 3,863 N/A ATI adds back interest and depreciation
Interest expense limiitation N/A 1,159 N/A No limit on interest expense since it exceeds 30% of ATI is $2,967
         
Property depreciable basis 55,848 55,848 55,848  
Divided by 40 year ADS 1,396 1,396 1,396 If non-US residential, depreciation decreases to 30 year from 40 year
       
Individual partner - 50%        
Individual partner's taxable income 390 636 390 Assumes 50% individual partner
Partner's passthrough deduction N/A N/A N/A No passthrough deduction on non-US income
Taxable Income after passthrough deduction 390 636 390  
Total federal tax (39.6% to 37%) 154 235 144
Effective tax rate 39.60% 37.00% 37.00%  
         
Corporate Taxes - 50% partner        
Corporate partner's taxable income 390 636 390 Assumes 50% corporate partner
Total federal tax (35% to 21%) 137 134 82 See note
Effective tax rate 35.00% 21.00% 21.00%  
* Foreign tax credit, if any, would reduce tax for US investors (whether corporate or individual)
** Real estate election may require filing of a US tax return where none was previously required

Add a carry participant slide

356

1 - ‹#›

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

STRUCTURE FOR US REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

2

REIT overview

359

I

359

1 - ‹#›

What is a REIT

A corporation or trust that elects to be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code which govern:

Its organizational structure

Nature of its assets

Sources of its income

Minimum distributions to its shareholders

Taxed as a corporation but for the dividends paid deduction

Dividends are determined under earnings and profits - a separate set of principles

Dividends paid deduction is taken before net operating loss deduction

100% tax on “prohibited transactions” (i.e. dealer property)

Tax on built-in-gains

Includes any unrealized appreciation in the corporation prior to REIT election

Subject to alternative minimum tax in 2017 only

360

360

1 - ‹#›

361

REIT Background

Real Estate Investment Trust - a company that owns or finances income-producing real estate.

Modeled after mutual funds, REITs provide investors of all types regular income streams, diversification and long-term capital appreciation.

Pay out all of their taxable income as dividends and shareholders pay the income taxes on those dividends. 

Allow small investors access to portfolios of large-scale properties the same way they invest in other industries – through the purchase of stock.

REITs are traded on major stock exchanges but there are also public non-listed and private REITs. The two main types of REITs are Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs.

Equity REITs generate income through the collection of rent on, and from sales of, the properties they own for the long-term.

Mortgage REITs invest in mortgages or mortgage securities tied to commercial and/or residential properties.

Today, REITs are tied to almost all aspects of the economy, including apartments, hospitals, hotels, industrial facilities, infrastructure, nursing homes, offices, shopping malls, storage centers, student housing, and timberlands.

REIT model is used in more than 30 countries around the world

361

1 - ‹#›

To qualify as a REIT, an entity must:

Be structured as corporation, trust, or association

Be managed by a board of directors or trustees

Have the shares that are fully transferable

Be taxable as a domestic corporation

Not be a financial institution or an insurance company

Be jointly owned by 100 persons or more

Pay dividends of at least 90% of the REIT's taxable income

No more than 50% of the shares can be held by five or fewer individuals during the last half of each taxable year

At least 75% of total assets must be invested in real estate

Derive at least 75% of gross income from rents or mortgage interest

No more than 20% of its assets may consist of taxable REIT subsidiaries.

362

REIT Qualification

362

1 - ‹#›

Summary of REIT federal tax compliance requirements

363

363

1 - ‹#›

Summary of REIT federal tax compliance requirements

364

364

1 - ‹#›

Advantages of a REIT

The two factors that make a REIT particularly attractive planning tool are that it is:

Treated as a corporation from a tax perspective; and

Not subject to any corporate level tax assuming it distributes 100% of its taxable income.

These two facts make it a useful tool for investing in real estate assets when there is a desire to have a corporate blocker between the investor and the real estate.

Examples of where a REIT can be utilized include:

Blocks UBTI for tax exempt investors

Pension Held REIT Exception

Blocks ECI for non-U.S. investors

Exception for distributions attributable to USRPI disposition

Blocks state income tax obligations of investors in the REIT

365

365

1 - ‹#›

Disadvantages of a REIT

The various qualification requirements discussed below can place limitations on the activities of the REIT or force certain activities to be conducted in a taxable C corporation.

Risk of failure to meet the requirements.

Additional compliance costs

Cost of preferred shareholders

366

366

1 - ‹#›

367

REIT Investor Taxation - Individual

Dividend distributions for tax purposes are allocated to ordinary income, capital gains and return of capital, each of which may be taxed at a different rate.

Individual Taxation of REIT Dividends

Ordinary REIT dividends are taxed as ordinary income tax rate up to the maximum rate of 29.6 percent (37 percent less 20 percent passthrough deduction), plus a separate 3.8 percent surtax on investment income (no qualified dividend reduction).

REIT dividends will qualify for a lower tax rate in the following instances:

When the individual taxpayer is subject to a lower scheduled income tax rate;

When a REIT makes a capital gains distribution (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax), Section 1250 recapture (pass through 25 percent rate) or a return of capital distribution (nontaxable);

When a REIT distributes dividends received from a taxable REIT subsidiary or other corporation (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax); and

When permitted, a REIT pays corporate taxes and retains earnings (20 percent maximum tax rate, plus the 3.8 percent surtax).

In addition, the maximum 20 percent capital gains rate (plus the 3.8 percent surtax) applies generally to the sale of REIT stock.

367

1 - ‹#›

368

REIT Investor Taxation – Non-US

Tax Exempt Entity Taxation of REIT Dividends

No tax on any income

Dividends treated as UBTI if entity is a pension held REIT

Non-US Taxation of REIT Dividends

Ordinary REIT dividends are taxed as FDAP (subject to 30% gross rate) but may be reduced by a treaty.

Many treaties do not provide the same reduction for REITs as other corporations (e.g. 0% could apply to C corps but 15% for REIT dividends)

Pensions often have a better reduction under a treaty

Capital gain distributions are treated as effectively connected US income if attributable to the sale of US property in the REIT

Distributions are FIRPTA, subject to:

A 21% rate for corporations, or

A 20% rate for non-US individuals

Qualified Foreign Pensions have no tax on capital gain distributions

In addition, FIRPTA applies generally to the sale of REIT stock, but not if it is domestically controlled (more than 50% US ownership)

Return of capital distributions may be FIRPTA unless reduction is requested

368

1 - ‹#›

A REIT may still pay taxes (potential complex filing requirements)

Federal taxes

Excise taxes on dividends if not managed timely

“Prohibited transaction” tax (Discussed later in this section)

State taxes

State and local franchise tax and net worth tax (tax on capital)

Special states (Texas, DC, Washington B&O)

Corporate state income taxes on REIT (e.g., some states proposing to not allowing DPD others )

Minimum entity taxes

Unincorporated Business Taxes (especially relevant to NYC operations)

Other Receipts Taxes

Taxes paid by TRS

Activities put in TRS are double taxed

Debt can be used to minimize leakage

Stuffing loss activities is common practice

369

369

1 - ‹#›

Discussion

What is a REIT?

REIT compliance

370

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

What is a REIT?

A Real Estate Investment Trust is a private or public corporation or trust that has special status for federal income tax purposes.

It pays no federal income tax because it can take a deduction for dividends paid out to shareholders which reduces taxable income to zero.

Passive entity that owns, develops, leases, and manages real estate

There are organizational, income, asset, and distribution tests that must be met to remain qualified as a REIT.

371

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

REIT Compliance / Qualifications

Organizational requirements

Transferable shares

Directors or Trustees

100 Shareholder

5/50 Test

Asset tests

Distribution tests

Income tests

372

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

REIT Compliance: Asset Tests

75% Test

5% Test

10% Test

25% Test

Failure of Asset Test

373

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

REIT Compliance: Income Test

75% Test

Rents from real property

Interest income derived from real property

Gain on sale of real property (excluding prohibited transactions)

Abatements/refunds of taxes on real property

Failure of the income test: 100% tax on deficiency

374

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

REIT Compliance: Income Test

95% Test

75% test income

Other interest income

Dividends

Other capital gains

Failure of the income test: 100% tax on deficiency

375

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

REIT Compliance: Income Test

15% Personal Property Test

No more than 15% of rents from real property can be derived from “personal property”

e.g. Hotels, conference room equipments

Look at FMV of personal property

Failure of the income test: the corresponding percentage of rent is treated as non-qualifying income.

376

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

REIT Compliance: Other Income

Good / non-qualifying income

Permissible tenant services

Impermissible tenant services

Prohibited transactions

377

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Good Income

Good income – What is it?

The term “rents from real property” includes rents from interests in real property, charges for services customarily furnished in connection with the rental of real property, whether or not the charges are separately stated and rent attributable to personal property and real property.

378

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Examples of Good Income

Real estate tax abatements

Late fees billed to tenants

Satellite and antenna fees

Vending & pay phone income

Parking income

Signage income

Income generated from renting out conference area by tenants or general public for functions – REIT only provides utilities and janitorial services

Zoning – required theater space

379

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Examples of Non-Qualifying (“Bad”) Income

Leases based on net profits of any operation

Tenant purchased equipment

Sponsorship of non-profit events

Advertising (other than renting space)

Landscaping

Skating rink

Below-market rents

380

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Permissible Services

A service is considered a permissible service if it meets two requirements:

(a) the service is customarily offered by owners of comparable properties in the marketplace;

and

(b) the service is not furnished “primarily” for the convenience of the tenant

381

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Permissible Services

Building security services (but not specifically within a tenant’s space)

Building systems repairs and maintenance

Common area cleaning and maintenance

Common area decoration

Common area redesign or modification

Customized telecommunications offered through third parties (Internet, broadband, telephone, LAN)

Elevator services

Exercise/health club run by an independent contractor (IK) or turn key operator

382

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Permissible Services

Final approval of specified tenant improvements

Freight elevator

General maintenance and janitorial services within common areas and tenant spaces

Loading dock space

Non-customized telecommunications (Internet, broadband, telephone, LAN)

Courier drop boxes to third parties, rental space for (FedEx, UPS, etc.)

Overtime HVAC

383

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Permissible Services

Pay phones, rental of space (may rent space to phone companies, but may not own phones)

Pest control

Preparation of space to allow for new rental after tenant vacates

Provide utilities to tenants (electric, heat, water, sewer, cable)

Rental space for ATM machines

Rental of roof space for antennas and other communication equipment

Rental of space for vending machines

384

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Permissible Services

Security escort services (if available to tenants and the public alike)

Signage ~ design, produce, and hang in common areas

Snow removal

Sub-metering of utilities to tenants where usual and customary

Tenant improvements ~ administrative work

Trash collection

Unreserved no fee parking to tenants and guests

Validation of parking for all retail customers

Window cleaning (but not at tenants request)

385

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Impermissible Services

A service is considered an Impermissible Service if either the service:

(a) is not a “usual or customary” service provided to tenants

or

(b) it is rendered primarily for the convenience of the tenant and REIT does not use an independent contractor to furnish the service.

386

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Impermissible Services

Concierge

Loading or unloading of tenant’s goods on the loading dock

Own and/or operate pay phones

Own and/or operate ATM machines

Own and/or operate courier drop boxes

Own and/or operate vending machines

387

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Impermissible Services

Decoration of tenant’s space at tenant’s request

Redesign or modification of tenant’s space

Maintenance at tenant’s request beyond general maintenance/janitorial

Window cleaning at the tenant’s request

Specific maintenance services at tenant’s request

Tenant improvements ~ non-administrative work

Exercise or health club operated by REIT

388

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Impermissible Services

Provide food or beverage services to tenants and the general public who rent conference / banquet hall and like facilities

Security escort services if not available to tenants and the public alike

Valet parking where not usual and customary

389

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

De Minimus

If impermissible tenant service for a particular property for the taxable year exceeds 1% of the gross income during the taxable year, the income from the property will be considered “tainted” and will fail to qualify as rent (qualifying income) for REIT testing purposes.

390

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Other Information

Property Services Questionnaire

391

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

REIT Testing Recap

Tests performed quarterly

Very important for keeping REIT status

Failure to pass tests

income

asset

organizational

distribution

impermissible services

392

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Acquisition by REITs (Non-Purchase)

UPREITS

Down REITS

Tax deferred alternative to sale

393

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

What is an UPREIT?

Operating (Umbrella) Limited Partnership controlled by REIT

Partnership holds REIT assets via subsidiary entity

Property is acquired by Operating Partnership

394

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

What is an UPREIT?

Operating Partnership

Contributing Partner

REIT

Acquired Property

Real Estate Assets

Real Estate Assets

395

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

What is an UPREIT?

Contributing partners are limited partners in Operating Partnership

Contributing partners receive limited partnership units in Operating Partnership which perform like REIT shares and are convertible into REIT shares on a one-for-one basis

As a contribution to partnership, eligible for non-recognition (tax deferral) treatment

396

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Down REITS

REIT structure does not have an Operating Partnership

REIT as GP and contributing partners as LP form a Down REIT limited partnership

Contributing partners’ units in Down REIT LP perform like REIT stock

397

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Down REITS

REIT

Real Estate Assets

Contributing Partner

Operating Partnership

Acquired Property

398

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

UPREIT/Down REIT Issues

Preserve negative capital account/basis preservation

Lockouts

Tax depreciation/704(c) method

Tax indemnity

399

#8576969

1 - ‹#›

Assets=Liabilities+Equity

Cash =Joan Taylor, Equity

(1) +$1,500,000 +$1,500,000

CashDepositsJoan Taylor, Equity

Old Bal.1,500,000$ +=$1,500,000

(2)

(50,000) +50,000

New Bal.1,450,000 50,000

$1,500,000$1,500,000

Assets

=+Equity

CashDepositsLandBuildingSecurity DepositsMortgageJoan Taylor, Equity

Old Bal.1,450,000$ +50,000 ++= $1,500,000

(3)

(250,000) +(50,000) +500,000 +3,000,000 200,000 +3,000,000 -

New Bal.1,200,000 - 500,000 3,000,000 200,000 3,000,000 $1,500,000

$4,700,000

Assets

Liabilities

$4,700,000

=+Equity

CashLandBuildingAccounts PayableSecurity DepositsMortgageJoan Taylor, Equity

Old Bal.1,200,000$ +500,000 +3,000,000 =+200,000 3,000,000 $1,500,000

(4)

- +- +250,000 250,000 - - -

New Bal.1,200,000 500,000 3,250,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 $1,500,000

Assets

Liabilities

$4,950,000$4,950,000

=+Equity

CashLandBuildingAccounts PayableSecurity DepositsMortgageJoan Taylor, Equity

Old Bal.1,200,000$ 500,000 3,250,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 $1,500,000

(5)

(50,000) +7,000 +43,000 - - -

New Bal.1,150,000 507,000 3,293,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 $1,500,000

Assets

Liabilities

$4,950,000$4,950,000

=+

Cash+Land+Building+SL RentAccounts Payable+Security Deposits+MortgageJoan Taylor, Equity+Revenue-Expenses

Old Bal.1,150,000$ 507,000 3,293,000 - 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 $1,500,000

(6)

120,000 +- +- 51,000 - - - 171,000 -

New Bal.1,270,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 -

Assets

Liabilities

$5,121,000 $5,121,000

Equity

=+

Cash+Land+Building+SL RentAccounts Payable+Security Deposits+MortgageJoan Taylor, Equity+Revenue-Expenses

Old Bal.1,270,000$ 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 1500000171000

(7)

(12,000) +- +- - 10,000 - - - - (22,000)

New Bal.1,258,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (22,000)

Assets

Liabilities

$5,109,000 $5,109,000

Equity

=+

Cash+Prepaid Exp.+Land+Building+SL RentAccounts Payable+Security Deposits+MortgageJoan Taylor, Equity+Revenue-Expenses

Old Bal.1,258,000$ -$ 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (22,000)

(8)

(22,000) 4,000 +- +- - - - - - - (18,000)

New Bal.1,236,000 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (40,000)

Assets

LiabilitiesEquity

$5,091,000 $5,091,000

=+

Cash+Prepaid Exp.+Land+Building+SL RentAccounts Payable+Security Deposits+MortgageJoan Taylor, Equity+Revenue-Expenses

Old Bal.1,236,000$ 4,000$ 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (40,000)

(9)

(2,640) - +- +- - 590 - - - - (3,230)

New Bal.1,233,360 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,590 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (43,230)

Assets

LiabilitiesEquity

$5,088,360 $5,088,360

=+

Cash+Prepaid Exp.+Land+Building+SL RentAccounts Payable+Security Deposits+MortgageJoan Taylor, Equity+Revenue-Expenses

Old Bal.1,233,360$ 4,000$ 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,590 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (43,230)

(10)

- - +- +- - 2,500 - - - - (2,500)

New Bal.1,233,360 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 263,090 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (45,730)

Assets

LiabilitiesEquity

$5,088,360 $5,088,360

=+

Cash+Prepaid Exp.+Land+Building+SL RentAccounts Payable+Security Deposits+Mortgage+Joan Taylor, Equity+Joan Taylor, Withdraw+Revenue-Expenses

Old Bal.1,233,360$ 4,000$ 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 263,090 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (45,730)

(11)

(500,000) - +- +- - - - - - (500,000) - -

New Bal.733,360 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 263,090 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 (500,000) 171,000 (45,730)

Assets

LiabilitiesEquity

$4,588,360 $4,588,360

=+

Cash+Prepaid Expense+Deposits+Land+Building+SL Rent=Accounts Payable+Security Deposits+Mortgage+Joan Taylor, Equity-Joan Taylor, Withdraw+Revenue-Expenses

(1)1,500,000$ 1,500,000

(2)(50,000)$ +50,000=+-

Bal.1,450,000 50,000 1,500,000

(3)(250,000)$ +(50,000)+500,000 +3,000,000 =+200,000 +3,000,000 +

Bal.1,200,000 0500,000 3,000,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000

(4)-$ +- +250,000 =250,000 +- +- +-

Bal.1,200,000 500,000 3,250,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000

(5)(50,000)$ +7,000 +43,000 =- +- +- +-

Bal.1,150,000 507,000 3,293,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000

(6)120,000$ +- +- 51,000 =- +- +- +- +171,000

Bal.1,270,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 250,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000

(7)(12,000)$ +- +- =10,000 +- +- +- +- -(22,000)

Bal.1,258,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (22,000)

(8)(22,000)$ +4,000 +- +- - =- +- +- +- +- -(18,000)

Bal.1,236,000 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,000 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (40,000)

(9)(2,640) +- +- +- - =590 +- +- +- +- -(3,230)

Bal.1,233,360 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 260,590 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (43,230)

(10)- +- +- +- - =2,500 +- +- +- +- -(2,500)

Bal.1,233,360 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 263,090 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 171,000 (45,730)

(11)

(500,000) +- +- +- - =- +- +- +- -(500,000) +- --

New Bal.733,360 4,000 507,000 3,293,000 51,000 263,090 200,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 (500,000) 171,000 (45,730)

Assets

LiabilitiesEquity

$4,588,360 $4,588,360

Income Statement

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Rental Revenue$171,000

Property tax expense22,000

Maintenance expense18,000

Utilities expense3,230

Other expense2,500

---------

Total expenses45,730

---------

Net Income (Loss)$125,270

=======

Statement of Owners Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Joan, Capital, January 1, 2018$0

Plus: Investments by owner1,500,000

Net income 125,270

---------

1,625,270

Less: Withdrawals by owner500,000

Net loss

---------

500,000

---------

Joan, Capital, December 31, 20181,125,270

=====

Assets

Cash 733,360

Deposits -

Prepaid expenses 4,000

Straight Line Rent 51,000

Land 507,000

Building 3,293,000

Fixtures

Less: Accumulated Depreciation -

Net Real Property 3,800,000

Intangible assets -

Accumulated amortization -

Intangible assets, net -

------------------

Total Assets 4,588,360

================

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

Accounts payable 250,000

Accrued expense 13,090

Prepaid rent -

Security deposits 200,000

Notes payable 3,000,000

Joan's Capital

1,125,270

------------------

Total Laibilitied and Shareholders Equity 4,588,360

================

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2018

Receive investment by owner1,500,000 Pay deposit on commercial building50,000

Collection of rental income from tenant120,000 Purchase of building250,000

Purchase of tenant improvements50,000

Payment of property taxes12,000

Payment of management fee22,000

Payment of utilities2,640

Withdrawal by owner500,000

Balance1,233,360

Cash

I. Receive Investment by Owner

(1) IDENTIFY

Fastforward receives $1,500,000 in cash from Joan Taylor as

an equity contribution to the company

(4) POST

(2) ANALYZE

Assets=Liabilities+Equity

+1,500,000+1,500,000

(3) RECORD

DateAccount titles and explanationDebitCredit

(1) Cash1,500,000

Joan Taylor, Equity1,500,000

(1)1,500,000

Cash

PR

101

301

Joan

Taylor,

Equity

Cash

101

(1)1,500,000

Joan Taylor, Equity

301

X. Pay professional fees expense

(1) IDENTIFY

Fastforward incurs bookkeeping expenses of $2,500 on credit

(4) POST

(2) ANALYZE

Assets=Liabilities+Equity

Accounts Payable

- 2,500

(3) RECORD

DateAccount titles and explanationDebitCredit

(10) Professional fee expense2,500

Accounts Payable2,500 201

(1)2,500PR

691

Professional Fees Expense

691

(1)2,500

Professional

fees expense

Accounts Payable

201+ 2,500

FASTFORWARD

Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

12/31/2018

Cash733,360

Deposits-

Prepaid expenses4,000

Land507,000

Building3,293,000

Straight - Line Rent51,000

Accumulated depreciation-

Intangibles-

Accumulated amortization-

Accounts payable(250,000)

Accrued expense(13,090)

Prepaid rent-

Security deposits(200,000)

Notes payable(3,000,000)

Capital(1,000,000)

Rent(171,000)

Property tax expense22,000

Interest expense-

Insurance expense-

Maintenance expense18,000

Utilities expense3,230

Depeciation expense-

Amortization expense-

Other expense2,500

SUM-

DebitCredit

Cash733,360

Deposits-

Prepaid expenses4,000

Land507,000

Building3,293,000

Straight - Line Rent51,000

Accounts payable250,000

Accrued expense13,090

Security deposits200,000

Notes payable3,000,000

Capital1,000,000

Rent171,000

Property tax expense22,000

Maintenance expense18,000

Utilities expense3,230

Other expense2,500

SUM4,634,090 4,634,090

Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

FASTFORWARD

Income Statement

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Rental Revenue$171,000

Property tax expense22,000

Maintenance expense18,000

Utilities expense3,230

Other expense2,500

---------

Total expenses45,730

---------

Net Income (Loss)$125,270

=======

Statement of Owners Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Joan, Capital, January 1, 2018$0

Plus: Investments by owner1,500,000

Net income 125,270

---------

1,625,270

Less: Withdrawals by owner500,000

Net loss

---------

500,000

---------

Joan, Capital, December 31, 20181,125,270

=====

Dec. 31Depreciation Expense - Equipment10,000

Accumulated Depreciation - Equipment10,000

To record monthly equipment depreciation

Larson

Insurance Expense Company Name Dec. 31 Depreciation Expense - Equipment 10,000
Dec. 31 2,000 Financial Statement Accumulated Depreciation - Equipment 10,000
Date To record monthly equipment depreciation

FastForward

Partial Balance Sheet

At December 31, 2018

Assets

Cash

Land500,000$

Equipment3,000,000

Less: accumulated deprec.(110,000)

Net property3,390,000

.

Total Assets

Sheet1

FastForward
Partial Balance Sheet
At December 31, 2018
Assets
Cash
Land $ 500,000
Equipment 3,000,000
Less: accumulated deprec. (110,000)
Net property 3,390,000
.
Total Assets
&A
Page &P

Sheet2

&A
Page &P

Sheet3

&A
Page &P

Sheet4

&A
Page &P

Sheet5

&A
Page &P

Sheet6

&A
Page &P

Dec. 31Loan Payable201,850

Interest Expense140,008

Cash341,858

To record cash payments on loan

Dec. 15 201850

Loan Paybale

Dec. 15 140008

Interest Expense

Dec. 15 341,858

Cash

Larson

Cash Company Name Dec. 31 Salaries expense . . . . . . . . 47,250
Dec. 15 341,858 Financial Statement Salaries payable . . . . 47,250
Date To accrue 3-day's salary

Larson

Basketball Revenue Company Name Dec. 31 Loan Payable 201,850
Interest Expense 140,008
Dec. 31 50,000 Financial Statement Cash 341,858
Date To record cash payments on loan

Larson

Loan Paybale Company Name Dec. 31 Salaries expense . . . . . . . . 47,250
Dec. 15 201850 Financial Statement Salaries payable . . . . 47,250
Date To accrue 3-day's salary

Larson

Interest Expense Company Name Dec. 31 Salaries expense . . . . . . . . 47,250
Dec. 15 140008 Financial Statement Salaries payable . . . . 47,250
Date To accrue 3-day's salary

Dec. 31Interest Expense6,794

Interest Payable6,794

To accrue interest ($2,817,793 × 5.5% × 16/365)

Dec. 31 6794

Interest Expense

Dec. 31 6794

Interest Payable

Larson

Basketball Revenue Company Name Dec. 31 Interest Expense 6,794
Dec. 31 50,000 Financial Statement Interest Payable 6,794
Date To accrue interest ($2,817,793 × 5.5% × 16/365)

Larson

Interest Expense Company Name Dec. 31 Salaries expense . . . . . . . . 47,250
Dec. 31 6794 Financial Statement Salaries payable . . . . 47,250
Date To accrue 3-day's salary

Larson

Interest Payable Company Name Dec. 31 Salaries expense . . . . . . . . 47,250
Dec. 31 6794 Financial Statement Salaries payable . . . . 47,250
Date To accrue 3-day's salary

DebitCreditDebitCreditDebitCredit

Cash733,360 371,858 733,360 371,858

Prepaid expenses4,000 4,000 -

Land507,000 507,000 -

Building3,293,000 3,293,000 -

Straight - Line Rent51,000 51,000 -

Accumulated depreciation- 110,000 - 110,000

Intangibles- 30,000 30,000 -

Accumulated amortization- 2,750 - 2,750

Accounts payable250,000 - 250,000

Accrued expense13,090 - 13,090

Prepaid rent- - -

Security deposits200,000 - 200,000

Notes payable3,000,000 201,850 201,850 3,000,000

Capital1,000,000 - 1,000,000

Rent171,000 - 171,000

Property tax expense22,000 22,000 -

Interest expense- 140,008 140,008 -

Insurance expense- - -

Maintenance expense18,000 18,000 -

Utilities expense3,230 3,230 -

Depeciation expense- 110,000 110,000 -

Amortization expense- 2,750 2,750 -

Other expense2,500 2,500 -

SUM4,634,090 4,634,090 484,608 484,608 5,118,698 5,118,698

Unadjusted Trial BalanceAdjustmentsAdjusted Trial Balance

FASTFORWARD

Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

DebitCredit

Cash733,360 371,858

Prepaid expenses4,000 -

Land507,000 -

Building3,293,000 -

Straight - Line Rent51,000 -

Accumulated depreciation- 110,000

Intangibles30,000 -

Accumulated amortization- 2,750

Accounts payable- 250,000

Accrued expense- 13,090

Prepaid rent- -

Security deposits- 200,000

Notes payable201,850 3,000,000

Capital- 1,000,000

Rent- 171,000

Property tax expense22,000 -

Interest expense140,008 -

Insurance expense- -

Maintenance expense18,000 -

Utilities expense3,230 -

Depeciation expense110,000 -

Amortization expense2,750 -

Other expense2,500 -

SUM5,118,698 5,118,698

Adjusted Trial Balance

FASTFORWARD

Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

Step 1 - Prepare an income statement

Rental Revenue$171,000

Property tax expense22,000

Interest expense140,008

Insurance expense0

Maintenance expense18,000

Utilities expense3,230

Depeciation expense110,000

Amortization expense2,750

Other expense2,500

Total expenses298,488

---------

Net Income (Loss)($127,488)

=======

FASTFORWARD

Income Statement

31-Dec-18

Step 2 - Prepare owners equity statement

Joan, Capital, January 1, 2018$0

Plus: Investments by owner1,500,000

Net income 0

------------

1,500,000

Less: Withdrawals by owner500,000

Net loss127,488

------------

627,488

---------

Joan, Capital, December 31, 2018

872,512

=====

FASTFORWARD

Statement of Owners Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Assets

Dec. 31, 2018

Cash 361,502

Prepaid expenses 4,000

Straight Line Rent 51,000

Land 507,000

Building 3,293,000

Less: Accumulated Depreciation (110,000)

Net Real Property 3,690,000

Intangible assets 30,000

Accumulated amortization (2,750)

Intangible assets, net 27,250

Total ------------------------

4,133,752

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

================

Accounts payable 250,000

Accrued expense 13,090

Security deposits 200,000

Notes payable 2,798,150

Joan's Capital 872,512

------------------------

4,133,752

================

FASTFORWARD

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2018

Step 2 - Prepare owners equity statement

Joan, Capital, January 1, 2018$0

Plus: Investments by owner1,500,000

Net income 0

------------

1,500,000

Less: Withdrawals by owner500,000

Net loss127,488

------------

627,488

---------

Joan, Capital, December 31, 2018

872,512

=====

FASTFORWARD

Statement of Owners Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

DebitCredit

Cash733,360 371,858

Prepaid expenses4,000 -

Land507,000 -

Building3,293,000 -

Straight - Line Rent51,000 -

Accumulated depreciation- 110,000

Intangibles30,000 -

Accumulated amortization- 2,750

Accounts payable- 250,000

Accrued expense- 13,090

Prepaid rent- -

Security deposits- 200,000

Notes payable201,850 3,000,000

Capital- 1,000,000

Adjusted Trial Balance

FASTFORWARD

Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

DebitCredit

Cash733,360 371,858

Prepaid expenses4,000 -

Land507,000 -

Building3,293,000 -

Straight - Line Rent51,000 -

Accumulated depreciation- 110,000

Intangibles30,000 -

Accumulated amortization- 2,750

Accounts payable- 250,000

Accrued expense- 13,090

Prepaid rent- -

Security deposits- 200,000

Notes payable201,850 3,000,000

Capital- 1,000,000

Rent- 171,000

Property tax expense22,000 -

Interest expense140,008 -

Insurance expense- -

Maintenance expense18,000 -

Utilities expense3,230 -

Depeciation expense110,000 -

Amortization expense2,750 -

Other expense2,500 -

SUM5,118,698 5,118,698

Adjusted Trial Balance

FASTFORWARD

Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

DebitCredit

Cash733,360 371,858

Prepaid expenses4,000 -

Land507,000 -

Building3,293,000 -

Straight - Line Rent51,000 -

Accumulated depreciation- 110,000

Intangibles30,000 -

Accumulated amortization- 2,750

Accounts payable- 250,000

Accrued expense- 13,090

Prepaid rent- -

Security deposits- 200,000

Notes payable201,850 3,000,000

Capital- 1,000,000

Rent0171,000

Property tax expense22,000 -

Interest expense140,008 -

Insurance expense- -

Maintenance expense18,000 -

Utilities expense3,230 -

Depeciation expense110,000 -

Amortization expense2,750 -

Other expense2,500 -

SUM5,118,698 5,118,698

Adjusted Trial Balance

FASTFORWARD

Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

DebitCredit

Cash733,360 371,858

Prepaid expenses4,000 -

Land507,000 -

Building3,293,000 -

Straight - Line Rent51,000 -

Accumulated depreciation- 110,000

Intangibles30,000 -

Accumulated amortization- 2,750

Accounts payable- 250,000

Accrued expense- 13,090

Prepaid rent- -

Security deposits- 200,000

Notes payable201,850 3,000,000

Capital- 872,512

SUM4,820,210 4,820,210

FASTFORWARD

Post-Closing Trial Balance

31-Dec-18

Adjusted Trial Balance

Change in Account Balance During Year

IncreaseDecrease

CurrentSubtract from netAdd to net income.

Assetsincome.

CurrentAdd to net income.Subtract from net

Liabilitiesincome.

Sheet1

Change in Account Balance During Year
Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities Increase Decrease
+ Net Cash Flows from Investing Activities Current Subtract from net Add to net income.
+ Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities Assets income.
= Net Cash Flows for the Period Current Add to net income. Subtract from net
+ Beginning of Period Cash Balance Liabilities income.
= End of Period Cash Balance
&A
Page &P

Type of Investor

Foreign Governments /

Sovereign Wealth Funds

Non-treaty, Non-U.S. InvestorsTreaty Non-U.S. InvestorsU.S. Taxable InvestorsU.S. Tax Exempt Investors

Dutch Pension Trust / Australian

Superannuation Investors

State Subdivisions / "Super-Exempt"

Expected

Federal Tax

Rate

(1)

and

Comments:

• 18% - 25%

• Rate is based on 21% corporate federal

tax rate, plus 4% blended state tax rate

on all income (reduced for interest

expense deductions) plus 0%

withholding on interest and dividend

income out of the corporation.

• 30% - 35%

• Rate is based on 21% corporate federal

tax rate, 4% blended state tax rate on all

income (reduced slightly by interest

income taxed at 30% while interest

expense deductions provide a 21% rate

benefit). The rate assumes that there will

not be any 30% withholding on dividend

income since all corporate entities will be

liquidating.

• 25% - 35%

• Rate is based 35% corporate federal tax

rate, 4% blended state tax rate on all

income (reduced for interest expense

deductions). The reduction in rate will

vary due to country-by-country treaty

rates on interest income from 0% - 30%).

The rate assumes that there will not be

an additional 0% - 30% withholding on

dividend income since all corporate

entities will be liquidating.

• 20% - 30%

• Rate is based 37% federal tax rate on

ordinary income(less passthrough

deduction), 4% blended state tax rate on

all income, 20% rate on capital gains, and

25% depreciation recapture on real

property.

• 0%

• Rate of 0% assumes no assets or

income are ouside of the REIT structure.

• 0% - 20%

• Rate is based 0%-15% withholding on

ordinary income (reduced by treaty), 20%

withholding rate on capital gains, and

25% depreciation recapture on real

property.

• 0%

• There will be no tax unless the investor

comes through a corporate entity.

• Debt/equity rations need to be

monitored. Depending on ratio and

profitability, the deductibility of interest

expense may be limited for a U.S.

corporate entity.

• Effectively, a single layer of corporate

tax is imposed which is reduced by

investor interest expense. A U.S. C

Corporation will pay taxes within the fund

structure rather than imposing

withholding and having the investor file

tax returns.

• Depending on payment on interest

expense, the deductibility and timing of

interest expense to the corporation may

be limited.

• Depending on debt-to-equity ratio and

the entity's profitability, the deductibility

of interest expense may be limited for a

U.S. corporate entity.

• Depending on payment on interest

expense, the deductibility and timing of

interest expense to the corporation may

be limited.

• Portfolio interest exemption may

eliminate withholding on interest income

if certain conditions are met, including

that the investor/lender does not own

more than 10% of the Corporation

(among other requirements).

• Depending on debt-to-equity ratio and

the entity's profitability, the deductibility

of interest expense may be limited for a

U.S. corporate entity.

• Depending on payment on interest

expense, the deductibility and timing of

interest expense to the corporation may

be limited.

• Portfolio interest exemption may

eliminate withholding on interest income

if certain conditions are met, including

that the investor/lender does not own

more than 10% of the Corporation

(among other requirements).

• Investor will get flow through treatment

on all investments which provide the

benefit of reduced tax rate on sale of real

estate.• Both the foreign partnership and

U.S. C Corporation must be administered.

• If a US individual investor invests

through a REIT vehicle, management

fees will be deductible and the state and

local filings will be minimized.

• Fractions rule compliance will be

difficult in practice and could impact non-

exempt partners and the managers

business decisions.

• Issues as shown in other columns for

leveraged U.S. C Corporation will apply if

investors choose to block income that

can not be put into a REIT.

• Use of a REIT can add to the cost of the

investment structure due to increased

compliance burden, payments to

preferred shareholders and other tax risk

mitigation costs.

• Investor may be required to file a U.S.

tax return when REIT capital gain

distributions are received.

• Tax treaty rates will depend on specific

facts and circumstances including

percentage ownership.

• Investor prefers direct investment. They

may not want to bear any cost of the

structuring complex vehicles for other

investors (including REITs).

• Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C

Corporation must be administered.

• Any entity that is controlled by the

foreign government will lose its

sovereign exemption if it engages in

commercial activity. This investor will

need other players in its structure to

avoid control of entities.

• Investor may already have blockers set

up and prefer direct investment.

• Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C

Corporation must be administered.

• The overall debt to equity ratios in fund

complex need to be monitored.

• Investor may prefer direct investment in

partnership if already filing/willing to file

US tax returns.

• Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C

Corporation must be administered.

• The overall debt to equity ratios in fund

complex need to be monitored.

• Investor may prefer direct investment in

partnership if already filing/willing to file

US tax returns.

• State tax consequences and filing

obligations will not flow through to

investors if invested through a REIT.

(2)

Certain "qualified" entities may be willing to invest through a U.S. partnership under certain circumstances.

Investor Preference Matrix for U.S. Investments

Other

Considerations

of Investment

Vehicle:

(1)

Based on investment model and projected income.

Taxation/Asset Comparison.xlsx

Sheet1

Hotel Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 IRR Cash Invested Periodic Terminal
NOI (36,500) 3,000 3,000 3,000 44,500 11.1% (37,500) 10,000 7,000
Depreciation (750) (750) (750) (750) 3,000
Ordinary Taxable Income 250 2,250 2,250 2,250 - 0
Depreciation Recapture 3,000
Capital Gain 7,000 tax
Tax 99 891 891 891 2,150 4,922
Post tax IRR (36,599) 2,109 2,109 2,109 42,350 8.0%
Construction
NOI (32,500) (5,000) - 0 3,500 52,500 11.1% (37,500) 18,500
Ordinary Taxable Income 18,500
tax
Tax - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 7,326 7,326
Post tax IRR (32,500) (5,000) - 0 3,500 45,174 7.1%
Rental
NOI (37,000) 500 500 500 54,500 11.1% (37,500) 2,000 17,000
Depreciation (750) (750) (750) (750) 3,000
Ordinary Taxable Income (250) (250) (250) (250) - 0
Depreciation Recapture 3,000
Capital Gain 17,000 tax
Tax (99) (99) (99) (99) 4,150 3,754
Post tax IRR (36,901) 599 599 599 50,350 9.2%
Loan
NOI (37,500) 4,160 4,160 4,160 41,660 11.1% (37,500) 16,640 0
Depreciation - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0
Ordinary Taxable Income 4,160 4,160 4,160 4,160
Capital Gain tax
Tax - 0 1,647 1,647 1,647 1,647 6,590
Post tax IRR (37,500) 2,513 2,513 2,513 40,013 6.7%
Building 30,000
Life 40
Depreciation 750
NOI
Depreciation

Taxation/Choice+of+Entity.xlsx

Sheet2

Issue C Corp S Corp Partnership Multi-Member LLC Sole
Proprietorship
Limited liability for owners? Yes. Yes. No for general partners; yes for limited partners. Limited partners cannot be actively involved in the business without losing limited liability. Limited liability partnerships (LLP) may either (1) provide partners with protection from vicarious liabilities, or (2) provide complete liability protection, depending on the provisions of the state's LLP Act. Yes. No, liability is unlimited.
Flexible ownership and capital structure? Yes. No. Limited to 100 shareholders and one class of stock. Types of shareholders limited. Yes. Need at least two partners. Yes. LLCs with a single member are disregarded for federal taxes. LLCs must have two or more members to be taxed as partnerships. No—one owner.
Continuity of life for entity? Yes. Yes, but stock ownership must be monitored. Generally, no. Depends on state law provisions. Terminates for federal taxes if 50% or more of capital and profits interests are transferred during a 12-month period. Usually. Depends on state law provisions. Terminates for federal taxes if 50% or more of capital and profits interests are transferred during a 12-month period. No.
Centralized management of entity? Yes. Yes, but number of stockholders is limited, so may not be practical. No for general partnership; usually yes for limited partnership. Limited partners cannot participate in management. Often, yes. No—one owner.
Free transferability of ownership interests? Yes, but may be contractually limited by a buy/sell agreement. Yes, but must observe limitations on who can own stock. Also may be contractually limited by a buy/sell agreement. Generally, no. May be limited by buy/sell provisions in partnership agreement or separate agreement. Generally, no. May be limited by buy/sell provisions in partnership agreement or separate agreement. No, but as a practical matter, the entire business may be sold.
Degree of administrative complexity? High. High. Moderate. Moderate. Low.
Certainty of legal and tax outcomes? High. High to moderate. Moderate. Moderate. High.
Double taxation of income? Yes, however, see IRC Sec. 1202 on qualified small business corps. No, unless former C corp and built-in gains tax applies. No. No. No.
Ability to retain income at lower current tax cost? Yes. No. No. No. No.
Tax treatment of fringe benefits for owners? Good. Poor, if own more than 2% of stock. Poor. Poor. Poor.
SE tax on owner distributions? No. No. Generally, yes, unless partner is a limited partner. General partners treat their share of partnership ordinary trade or business income as SE income. Guaranteed payments for services or the use of capital (if the partnership is engaged in a trade or business) are also SE income. Limited partners include only guaranteed payments for services as SE income. Generally, yes, unless member is treated as a limited partner. Members treated as general partners treat their share of LLC ordinary trade or business income as SE income. Guaranteed payments for services or the use of capital (if the LLC is engaged in a trade or business) are also SE income. Members treated as limited partners include only guaranteed payments for services as SE income. Yes.
Flexibility to select tax year? Yes. Limited. Limited. Limited. No.
Passive loss rules apply? No, unless a PSC or closely held corp. Yes—at shareholder level. Yes—at partner level. Treatment of limited partners is unfavorable. Yes—at member level; unclear if members treated as limited partners. Yes.
Deduction for corporate dividends received? Yes. No. No. No. No.
Favorable tax rate on long-term capital gains? No, regular corporate rates apply. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes.
Double taxation upon liquidation? Yes. Generally, no, but built-in gains tax could apply. Also, sale may generate ordinary income from recapture that can't be offset by capital loss on sale. No. However, sale may generate ordinary income from recapture that can't be offset by capital loss on sale. No. However, sale may generate ordinary income from recapture that can't be offset by capital loss on sale. No. However, sale may generate ordinary income from recapture that can't be offset by capital loss on sale.
Personal holding company tax applies? Yes. No. No. No. No.
Accumulated earnings tax applies? Yes. No. No. No. No.
Unreasonable owner compensation issue applies? Yes. For unreasonably high compensation. Yes, for unreasonably low compensation. No. No. No.
PSC rules apply? Yes. No. No. No. No.
Limitations on use of cash method? Yes, but smaller corporations and PSCs can use cash method. No, unless the corporation maintains inventories or is a “tax shelter.” (However, if a gross receipts test is met, the cash method may be used even if inventories are maintained.) No, unless the partnership has a C corporation partner, maintains inventories, or is a “tax shelter.” (However, if a gross receipts test is met, the cash method may be used even if inventories are maintained.) No, unless the LLC has a C corporation member, maintains inventories, or is a “tax shelter.” (However, if a gross receipts test is met, the cash method may be used even if inventories are maintained.) No, unless the proprietorship maintains inventories. (However, if a gross receipts test is met, the cash method may be used even if inventories are maintained.)
Limitations on use of NOLs and other “tax attributes” after ownership change? Yes. N/A. Losses pass through to owners. N/A. Losses pass through to owners. N/A. Losses pass through to owners. No.
Entity-level AMT? Yes, but smaller corporations are excepted. No, but AMT information must be provided to shareholders. No, but AMT information must be provided to partners. No, but AMT information must be provided to members. No, but AMT information can affect owner's AMT calculation.
Potential ability to reduce payroll taxes of owner-employees? No. Yes, within limits of reasonableness. No, but may benefit from employing owner's children under age 18. No, but may benefit from employing owner's children under age 18. No, but may benefit from employing owner's children under age 18.
Potential favorable treatment of owner-level interest expense on debt to inject capital or acquire ownership interest? No. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes.
Double taxation at state and local tax level? Generally, yes. Sometimes. Rarely. Rarely. No.
Additional owner-level tax basis from entity-level debt (for loss deduction purposes)? No. Yes, but only for direct loans from shareholders. Yes. Yes, but generally not for at-risk purposes. N/A, but owner gets basis from debt since no entity exists.
Basis adjustments upon purchase of ownership interest? No. No. Yes. Mandatory basis adjustments may be required on certain transfers or distributions. Yes. Mandatory basis adjustments may be required on certain transfers or distributions. No.
Flexibility to make tax-free contributions and distributions? No. No. Yes. Yes. Yes.
Ability to make special tax allocations among owners? No. No. Yes, but must have substantial economic effect. Yes, but must have substantial economic effect. No.
Ability to shift entity income among family member owners? No. To a degree, by manipulating wages of employee-owners. Yes, within limits of family partnership rules. Yes, within limits of family partnership rules. Yes, by employing family members.
Possibility of corporate-level built-in gains tax, excess net passive income tax, and LIFO recapture tax if former C corporation? No. Yes. No. No. No.
Potential loss of favorable pass-through tax rules if ownership and capital structure rules violated? No. Yes. No. No. No.
Treatment of gain on sale of ownership interest? Capital. Capital. May be part ordinary under “hot assets” rules. (See IRC Sec. 751.) May be part ordinary under “hot assets” rules. (See IRC Sec. 751.) May be part ordinary due to recapture items.
Treatment of loss on sale of ownership interest? Capital unless stock is Section 1244 stock. Capital unless stock is Section 1244 stock. Capital. Capital. Generally, capital (depends on nature of assets sold).
At-risk rules apply? No, unless closely held. Yes, at shareholder level. Yes, at partner level. Yes, at member level. Yes.
Section 179 dollar limitation applied at single level? Yes. No. The dollar limitation applies at the S corporation level and again at the shareholder level. No. The dollar limitation applies at the partnership level and again at the partner level. No. The dollar limitation applies at the LLC level and again at the member level. Yes.
Ownership interest available to creditors? Yes. Yes. Limited. Creditor can obtain charging order to receive distributions. Limited. Creditor can obtain charging order to receive distributions. Yes.
Valuation discounts available for estate tax valuation? Yes. Yes. May be limited. IRS may argue for liquidation value. Probably, yes. However may be limited if LLC terminates on death of member. No.
Ability to use tax credits? Offsets corporate tax. Passed through to shareholders to be applied against their taxes. Passed through to partners to be applied against their taxes. Passed through to members to be applied against their taxes. Offsets tax of the individual.
Qualified retirement plans for employee/owner? Payments are deductible if plan is nondiscriminatory. Payments are deductible if plan is nondiscriminatory. Payments to a Keogh, SEP, or SIMPLE are deductible. Payments to qualified plans are deductible if plan is nondiscriminatory. Payments to a Keogh, SEP, or SIMPLE are deductible. Payments to qualified plans are deductible if plan is nondiscriminatory. Payments to a Keogh, SEP, or SIMPLE are deductible. Payments to qualified plans are deductible if plan is nondiscriminatory.
Owners eligible for loans against qualified plan accounts? Yes. Yes. a  Yes. a  Yes. a  Yes.
Charitable contributions? Deductible by corporation subject to certain percentage limits. Passed through to shareholder; limitations on deductibility apply at shareholder level. Passed through to partner; limitations on deductibility apply at partner level. Passed through to member; limitations on deductibility apply at member level. Deductible by individual, subject to certain percentage limits.

Taxation/Depreciation _ Amortization Method and Lives _1_.xlsx

Depreciation

Tax, AMT and E&P Depreciable Methods and Lives
12/31/16
Tax (MACRS)
Asset Method Convention Life Bonus Depreciation?
Breanne Arlotta: Breanne Arlotta: Qualifies for an extra 50% (for placed in service years 2016 & 2017) depreciation deduction in the first year placed in service if new asset and used more than 50% for business purpose.
Type Of Asset Other Notes
Software (off the shelf) Straight-line full month N/A 3 yrs Yes 1245 Asset Readily available to the general public, purchased outright by for use in business activity, not substantially modified and without an exclusive license.
Vehicles 200% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs Yes 1245 Asset Yearly vehicle limitation applies. Rules also vary with type of vehicle used. See Sec. 179 for more details
Computers and peripheral equipment 200% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs Yes 1245 Asset
Office machinery (typewriters, calculators, copiers, etc) 200% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs Yes 1245 Asset
Office furniture and fixtures (desks, file cabinet, safes, chairs, etc) 200% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 7 yrs Yes 1245 Asset
Land improvements (surface parking lot, fence, sidewalk, plants, etc) 150% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 15 yrs Yes 1250 Asset If the improvements have a defined useful life, they can be depreciatied. If there is no way to estimate the useful life, the cost is not depreciated. If you are merely preparing the land for its intended purpose, the value is not depreciated but is included in the cost of the land asset.
Nonresidential real property Straight-line mid-month N/A 39 yrs Yes 1250 Asset
Qualified Improvement Property (interior improvements to nonresidential real property) Straight-line mid-month N/A 39 yrs Yes 1250 Asset 2015 PATH ACT UPDATE. Does not include expenditures to enlarge building, expenditures related to elevator or escalator or related to the internal structural framework of the building.
AMT (MACRS)
Asset Method Convention Life Note
Software (off the shelf) Straight-line full month N/A 3 yrs Yes
Vehicles 150% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs Yes
Computers and peripheral equipment 150% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs Yes
Office machinery (typewriters, calculators, copiers, etc) 150% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs Yes
Office furniture and fixtures (desks, file cabinet, safes, chairs, etc) 150% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 7 yrs Yes
Land improvements (surface parking lot, fence, sidewalk, plants, etc) 150% declining balance Half year or Mid-quarter 15 yrs Yes
Nonresidential real property Straight-line mid-month N/A 39 yrs Yes
Qualified Improvement Property (interior improvements to nonresidential real property) Straight-line mid-month N/A 39 yrs Yes
E&P (ADS)
Asset Method Convention Life Note
Software (off the shelf) Straight-line full month N/A 3 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Vehicles Straight-line Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Computers and peripheral equipment Straight-line Half year or Mid-quarter 5 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Office machinery (typewriters, calculators, copiers, etc) Straight-line Half year or Mid-quarter 10 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Office furniture and fixtures (desks, file cabinet, safes, chairs, etc) Straight-line Half year or Mid-quarter 10 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Land improvements (surface parking lot, fence, sidewalk, plants, etc) Straight-line Half year or Mid-quarter 20 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Nonresidential real property Straight-line mid-month N/A 40 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Qualified Improvement Property (interior improvements to nonresidential real property) Straight-line mid-month N/A 40 yrs If taken for Tax, YES
Notes:
- If client is taking bonus depreciation, then AMT method, convention and life will be the same as Tax.
- If client is taking bonus depreciation, then there should be bonus depreciation for E&P as well.

Mid-Quarter Convention Rates

** For property for which you used the mid-quarter convention, figure your depreciation deduction for the year of the disposition by multiplying a full year of depreciation by the percentage listed below for the quarter in which you disposed of the property.
Quarter Percentage
First 12.5
Second 37.5
Third 62.5
Fourth 87.5

Amortization

Amortization Methods
12/31/16
Amortization
Asset Life Capitalization? Other Notes
Deferred Financing Costs 15 years OR remaining life of loan Yes
Leasing Commissions 10 years OR remaining life of loan Yes
Organizational / Start Up Costs 15 years Election to capitalize rather than amortize Sec. 195 - 180 month amortization for Start-Up Costs. Sec. 248 - 180 month amortization for Organizational Costs If you chose not to amortize, you may add to the value of the business however, you can only recover when the business is completely disposed of.
Goodwill 15 years If internally generated, you cannot capitalize Qualified Section 197 Intangible.
Notes:

Taxation/FAQ_REIT.pdf

F R E Q U E N T L Y A S K E D Q U E S T I O N S A B O U T R E A L E S T A T E I N V E S T M E N T T R U S T S

REIT Basics 

What is a REIT? 

The term REIT refers to a “real estate investment trust” 

as set forth in subchapter M of chapter 1 of the Internal 

Revenue  Code  of  1986  (the  “Code”).    An  entity  that 

qualifies  as  a  REIT  under  the  Code  is  entitled  to 

preferential tax treatment.   It is a “pass‐through” entity 

that  can  avoid  most  entity‐level  federal  tax  by 

complying with  detailed  restrictions  on  its  ownership 

structure,  distributions  and  operations.    REIT 

shareholders  are  taxed  on  dividends  received  from  a 

REIT.  See “Tax Matters” below for more detail. 

When and why were REITs created? 

Congress passed the original REIT legislation in 1960 in 

order  to  provide  a  tax‐preferred  method  by  which 

average  investors  could  invest  in  a  professionally 

managed  portfolio  of  real  estate  assets.   Many  of  the 

limitations  imposed  upon  the  operation  of  REITs  and 

the  taxes  to  which  they  are  potentially  subject  are 

perhaps best understood in terms of the original notion 

that  the  activities  of  REITs  were  to  consist 

predominantly of passive investments in real estate. 

What are the required elements for forming a REIT? 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  tax  benefits  available  to  a 

REIT under the Code, the qualifying entity must:  

 have  centralized  management  (Code  Section 

856(a)(1)); 

 have  transferable  shares  (Code  Section 

856(a)(2)); 

 be  a  domestic  corporation  for  federal  tax 

purposes (Code Section 856(a)(3));   

 not  be  a  financial  institution  or  insurance 

company (Code Section 856(a)(4)); 

 have shares beneficially owned by at  least 100 

persons (Code Section 856(a)(5));  

 not be “closely held” (Code Section 856(a)(6)); 

 satisfy  annual  income  and  assets  tests  (Code 

Section 856(a)(7)); 

 satisfy  distribution  and  earnings  and  profits 

requirements  (Code  Section  857(a),  Code 

Sections 561 through 565); 

 make a REIT election  (Code Section 856(c)(1)); 

and 

 have  a  calendar  year  tax  year  (Code  Section 

859). 

2

What  are  the  required  elements  for maintaining REIT 

status? 

An  entity  that wishes  to maintain  its  status  as  a REIT 

must  satisfy  the  requirements  described  under  “What 

are  the  required  elements  for  forming  a  REIT?”  for  each 

year  in  which  it  wishes  to  so  qualify,  subject  to  the 

following exceptions:   

 The  entity  must  satisfy  the  100  or  more 

beneficial owner  test only on at  least 335 days 

of  a  taxable  year  of  12  months  in  which  it 

wishes  to  qualify  as  a  REIT,  or  during  a 

proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 

12 months.   

 The requirements that a REIT have at least 100 

beneficial  owners  and  that  it  not  be  “closely 

held” do not apply to the first taxable year for 

which a REIT election is made. 

 The  requirement  that  a  REIT  not  be  closely 

held must be met only for the last half of each 

taxable year. 

What types of REITs are there? 

Most broadly, there are equity REITs that own primarily 

interests in real property and mortgage REITs that own 

primarily  loans  secured  by  interests  in  real  property.  

Equity  REITs  typically  lease  their  properties  to  end 

users and may  concentrate on a market  segment,  such 

as  office,  retail,  commercial  or  industrial  properties, 

high  end  or  middle  market  segments  or  a  specific 

industry  segment  such  as  healthcare  or  malls  or 

lodging.   Mortgage  REITs may  also  have  a  focus  on 

particular  types  of  loans  (first  mortgages,  distressed 

property  mortgages,  mezzanine  financings)  or 

borrowers.  Hybrid REITs are relatively rare and own a 

combination  of  equity  and mortgage  interests  in  real 

property.  

   In recent years,  the  IRS has approved REIT status  for 

businesses  not  traditionally  associated  with  the  REIT 

structure,  such  as  billboards,  data  centers,  cell  tower 

companies and private correctional facilities.   

Is an equity REIT a commodity pool? 

According  to  a  2012  interpretative  letter  from  the U.S. 

Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission  (the 

“CFTC”),1 an equity REIT is not a commodity pool and, 

therefore, is not subject to the Commodity Exchange Act 

if the equity REIT meets the following conditions: 

 the  primary  income  of  the  REIT  comes  from 

the ownership and management of  real estate 

and  it  only  uses  derivatives  for  mitigating 

exposure to interest rate or currency risk; 

 the REIT complies with all the requirements of 

a REIT election under  the Code,  including  the 

95%  and  the  75%  income  test  (Code  Sections 

856(c)(2) and 856(c)(3)); and 

 the REIT has identified itself as an equity REIT 

in Item G of its last U.S. income tax return or, if 

it  has  not  filed  its  first  tax  return,  it  has 

expressed  its  intention  to  do  so  to  its 

participants and effectuates such intention. 

Is a mortgage REIT a commodity pool? 

According  to  a  2012  interpretative  letter  from  the 

“CFTC”),2  while  a  mortgage  REIT  is  considered  a 

commodity  pool,  the  Division  of  Swap  Dealer  and 

1  CFTC Letter No. 12‐13, see  http://www.cftc.gov/ucm/groups/public/@lrlettergeneral/docu ments/letter/12‐13.pdf.   2  CFTC Letter No. 12‐44, see  http://www.cftc.gov/ucm/groups/public/@lrlettergeneral/docu ments/letter/12‐44.pdf. 

3

Intermediary  Oversight  will  not  recommend  that  the 

CFTC take enforcement action against the operator of a 

mortgage REIT that satisfies the following criteria: 

 limits  the  initial  margin  and  premiums 

required  to  establish  its  commodity  interest 

positions to no more than 5% of the fair market 

value of the REIT’s total assets; 

 limits the net income derived annually from its 

commodity  interest  positions  that  are  not 

qualifying hedging transactions to less than 5% 

of the REIT’s gross income; 

 interests  in  the REIT  are  not marketed  to  the 

public as or in a commodity pool or otherwise 

as or in a vehicle for trading in the commodity 

futures, commodity options, or swaps markets; 

and 

 the  company  either  has  identified  itself  as  a 

“mortgage  REIT”  in  Item  G  of  its  last  U.S. 

income  tax  return or has not yet  filed  its  first 

U.S. income tax return  but has disclosed to its 

shareholders that it intends to so identify itself. 

   This  no‐action  relief  is  not  self‐executing,  and  the 

mortgage REIT must file a claim to perfect the use of the 

relief.   Any such claim will be effective upon  filing, so 

long as the claim is materially complete. 

Do other countries have REITs? 

A  number  of  countries,  including  Australia,  Brazil, 

Bulgaria,  Canada,  Finland,  France,  Germany,  Ghana, 

Hong  Kong,  India,  Japan, Malaysia, Mexico,  Nigeria, 

Pakistan, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Singapore and  the 

United  Kingdom  have  REIT‐type  legislation.    The 

details  of  the  rules may  vary  from  the U.S.  rules  and 

from country to country. 

Structuring a REIT 

How is a REIT formed? 

A  REIT  is  formed  by  organizing  an  entity  under  the 

laws of one of the 50 states or  the District of Columbia 

as an entity taxable as a corporation for federal  income 

tax purposes,  and by  electing  to be  treated  as  a REIT.  

An  entity may  elect  to  be  treated  as  a  REIT  for  any 

taxable year by filing with its tax return for that year an 

election to be a REIT.  The election generally remains in 

effect until  terminated or  revoked under Code Section 

856(g).  The election is made by the entity by computing 

taxable  income  as  a  REIT  in  its  return  for  the  first 

taxable  year  for which  it  desires  the  election  to  apply 

(generally  on  Form  1120‐REIT),  even  though  it  may 

have otherwise qualified as a REIT for a prior year.  No 

other method of making such election is permitted.  See 

Treasury Regulations Section 1.856‐2(b).   

What types of entities can be REITs? 

Any  entity  that  would  be  treated  as  a  domestic 

corporation for federal income tax purposes but for the 

REIT  election  may  qualify  for  treatment  as  a  REIT.  

Under  the  REIT  regulations,  the  determination  of 

whether  an  unincorporated  organization  would  be 

taxable as a domestic corporation  in  the absence of  the 

REIT election is made in accordance with the provisions 

of Code  Section  7701(a)(3)  and  (4)  and  the  regulations 

thereunder.  The net effect of these rules is that an entity 

formed as a trust, partnership, limited liability company 

or corporation can be a REIT.  Publicly traded REITs are 

typically corporations or business trusts. 

4

Where are REITs typically formed? 

Most publicly traded REITs are  formed as  trusts under 

the  Maryland  REIT  law  or  as  corporations  under 

Maryland  law.    Many,  if  not  most,  non‐REIT  public 

companies  prefer  to  be  incorporated  or  formed  under 

Delaware  law  because  of  its well‐developed  corporate 

law and a  judicial system designed  to be responsive  to 

corporate law issues.  However, Maryland has a specific 

statute  for REIT  trusts and has developed an expertise 

in  such  law.    Unlike  the  relevant  Delaware  law,  the 

Maryland  REIT  law  provides  that  a  REIT  may  issue 

shares  of  beneficial  interest without  consideration  for 

the purpose of qualifying  it as a REIT under  the Code, 

and  unless  prohibited  in  the  declaration  of  trust,  a 

majority of  the entire board of  trustees, without action 

by  the  shareholders,  may  amend  the  declaration  of 

trust.    According  to  the National  Association  of  Real 

Estate  Investment  Trusts  (“NAREIT”),  about  75%  of 

publicly traded REITs are formed under Maryland law.   

What  are  the  ownership  and  holder  requirements  for 

REITs? 

In  order  to  qualify  as  a  REIT,  an  entity  must  be 

beneficially  owned  by  100  or more  persons  and must 

not be “closely held.”   A REIT  is deemed  to be closely 

held  if,  at  any  time during  the  last half  of  the  taxable 

year, more than 50% in value of its outstanding stock is 

owned, directly  or  indirectly,  by  or  for not more  than 

five individuals (Code Section 856(h)(1)(A)). 

   For  purposes  of  the  REIT  closely  held  rule,  an 

organization  described  in  Code  Section  401(a), 

501(c)(17) or 509(a), or the portion of a trust set aside for 

charitable purposes described in Code Section 642(c), is 

normally  treated  as  a  single  individual  (Code  Section 

542(a)(2)).  However, a special look‐through rule applies 

to “qualified  trusts”  (generally,  tax‐exempt pensions or 

profit sharing plans and technically, trusts described  in 

Code  Section  401(a)  and  exempt  under  Code  Section 

501(a)),  so  that  the  stock held by  the qualified  trust  is 

treated as held directly by its beneficiaries in proportion 

to their actuarial interests (Code Section 856(h)(3)).  This 

look‐through rule does not apply  if certain disqualified 

persons with  respect  to  the  qualified  trust  own  5%  or 

more  (by  value)  of  the  REIT  and  the  REIT  has 

accumulated  earnings  and  profits  from  a  corporation 

tax year. 

Do REITs limit share ownership? 

To  qualify  as  a  REIT,  an  entity must  not  be  “closely 

held,” meaning, at any  time during  the  last half of  the 

taxable year, more than 50% in value of its outstanding 

stock cannot be owned, directly or  indirectly, by or  for 

five or  less  individuals.   Although not  legally required, 

all  REITs,  including  publicly  traded  REITs,  typically 

adopt  ownership  and  transfer  restrictions  in  their 

articles  of  incorporation  or  other  organizational 

documents that provide that no person shall beneficially 

or constructively own more than 9.8% or 9.9%  in value 

of  the  outstanding  shares  of  the  entity  and  any 

attempted  transfer  of  shares  that  may  result  in  a 

violation of  this ownership  limit will be null and void.  

Larger  holders,  typically  sponsors  or  founders  of  a 

REIT,  who  own  more  than  9.9%,  are  usually 

“grandfathered,” and there may be a related decrease in 

the  ownership  threshold.    This  provision  can  also  be 

seen  as  an  anti‐takeover  device  for  publicly  traded 

REITs. 

How can a REIT be structured? 

REITs can be structured as umbrella partnership REITs 

(“UPREITs”),  DownREITs,  paired‐share  REITs  or 

5

stapled  REITs,  and  paper  clip  REITs.    REITs may  be 

formed for a finite life or in perpetuity. 

What is an UPREIT? 

The  term  “UPREIT,”  an  abbreviation  of  “umbrella 

partnership  real  estate  investment  trust,”  describes  a 

particular structure  through which a REIT can hold  its 

assets.    UPREITs  are  the  most  common  operating 

structure for publicly traded equity REITs.   In a typical 

UPREIT structure, the REIT holds substantially all of its 

assets  through one operating partnership  (“OP”).   The 

REIT  typically owns  a majority of  the OP, but  the OP 

ordinarily  has  minority  limited  partners  (“OP  Unit 

Holders”) as well.   The UPREIT structure can be set up 

either  in  an  original REIT  formation,  or  in  connection 

with  the  acquisition  of  a  particular  portfolio  of 

properties.    For  example,  holders  of  a  real  estate 

portfolio  that want  to  form a REIT can contribute  their 

assets  to  the OP  in exchange  for OP Units at  the  same 

time that a newly formed REIT contributes cash, raised 

from issuance of its stock to the public, in exchange for 

interests  in  the OP.   Alternatively,  a pre‐existing REIT 

can  contribute  its  assets  to  a  new OP  in  exchange  for 

interests  in  the  OP  at  the  same  time  that  property 

owners  contribute  their  properties  to  the  OP  in 

exchange for OP Units.  Once the UPREIT structure is in 

place,  the  REIT  can  acquire  additional  portfolios  of 

assets by having  the OP acquire  the assets  in exchange 

for an issuance of OP Units.   

   In  the  typical  OP  Unit  structure,  after  an  initial 

holding period,  the Holders’ OP Units are  redeemable 

for cash or, at the option of the REIT, shares of the REIT, 

typically on a 1:1 basis.   The customary  justification for 

this  is that the OP Units and the REIT shares represent 

essentially  identical percentage  rights  to  an  essentially 

identical  pool  of  assets.    That  is,  on  an  as‐converted 

basis, the number of units of interest in the OP and the 

number of REIT shares are essentially equal.3    

What are the benefits and drawbacks of UPREITs? 

The principal benefit of  the UPREIT structure  is  that  it 

enhances  a  REIT’s  ability  to  acquire  properties  by 

allowing  non‐corporate  holders  of  low  tax‐basis  real 

estate to participate in property/OP Unit exchanges on a 

tax‐deferred basis.   That  is,  a  transfer of  real property 

(or  interests  in  a partnership owning  real property)  to 

an OP solely in exchange for OP Units may qualify as a 

tax‐deferred  transaction  under  Code  Section  721.    In 

contrast, a transfer of real properties directly to the REIT 

in  exchange  for REIT  shares would ordinarily be  fully 

taxable.   The  IRS has recognized  the validity of  the  tax 

deferral for a properly designed UPREIT structure.   

   In  addition,  the  OP  Units  received  in  the  exchange 

offer  two  liquidity  advantages  over  the  original direct 

ownership  of  the  real  estate.    First,  because  of  the 

redemption  feature,  a  fair  market  value  can  be 

established  for  the Holder’s OP Units, which  can  then 

be borrowed against without being subject to immediate 

taxation.  Second, the redemption feature itself provides 

liquidity.    Upon  redemption,  the  holder  may  sell 

publicly  traded  REIT  shares4  or  receive  cash  of 

equivalent  fair  market  value  in  redemption  of  the 

3  For example, assume that the OP holds assets worth $100 and  has 100 units outstanding, 60 of which are held by the REIT as  general partner and 40 of which are held by 40 minority limited  partners each holding one OP Unit.   The REIT would have 60  shares outstanding and each of the 40 minority limited partners  would have the right to convert his one OP Unit for one share  of the REIT.  Thus, if all conversion rights were exercised, there  would be 100 REIT shares outstanding and 100 units of interest  in the OP outstanding, all held by the REIT.  4  In accordance with a no‐action letter issued by the Securities  and Exchange Commission  in March 2016,  the holding period  for purposes of Rule 144(d)(1) commences upon the acquisition  of the OP Units and not the publicly traded REIT shares.

6

Holder’s OP Units.   Note, however, that exercise of the 

redemption  feature  is  a  fully  taxable  transaction.  

Accordingly, the OP Unit Holder will typically not elect 

to redeem unless the Holder plans a prompt sale of the 

REIT shares.   Holders who are  individuals may  find  it 

desirable  to  retain  the OP Units  until death,  in which 

case  the Holder’s OP Units will  receive  a  fair market 

value “stepped‐up”  tax basis, allowing  the  individual’s 

estate or beneficiaries to redeem or convert the OP Units 

on a tax‐free basis at such time.   

   Despite  the  benefits  described  above,  UPREIT 

structures  have  some  drawbacks.    UPREIT  structures 

introduce  a  level  of  complexity  that  would  not 

otherwise  exist  within  a  normal  REIT  structure.  

Additionally, the disposition of property by an UPREIT 

may result in a conflict of interest with the contributing 

partner because any disposition of  that property could 

result  in gain recognition  for  that partner.   As a result, 

contributing  partners  often  negotiate  mandatory 

holding periods and other provisions to protect the tax 

deferral  benefits  they  expect  to  receive  through 

contribution of appreciated property to an UPREIT. 

What is a DownREIT?  

DownREITs  are  similar  to  UPREITs,  in  that  both 

structures enable holders of real property  to contribute 

that property to a partnership controlled by the REIT on 

a  tax‐deferred  basis.    The  primary  difference  between 

the  two  structures  is  that  DownREITs  typically  hold 

their  assets  through  multiple  operating  partnerships 

(each of which may hold only one property), whereas 

UPREITs  typically hold all of  their assets  through only 

one  operating  partnership.    The  DownREIT  structure 

enables  existing  REITs  to  compete  with  UPREITs  by 

allowing them to offer potential sellers a way to dispose 

of real estate properties on a tax‐deferred basis.   

   As with an UPREIT structure, in a DownREIT, limited 

partnership  interests  in  the  operating  company  are 

redeemable for cash for REIT shares based upon the fair 

market value of the REIT shares, or for REIT shares.  As 

distinguished  from  an  UPREIT,  however,  for  a 

DownREIT,  the value of  each operating partnership  is 

not  directly  related  to  the  value  of  the  REIT  shares, 

because  the  value  of  REIT  shares  is  determined  by 

reference  to  all  of  the  REIT’s  assets  rather  than  by 

reference to the assets of only one operating partnership 

(as  in  the case of an UPREIT).   As a  result,  there  is no 

necessary  correlation  between  the  value  of  each 

operating partnership’s assets and the value of the REIT 

shares,  which  adversely  affects  the  liquidity  of  the 

operating  partnership’s  interests.    However,  as  a 

practical matter,  almost  all DownREIT  agreements  tie 

the  redemption  to  a  1:1  ratio.    Such  a  structure  raises 

additional  issues  regarding  the  tax  free  nature  of  a 

contribution  by  a  property  seller  to  a  DownREIT 

operating partnership. 

What is a paired‐share REIT or stapled REIT? 

A paired‐share REIT, or stapled REIT,  is a  structure  in 

which  a  REIT  owns  real  properties  and  an  affiliate 

operates  these real properties.   Although  the REIT will 

receive  pass‐through  tax  benefits,  the  affiliate will  be 

taxed separately as a C corporation.   The shares of  the 

REIT and its affiliate are combined and traded as a unit 

in  equal  allotments  under  one  ticker  symbol.    This 

structure  successfully  resolved  the  problem  of  lack  of 

control  over  real  properties  owned  by  a  REIT.  

However, in the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984, Congress 

added  Section  269B(a)(3)  to  the Code, which  provides 

7

that all income of a stapled REIT, including its affiliate’s 

income, is included in the REIT’s income for purpose of 

determining  its qualification as a REIT,  if more than 50 

percent of the ownership if the REIT and the affiliate are 

traded as a unit.   A  stapled REIT  can  still qualify as a 

REIT under the Code after 1984 if the income generated 

by its subsidiary does not exceed 5% of its gross income, 

including  its  operating  subsidiary’s  income,  and  it 

meets  other  conditions  under  the  Code.    In  addition, 

there  is a “grandfather” clause  in the Deficit Reduction 

Act, which  allowed  existing  stapled  REITs  to  unwind 

without  time  limit.    In November  2013,  a  semi‐paired 

share REIT completed its IPO based on the idea that less 

than 50 percent of the interests of the REIT were traded 

as a unit with its affiliate corporation.   

What is a paper‐clip REIT? 

Paper‐clip REITs were developed  to  address  the  issue 

presented  in Section 269B(a)(3) of  the Code.   A paper‐

clip  REIT  does  not  own  an  operating  subsidiary.  

Rather,  the REIT has an  intercompany agreement with 

an  operating  company,  which  allows  each  entity  to 

participate  in  certain  transactions  and  investments  of 

the other  entity.   For  example,  the operating  company 

has  the  right  of  first  refusal  to manage  all  future  real 

properties  acquired by  the REIT  and  the REIT has  the 

right of first refusal to acquire real properties presented 

by  the  operating  company.    In  addition,  the  two 

companies  may  have  the  same  senior  managers  and 

board  directors.    Although  the  shares  of  the  two 

companies are not paired or traded as a unit,  investors 

may  purchase  the  shares  of  the  two  companies  and 

“paper‐clip” them to capture the symbiotic relationship 

between the two companies. 

 

What is a finite life REIT? 

A  finite  life  REIT  is  one  formed  for  a  specific  time 

period, usually based on  the nature of  its assets.    In a 

finite life entity, the proceeds from the sale, financing or 

refinancing  of  assets  or  cash  from  operations,  rather 

than being  reinvested  in new assets, are distributed  to 

the partners or shareholders of the entity.  At the end of 

the time period, the entity is dissolved and the partners 

or shareholders receive final distributions in accordance 

with the terms of the organizational documents. 

What is a blind pool REIT? 

A blind pool REIT is a REIT that does not tell investors 

what  specific  real  properties  will  be  acquired  when 

raising capital  from  the public;  rather, after capital has 

been  raised,  the  sponsor  or  the  general  partner  will 

determine what properties  the REIT will acquire based 

on a predetermined investment strategy.  Therefore, the 

reputation  and  past  experience  of  the  sponsor  or  the 

general partner is critical when establishing a blind pool 

REIT  because  an  investor  will  make  investment 

decisions  based  on  that  information.    Accordingly,  a 

blind  pool  REIT  may  be  required  to  disclose  prior 

performance  of  similar  investments  by  the  sponsor  or 

the general partner to obtain investors’ trust.  Most non‐

traded REITs start out as blind pools.    In August 2012, 

FINRA  alerted  investors  of  the higher  risks  associated 

with  non‐traded REITs,  particularly  blind  pool REITs, 

because no property has been  specified.5   A REIT may 

specify  at  least  a  portion  of  the  real  properties  to  be 

acquired to reduce that risk. 

 

5  Available at  http://www.finra.org/investors/protectyourself/investoralerts/r eits/p124232.  

8

Operating a REIT 

What is the difference between internally and externally 

managed REITs? 

In  a REIT with  an  internal management  structure,  the 

REIT’s  own  officers  and  employees  manage  the 

portfolio  of  assets.    A  REIT  with  an  external 

management  structure  usually  resembles  a  private 

equity  style  arrangement,  in  which  the  external 

manager  receives  a  flat  fee  and  an  incentive  fee  for 

managing the REIT’s portfolio of assets.  

   There  is  continuing  debate  over which management 

method is preferential.  The controversy has centered on 

which method of management produces higher returns 

for investors, with some arguing that conflicts of interest 

underpinning  compensation  arrangements  for  external 

managers  create  incentives  not  necessarily  in  the  best 

interest of the shareholders.  Many new mortgage REITs 

are externally managed. 

What  fees  does  a manager  of  an  externally managed 

REIT receive? 

An external manager will typically receive a flat fee and 

an  incentive fee.   Generally, the flat fee  is based on the 

asset  value  under  management,  which  gives  the 

manager  incentive  to  purchase  assets,  while  the 

incentive fee is based on the returns based upon income, 

total shareholder return or from the sale of assets.  

What types of assets do REITs own and manage? 

Broadly speaking, REITs generally own real property or 

interests  in  real  property  and  loans  secured  by  real 

property or interests in real property.   

What are  the  limitations on  the  types of assets REITs 

may own and manage? 

Entities must satisfy various  income and assets  tests  in 

order  to qualify  for  treatment as a REIT  (see “What  are 

the  income  and  assets  tests  for  REITs?”).    These  tests 

effectively  limit  the  types of assets  that REITs can own 

and manage to real estate or real estate related assets.   

What  kinds  of  services  or  activities  are  REITs 

prohibited from offering or conducting? 

The  Code  distinguishes  between  the  ordinary  course 

activities  of  owning  real  property  or  mortgages  and 

more  active management  functions.    A  partial  list  of 

prohibited services includes: 

 For real estate‐owning REITs 

 Hotel operations 

 Health club operations 

 Landscaping services 

 For mortgage REITs 

 Servicing  of  third‐party  mortgage 

loans  (this may be done by a  taxable 

REIT subsidiary (“TRS”)) 

 Loan modifications 

 Dealing with foreclosures 

 Creating and holding mortgage  loans 

for sale 

 Securitization 

   In  order  to  benefit  from  the  REIT  provisions  of  the 

Code, an entity must comply with the requirements set 

forth  in  “What  are  the  required  elements  for  forming  a 

REIT?”  above.   Moreover,  a REIT will  be  subject  to  a 

100%  tax on any net  income derived  from “prohibited 

transactions.”  A prohibited transaction is a sale or other 

disposition  of  dealer  property  that  is  not  foreclosure 

9

property.    See  “What  are  the  tax  advantages  of  being  a 

REIT?” 

How  does  a  REIT  engage  in  otherwise  prohibited 

activities? 

Up  to  25%  of  the  total  value  of  a  REIT’s  assets  can 

currently be invested in one or more TRS.  The Omnibus 

Appropriations Act  reduces  this  cap  from  25%  to  20% 

beginning  on  January  1,  2018.   A  TRS  is  permitted  to 

engage  in  activities  that  the  REIT  cannot  engage  in 

directly,  but  the TRS  is  taxable  as  a  regular  non‐REIT 

corporation.    For  example,  a  mortgage  REIT  may 

originate residential mortgage  loans and then sell them 

at  cost  to  a  TRS.    The  TRS would  then  securitize  the 

loans.  In this way, profit from the service of securitizing 

the  loans  is  not  earned  at  the  REIT  level  and  no 

prohibited transaction tax is triggered.  Use of a TRS can 

enable  the  REIT  to  engage  in  otherwise  prohibited 

activities without endangering its REIT status, but at the 

price of the TRS paying corporate tax on the net income 

from those activities.   

   In  addition,  the REIT  Investment Diversification  and 

Empowerment Act of 2007 (“RIDEA”), allows a REIT to 

engage  in  a  higher  level  of  entrepreneurial  activities 

through a TRS.  For example, a TRS cannot directly run 

hotel  and  healthcare  facilities  and  cannot  lease  such 

facilities  unless  the  facility  is managed  by  an  eligible 

independent contractor  (an entity  that actively engages 

in the business of managing such facilities).   Generally, 

a  REIT will  own  a  healthcare  or  hotel  facility  that  is 

leased  to  its  TRS,  which  then  hires  an  eligible 

independent  contractor  to manage  the  facility.    Rents 

received from a corporation in which a REIT owns 10% 

or  more  of  the  total  voting  power  or  total  value  of 

shares are excluded as “rent  from property” under  the 

Income Tests  (“related party  rent  rule”).   Hotel REITs 

were  exempt  from  the  related  party  rent  rule  if  they 

used an eligible  independent  contractor  to manage  the 

facility.    Under  the  RIDEA  amendments,  healthcare 

REITs are similarly exempt.  See “What are the limitations 

on a TRS?” below. 

What are the income and assets tests for REITs?  

Income  Tests.   A REIT  is  subject  to  two  income  tests.  

The  first  requires  that  at  least  75%  of  a  REIT’s  gross 

income for the taxable year must be derived from:  

 rents from real property; 

 interest  on  obligations  secured  by mortgages 

on  real  property  or  on  interests  in  real 

property;  

 gain  from  the  sale or other disposition of  real 

property  (including  interests  in  real  property 

and  interests  in mortgages  on  real  property) 

that is not “dealer property”;  

 dividends  or  other distributions  on,  and  gain 

(other  than gain  from prohibited  transactions) 

from the sale or other disposition of, shares  in 

other REITs;  

 abatements  and  refunds  of  taxes  on  real 

property;  

 income  and  gain  derived  from  foreclosure 

property;  

 commitment fees;  

 gain from the sale or other disposition of a real 

estate asset that is not a prohibited transaction; 

and  

 qualified temporary investment income.   

   In addition, at least 95% of the REIT’s gross income for 

the taxable year must be derived from:  

10

 items that meet the 75% income test;  

 other dividends;  

 other interest; and  

 gain from the sale or other disposition of stock 

or securities that are not dealer property.   

   “Dealer  property”  commonly  refers  to  property 

described  in Code Section 1221(a)(1), or “stock  in trade 

of the taxpayer or other property of a kind which would 

properly be included in the inventory of the taxpayer if 

on hand at the close of the taxable year, or property held 

by  the  taxpayer primarily  for  sale  to  customers  in  the 

ordinary course of his trade or business.” 

Assets Tests.   The REIT must also satisfy certain assets 

tests.   

 at  least  75%  of  the  value  of  the  REIT’s  total 

assets must be represented by real estate assets, 

cash  and  cash  items  (including  receivables), 

and Government securities; 

 not more  than 25% of  the value of  the REIT’s 

total  assets  may  be  represented  by  non‐

Government  securities  that  are  not  otherwise 

treated  as  real  estate  assets  (including 

securities of any TRS); 

 not more  than 25% of  the value of  the REIT’s 

total assets may be represented by securities of 

one or more TRS (reduced to 20% beginning in 

2018 and going forward); and 

 as  applied  to  any  non‐Government  securities 

owned  by  the  REIT  that  are  not  otherwise 

treated as real estate assets,  

 not more  than 5% of  the value of  the 

REIT’s total assets may be represented 

by securities of any one issuer, and  

 the  REIT  may  not  hold  securities 

possessing more than 10% of the total 

voting  power,  or  having  a  value  of 

more  than  10%  of  the  total  value  of, 

the outstanding  securities of any one 

issuer.   

   Each of the assets tests described above are measured 

at the close of each calendar quarter.   

How does a REIT maintain compliance with REIT tax 

requirements? 

The types of assets that a REIT can hold and the types of 

income  it  can  earn  are  limited  by  the  REIT  rules.  

Therefore,  a REIT must  establish procedures,  typically 

in coordination with  its outside auditors,  tax preparers 

and  legal  counsel,  to  ensure  that  it  is  investing  in  the 

correct types and proportions of assets and earning the 

right types and amounts of income. 

What are a REIT’s distribution requirements? 

A REIT must  satisfy  the distribution and earnings and 

profits requirements set  forth  in Code Section 857(a)  in 

order  to qualify  for a dividends paid deduction under 

Code Section 562.   This means  that,  in general, a REIT 

must distribute most of its income during the course of 

the year to maintain its favored status as a REIT.   

   Specifically,  a  REIT’s  deduction  for  dividends  paid 

during the taxable year must equal or exceed:  

 the sum of  

 90% of  the REIT’s  taxable  income  for 

the  taxable year  (determined without 

regard to the deduction for dividends 

paid and by excluding any net capital 

gain); and  

11

 90%  of  the  excess  of  the  net  income 

from foreclosure property over the tax 

imposed  on  such  income  by  Code 

Section 857(b)(4)(A),  

 minus any excess non‐cash income.   

   Assuming  that  a  REIT  meets  the  distribution 

requirements necessary to maintain its REIT status, it is 

generally  subject nevertheless  to  an  entity‐level  tax  (at 

corporate progressive rates) on its undistributed taxable 

income for a tax year.  Note that a REIT is not required 

to  distribute  its  capital  gains  in  order  to maintain  its 

REIT  status.    However,  most  REITs  typically  make 

distributions  at  least  equal  to  their  taxable  income 

(including  capital  gains)  so  as  not  to  incur  tax  at  the 

REIT level.  

Can a REIT issue “preferential dividends”? 

“Preferential  dividends”  does  not  refer  to  dividends 

paid on preferred stock.  “Preferential dividends” refers 

to certain  types of distributions  that give preference  to 

any share of stock as compared to any other stock in its 

class  in  contrast  to  distributions  that  are  made  on  a 

strictly pro rata basis, subject  to certain  limitations and 

detailed  exemptions.    The  preferential  dividend  rule 

would prevent an issuer from claiming a dividends paid 

deduction with respect to the distribution.  A REIT uses 

the  dividends  paid  deduction  to  reduce  its  taxable 

income (usually to zero).  The Omnibus Appropriations 

Act  exempts  publicly  offered  REITs  from  the 

preferential dividend rule. 

What is FFO? 

Funds from Operations, or FFO, is a financial term used 

to measure a REIT’s operating performance.  FFO equals 

the  sum  of  (a)  earnings  plus  (b)  depreciation  expense 

plus  (c)  amortization  expenses.    REIT  professionals 

believe that FFO provides a more accurate picture of the 

REIT’s  cash performance  than  earnings, which  include 

non‐cash  items.    FFO  is  not  the  same  as  Cash  from 

Operations, which includes interest expenses.  

   FFO was  originally defined  by NAREIT  in  its White 

Paper  in  1991  and  subsequently  revised  from  time  to 

time.   Most REITs disclose a modified or adjusted FFO, 

although  the  SEC  requires  them  to  show  the  standard 

NAREIT definition as well.  See:  

https://www.reit.com/sites/default/files/media/Portals/0

/Files/Nareit/htdocs/policy/accounting/2002_FFO_White

_Paper.pdf.   

Is  FFO  a  “non‐GAAP  measure”  under  the  federal 

securities laws?  

Yes.    Regulation  G  and  Item  10(e)  of  Regulation  S‐K 

permit  a  public  REIT  to  disclose  FFO  as  defined  by 

NAREIT  as  a  non‐GAAP  financial  measure.    The 

disclosure  of  FFO  must  be  quantitatively  reconciled 

with  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  financial 

measures  used  by  the  REIT.    The  Compliance  and 

Disclosure  Interpretations  of  the  Securities  and 

Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”)  for  disclosure  of 

non‐GAAP measures  clarify  that  a  REIT may  use  an 

adjusted FFO  calculation  and may  even disclose  a per 

share  FFO  measure  provided  that  it  is  used  as  a 

performance and not a  liquidity measure.   However,  if 

adjusted  FFO  is  intended  to be  a  liquidity measure,  it 

may not exclude  charges or  liabilities  that  required, or 

will require, cash settlement.  See:  

http://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/guidance/nongaa

pinterp.htm  

12

What  other  financial  metrics  do  REITs  commonly 

disclose? 

Other  metrics  commonly  used  to  measure  the 

performance  of  a  REIT  are  net  asset  value,  adjusted 

funds from operations and net operating income. 

How does a REIT finance its activities? 

A  REIT  typically  requires  significant  and  continuing 

capital  to  buy  additional  assets  and  to  fund 

distributions.   A  REIT  generally  finances  its  activities 

through  equity  offerings  of  preferred  and/or  common 

stock  and  debt  offerings,  including  subordinated  and 

senior  debt,  as well  as  through  financing  agreements 

(credit agreements, term loans, revolving lines of credit, 

warehouse  lines  of  credit,  etc.) with  banks  and  other 

lenders.    Mortgage  REITs  may  also  securitize  their 

assets.   An equity REIT may also incur ordinary course 

mortgage debt on its real property assets.   

 

Publically Traded REITs 

How can REITs go public? 

REITs  become  public  companies  in  the  same  way  as 

non‐REITs,  although  REITs  have  additional  disclosure 

obligations and may need to comply with specific rules 

with  respect  to  roll‐ups,  which  are  discussed  below.  

REITs  may  also  take  advantage  of  the  more  lenient 

requirements  available  to  “emerging  growth 

companies”  included  in  the  Jumpstart  our  Business 

Startups (JOBS) Act of 2012.6  For more information, see 

our  “Frequently Asked Questions  about  Initial  Public 

Offerings.”  

6  http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/BILLS‐ 112hr3606enr/pdf/BILLS‐112hr3606enr.pdf. 

Are  there  special  disclosure  requirements  for  publicly 

traded REITs? 

Yes.    In  addition  to  the  statutes  and  regulations 

applicable  to all public companies, REITs must comply 

with the disclosure requirements of Form S‐11 and SEC 

Industry  Guide  5  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as 

amended  (the  “Securities  Act”),  and  under  certain 

circumstances, Section 14(h) of  the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).   

What is Form S‐11 and SEC Industry Guide 5? 

SEC rules set  forth specific disclosures  to be made  in a 

prospectus  for a public offering of securities as well as 

for ongoing disclosures once  the  issuer  is public.   The 

general  form  for  an  initial  public  offering  by  a  U.S. 

domestic  entity  is  Form  S‐1.    Real  estate  companies, 

such  as  REITs,  are  instead  required  to  use  Form  S‐11 

and  to  include  information responsive  to SEC  Industry 

Guide 5.    In addition  to  the  same kinds of disclosures 

required by Form S‐1, Form S‐11 sets forth the following  additional disclosure requirements:  

 Investment  policies  with  respect  to 

investments in real estate, mortgages and other 

interests  in  real  estate  in  light  of  the  issuer’s 

prior experience in real estate; 

 Location, general character and other material 

information  regarding  all  material  real 

properties held or  intended  to be acquired by 

or  leased  to  the  issuer  or  its  subsidiaries;  for 

this  purpose,  “material” means  any  property 

whose book value  is 10% or more of  the  total 

assets  of  the  consolidated  issuer  or  the  gross 

revenues  from  which  is  at  least  10%  of 

aggregate  gross  revenues  of  the  consolidated 

issuer for the last fiscal year; 

13

 Operating  data  of  each  improved  property, 

such as the occupancy rate, number of tenants, 

and principal provisions of the leases; and 

 Arrangements with respect to the management 

of  its  real estate and  the purchase and  sale of 

mortgages for the issuer. 

   SEC  Industry  Guide  5  sets  forth  the  following 

additional requirements: 

 Risks  relating  to  (i)  management’s  lack  of 

experience  or  lack  of  success  in  real  estate 

investments,  (ii)  uncertainty  if  a  material 

portion  of  the  offering  proceeds  is  not 

committed to specified properties, and (iii) real 

estate limited partnership offerings in general; 

 General partner’s or sponsor’s prior experience 

in real estate; and 

 Risks associated with specified properties, such 

as  competitive  factors,  environmental 

regulation,  rent  control  regulation,  fuel  or 

energy requirements and regulations.  

   Depending  on  the  nature  of  the  specific  REIT—

UPREIT,  DownREIT,  equity,  mortgage,  externally 

managed,  internally  managed,  or  internally 

administered  blind  pool,  etc.  —  there  are  additional 

necessary  disclosures.    In  July  2013,  the  SEC  issued 

guidance  regarding  disclosure  by  non‐traded  REITs, 

particularly  the  applicability  of  certain  provisions  of 

Guide  5, which may  also be  instructive  for REITs  that 

are intended to be traded.7  

7  CF  Disclosure  Guidance:  Topic  No.  6,  “Staff  Observations  Regarding Disclosures of Non‐Traded Real Estate  Investment  Trusts,” (July 16, 2013), available at   http://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/guidance/cfguidance‐ topic6.htm.  See also the FINRA Investor Alert, supra note 3.

What is a limited partnership roll‐up transaction?  

In the late 1980s, the management of a number of finite 

life  entities,  whether  public  or  private,  decided  to 

convert  their entities  into, or  to  cause  interests  in  such 

entities to be exchanged for securities of, publicly traded 

perpetual  life  REITs.    Typically,  these  transactions 

involved  a  number  of  these  entities  being  “rolled up” 

into one publicly traded REIT.   The SEC saw a number 

of  conflicts  and  abuses  arising  from  this  process.    In 

response, the SEC issued rules on “roll‐up transactions,” 

Congress  enacted  Section  14(h)  and  related  provisions 

of the Exchange Act  in 1993 and the Financial Industry 

Regulatory Authority  (“FINRA,”  then  the NASD)  also 

issued  rules  governing  the  responsibilities  of  broker‐

dealers  in  roll‐up  transactions.    Section  14(h)(4)  of  the 

Exchange  Act  defines  a  limited  partnership  roll‐up 

transaction  as  a  transaction  involving  the  combination 

or  reorganization of one or more  limited partnerships, 

directly  or  indirectly,  in  which,  among  other  things, 

investors in any of the limited partnerships involved in 

the  transaction  are  subject  to  a  significant  adverse 

change  with  respect  to  voting  rights,  the  term  of 

existence  of  the  entity, management  compensation,  or 

investment objectives; and any of such investors are not 

provided an option to receive or retain a security under 

substantially  the  same  terms  and  conditions  as  the 

original  issue.    Section  14(h)(5)  of  the  Exchange  Act 

provides that the following transactions are not “limited 

partnership roll‐up transactions”:  

 the  transaction  only  involves  a  limited 

partnership  that  retains  cash  available  for 

distribution  and  reinvestment  in  accordance 

with the SEC requirements; 

 in such transaction, the  interests of the  limited 

partners  are  redeemed  in  accordance  with  a 

14

preexisting  agreement  for  securities  in  a 

company  identified  at  the  time  of  the 

formation of the original limited partnership; 

 the securities to be  issued or exchanged  in the 

transaction are not  required  to be and are not 

registered under the Securities Act; 

 the issuers are not required to register or report 

under  the  Exchange  Act  before  or  after  the 

transaction; 

 unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  Exchange 

Act,  the  transaction  is  approved  by  not  less 

than  two  thirds  of  the  outstanding  shares  of 

each  of  the  participating  limited  partnerships 

and  the  existing  general  partners will  receive 

only compensation set  forth  in  the preexisting 

limited partnership agreements; and 

 unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  Exchange 

Act, the securities were reported and regularly 

traded  not  less  than  12  months  before  the 

securities offered to investors and the securities 

issued  to  investors  do  not  exceed  20%  of  the 

total  outstanding  securities  of  the  limited 

partnership. 

   See also Item 901 of Regulation S‐K.   

   If  the  transaction  is a  limited partnership  roll‐up not 

entitled  to an exemption  from  registration,  in  addition 

to  the  requirements  of  Form  S‐11  and  SEC  Industry 

Guide 5 (see “What  is Form S‐11 and SEC Industry Guide 

5?” above), Section 14(h) of the Exchange Act and Items 

902  through  915  of  Regulation  S‐K  will  require 

significant  additional disclosure on  an overall  and per 

partnership  basis,  addressing  changes  in  the  business 

plan,  voting  rights,  form  of  ownership  interest,  the 

compensation  of  the  general  partner  or  another  entity 

from  the  original  limited  partnership,  additional  risk 

factors,  conflicts of  interest of  the general partner, and 

statements  as  to  the  fairness  of  the  proposed  roll‐up 

transaction to the investors, including whether there are 

fairness  opinions,  explanations  of  the  allocation  of  the 

roll‐up consideration (on a general and per partnership 

basis),  federal  income  tax consequences and pro  forma 

financial information. 

Are there any specific FINRA rules that affect REITs? 

FINRA rules regulate the activities of registered broker‐

dealers.   As with  any  offering  of  securities  of  a  non‐

REIT,  a  public  offering  by  a  REIT  involving  FINRA 

members must  comply with FINRA Rule 5110, known 

as  the “Corporate Financing Rule.”    In addition, while 

under FINRA Rule 2310 a REIT  is not deemed a direct 

participation program,8 certain provisions of Rule 2310 

do apply to REIT offerings.  

   Rule 2310 prohibits members and persons associated 

with members from participating in a public offering of 

a  REIT  transaction  or  a  limited  partnership  roll‐up 

transaction,  unless  the  specific  disclosure  and 

organization  and  offering  expense  limitations  of  Rule 

2310  are  satisfied.    Rule  2310  requires  firms,  prior  to 

participating  in  a  public  offering  of  a  real  estate 

investment  program,  to  have  reasonable  grounds  to 

believe  that  all  material  facts  are  adequately  and 

accurately disclosed and provide a basis  for evaluating 

the  offering.    The  rule  enumerates  specific  areas  of 

disclosure  including  compensation, descriptions  of  the 

physical properties, appraisal reports, tax consequences, 

financial stability and experience of the general partner 

8  Under  FINRA  Rule  2310(a)(4),  a  “direct  participation  program”  is  a  program which  provides  for  flow‐through  tax  consequences  regardless of  the structure of  the  legal entity or  vehicle for distribution or industry.  

15

and management, conflicts of  interest, and risk  factors.  

A  member  may  not  execute  a  purchase  agreement 

unless  the  prospective  participant  is  informed  about 

liquidity  and  marketability  during  the  term  of  the 

investment,  including  information  about  the  sponsor’s 

prior  programs  or  REITs.   Under  Rule  2310,  the  total 

amount of underwriting compensation  (as defined and 

determined  under  FINRA  rules)  shall  not  exceed  10% 

and  the  total  organization  and  offering  expenses, 

including all  expenses  in  connection with  the offering, 

shall  not  exceed  15%  of  the  gross  proceeds  of  the 

offering,  and  there  are  additional  limitations  on  non‐

cash  compensation.    Rule  2310  also  imposes  annual 

statements  by  the  issuer  of  the  estimated  value  of  the 

securities issued.   

   As with the SEC and exchange rules, FINRA Rule 2310 

also contains detailed rules on compliance in connection 

with limited partnership roll‐up transactions. 

What are the stock exchange rules applicable to REITs? 

REITs seeking to be listed on an exchange are generally 

subject to the same rules as non‐REITs.  However, for a 

REIT that does not have a three‐year operating history, 

the NYSE will generally authorize listing if the REIT has 

at least $60 million in stockholders’ equity, including the 

funds raised in any IPO related to the listing. 

   In  addition,  NASDAQ  Rule  5210(h)  provides  that 

securities  issued  in  a  limited  partnership  roll‐up 

transaction  are  not  eligible  for  listing  unless,  among 

other conditions, the roll‐up transaction was conducted 

in accordance with procedures designed  to protect  the 

rights of  limited partners as provided  in Section 6(b)(9) 

of the Exchange Act (which section was adopted at the 

same  time  as  Section  14(h)  and  requires  exchanges  to 

prohibit listing securities issued in a roll‐up transaction 

if the procedures are not satisfied), a broker‐dealer that 

is  a  member  of  FINRA  participates  in  the  roll‐up 

transaction,  and  NASDAQ  receives  an  opinion  of 

counsel  stating  that  the  participation  of  that  broker‐

dealer was conducted in compliance with FINRA rules.  

NYSE Manual  Section  105  contains  similar  provisions 

regarding  the  listing  of  securities  issued  in  a  limited 

partnership roll‐up transaction. 

Are  there  Investment  Company  Act  considerations  in 

structuring and operating a REIT? 

In  addition  to  a  REIT’s  special  federal  income  tax 

treatment, a REIT has other regulatory advantages.  For 

example,  under  Section  3(c)(7)  of  the  Investment 

Company  Act  of  1940,  as  amended  (the  “Investment 

Company Act”),  a REIT  can  qualify  for  an  exemption 

from being regulated as an “investment company” if its 

outstanding securities are owned exclusively (subject to 

very limited exceptions) by persons who, at the time of 

acquisition  of  such  securities,  are  “qualified 

purchasers”9  and  the  issuer  is  neither  making  nor 

9  Section  2(a)(51)  defines  “qualified  purchaser  as:    “(i)  any  natural  person  (including  any  person  who  holds  a  joint,  community  property,  or  other  similar  shared  ownership  interest  in  an  issuer  that  is  excepted  under  section  3(c)(7)  15  USCS  §  80a‐3(c)(7)  with  that  personʹs  qualified  purchaser  spouse) who owns not  less  than $5,000,000  in  investments, as  defined  by  the Commission;  (ii)  any  company  that  owns  not  less  than $5,000,000  in  investments and  that  is owned directly  or  indirectly  by  or  for  2  or  more  natural  persons  who  are  related  as  siblings  or  spouse  (including  former  spouses),  or  direct lineal descendants by birth or adoption, spouses of such  persons, the estates of such persons, or foundations, charitable  organizations, or trusts established by or for the benefit of such  persons; (iii) any trust that is not covered by clause (ii) and that  was  not  formed  for  the  specific  purpose  of  acquiring  the  securities  offered,  as  to  which  the  trustee  or  other  person  authorized  to make  decisions with  respect  to  the  trust,  and  each settlor or other person who has contributed assets  to  the  trust,  is a person described  in clause (i), (ii), or (iv); or (v) any  person,  acting  for  its  own  account  or  the  accounts  of  other  qualified purchasers, who  in  the  aggregate owns  and  invests  on  a  discretionary  basis,  not  less  than  $25,000,000  in  investments.” 

16

proposing  to make a public offering  (as defined under 

the Investment Company Act).  

   In  addition,  a  REIT  can  qualify  for  an  exemption 

under  Section  3(c)(5)(C)  of  the  Investment  Company 

Act, which is available for entities primarily engaged in 

the  business  of  purchasing  or  otherwise  acquiring 

mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.  

The  exemption generally  applies  if  at  least  55% of  the 

REIT’s assets are comprised of qualifying assets and at 

least 80% of its assets are comprised of qualifying assets 

and  real  estate‐related  assets.    For  these  purposes, 

qualifying assets generally  include mortgage  loans and 

other  assets  that  are  the  functional  equivalent  of 

mortgage  loans, as well as other  interests in real estate.  

In  2011,  the  SEC  published  a  Concept  Release10    that 

solicited  public  comment  on  how  the  Investment 

Company Act  should  apply  to mortgage‐related pools 

and  calls  for  tighter  restriction  on  REITs.    The  SEC 

commented  that  many  mortgage‐related  pools  are 

managed in a manner that is similar to the way in which 

investment  companies  are  managed,  and  that  these 

pools are perceived as  investment vehicles, rather  than 

as  companies  engaged  in  the  mortgage  banking 

business,  which  Section  3(c)(5)(C)  was  originally 

intended  to  cover.    The  SEC  asked whether  it  should 

develop  a  test  to  differentiate  companies  that  are 

primarily engaged  in real estate and mortgage banking 

business  from  companies  that  look  like  traditional 

investment  companies.    It  is  seeking  this  information, 

presumably,  with  the  view  of  evaluating  whether  it 

should  narrow  the  scope  of  the  interpretations  of  the 

statutory exception. 

10 Available at http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept/2011/ic‐ 29778.pdf. 

   Rule  3a‐7  of  the  Investment  Company  Act  excludes 

from the definition of “investment company” any asset‐

backed  issuer  that  holds  specified  assets,  issues  fixed‐

income securities and meets the rule’s other conditions.  

In  a  2011  release,11  the  SEC proposed  to  eliminate  the 

requirement  that  fixed‐income  asset‐backed  securities 

be  rated  by  a  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating 

organization  or  credit  rating  agency.    The  SEC  asked 

whether an asset‐backed  issuer  that relies on Rule 3a‐7 

should  still  be  considered  an  investment  company  for 

other purposes, such as whether an investor in an asset‐

backed  issuer  is  itself  an  investment  company  that 

should  comply  with  the  Investment  Company  Act’s 

requirements.   The SEC has not published any updates 

on its proposals and questions. 

   If a REIT does not meet  the  exemption  requirements 

provided  in Section 3(c)(5)(C) or Section 3(c)(7), unless 

the REIT qualifies for another exemption under Section 

3(b) or other provisions of Section 3(c) of the Investment 

Company Act, the REIT will be viewed as an investment 

company  and  required  to  comply with  the  operating 

restrictions  of  the  Investment  Company  Act.    These 

restrictions  are  generally  inconsistent  with  the 

operations of a typical mortgage REIT.  Therefore, most 

mortgage REITs monitor their Investment Company Act 

compliance with the same  level of diligence they apply 

to  monitoring  REIT  tax  compliance,  as  violation  of 

either set of rules can lead to adverse consequences.  

What is a non‐traded REIT? 

“Non‐traded  REITs”  are  REITs  that  have  offered 

securities  to  the  public  pursuant  to  the  Securities Act 

and  are  subject  to  the  ongoing  disclosure  and  other 

11 Available at http://www.sec.gov/rules/concept/2011/ic‐ 29779.pdf.  

17

obligations of the Exchange Act but are not listed on an 

exchange.  Shares of non‐traded REITs are sold directly 

and their prices are set by the REIT sponsor or may be 

based on net asset value as determined by independent 

valuation firms.     

What  are  the  differences  between  exchange‐traded 

REITs and non‐traded REITs?  What are the additional 

risks related to non‐traded REITs? 

Exchange‐traded REITs and non‐traded REITs are both 

publicly  registered  REITs  but  shares  of  non‐traded 

REITs  are  not  listed  and  do  not  trade  on  a  national 

securities  exchange.    Shares  of  non‐traded  REITs 

typically  have  limited  secondary  markets  and  are 

generally significantly  less  liquid  than exchange‐traded 

REITs.  

   Because  there  is a  limited market  in  the  securities of 

non‐traded  REITs,  for  many  years  it  was  industry 

standard to set the initial offering price at $10 per share 

and  to  maintain  that,  sometimes  for  many  years, 

irrespective of  the operating performance of  the  issuer.  

Non‐traded REITs may have limited annual redemption 

programs to provide some liquidity to investors.   

   In  recent  periods,  non‐traded  REITs  have  been 

scrutinized  by  the  SEC,  FINRA  and  others  because  of 

allegedly high upfront and  continuing  fees paid  to  the 

sponsor  and  its  affiliates,  the  fact  that  the  share  price 

(which is based on the net asset value calculated by the 

REIT  sponsor)  generally  does  not  change  even  with 

changes  in  the  issuer’s  operating  results  and  related 

matters,  including  calculation  of  dividend  yields  and 

appreciation.   

   In  a  notice  to  members  in  early  2009,12  FINRA 

reminded members  that  customer  account  statements 

are required to include an estimated value for the REIT 

interests shown on the statements and that members are 

prohibited from using a per share estimated value based 

on data  that  is of a date more  than 18 months prior  to 

the  customer  account  statement’s  date.    During  the 

offering period, it is permitted to use the value at which 

the shares are being offered to the public.  However, 18 

months  after  the  conclusion of  the offering,  that value 

would be aged data and should not be the basis for the 

valuation provided on a customer’s account statement.  

This notice resulted in non‐traded REITs updating their 

net  asset  values  every  18  months  after  their  initial 

offering or even more  frequently.   The 2009 notice also 

reminded members that under Rule 2310 they should be 

inquiring into the amount or composition of the REIT’s 

dividend  distributions,  including  determining  the 

amount of  the distributions  that  represents a  return of 

investors’ capital and whether that amount is changing, 

whether  there  are  impairments  to  the REIT’s  assets or 

other material events that would affect the distributions, 

and  whether  disclosure  regarding  dividend 

distributions needs to be updated to reflect these events.  

The  reminder  about  dividends  should  also  result  in 

greater transparency about dividends and their sources, 

which  can  include  offering  proceeds  and  bank 

borrowings. 

12  Available at   http://www.finra.org/web/groups/industry/@ip/@reg/@notice/d ocuments/notices/p117795.pdf  

18

   In October  2011,  FINRA  issued  an  investor  alert13  to 

warn  investors  of  certain  risks  of  publicly  registered 

non‐traded REITs, including those listed below: 

 Distributions  are  not  guaranteed  and  may 

exceed operating cash flow.  Deciding whether 

to  pay  distributions  and  the  amount  of  any 

distribution is within the discretion of a REIT’s 

Board  of  Directors  in  the  exercise  of  its 

fiduciary duties. 

 Distributions  and  REIT  status  carry  tax 

consequences. 

 Lack  of  a  public  trading  market  creates 

illiquidity and valuation complexities.  

 Early  redemption  is often  restrictive  and may 

be expensive.  

 Fees can add up.  

 Properties may not be specified.  

 Diversification can be limited.  

   In  August  2012,  FINRA  reissued  an  alert  to  inform 

investors of the features and risks of publicly registered 

non‐traded  REITs.14    FINRA  also  provides  investors 

with tips to deal with these risks.  On July 16, 2013, the 

SEC also issued guidance regarding disclosures by non‐

traded  REITs  on  distributions,  dilution,  redemptions, 

estimated  value  per  share  or  net  asset  value, 

supplemental  information,  compensation  to  sponsor, 

and prior performance, etc.15 

In  January  2014,  FINRA  proposed  to  amend  NASD 

Rule 2340  to  require  the  inclusion  in customer account 

13  Available at   http://www.finra.org/Investors/ProtectYourself/InvestorAlerts/ REITS/P124232.   14  Id.  15  Available at   http://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/guidance/cfguidance‐ topic6.htm. 

statements  of  a per  share  estimated  value  for unlisted 

REIT  securities,  which  was  approved  by  the  SEC  in 

October  2014;  however,  the  amendment  will  not  be 

effective until April 11, 2016.16 

Are  REITs  considered  “alternative  investment  funds” 

subject to the European Union’s Alternative Investment 

Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD)? 

Any REIT, whether traded or non‐traded, conducting a 

securities  offering  should  evaluate whether  it may  be 

considered  an  alternative  investment  fund,  or  AIF.  

Although  the AIFMD was  intended  to regulate private 

funds, like hedge funds, the AIFMD defines “alternative 

investment fund” quite broadly to  include any number 

of  collective  investment  vehicles  with  a  defined 

investment  strategy.    There  is  no  exemption  for  U.S. 

REITs or for SEC‐registered securities.   As a result, any 

REIT  that would  like  to offer  its securities  in European 

jurisdictions  should  assess  whether  it  is  an  AIF,  in 

which case it would be subject to certain disclosure and 

compliance  requirements,  or  an  “operating  company,” 

which is not an AIF. 

 

Mortgage REITs 

What is the history of mortgage REITs? 

In  the  1960s  and  1970s,  several  major  banks  formed 

construction loan REITs, the earliest mortgage REITs, by 

making  loans  to  developers  and  real  estate  owners.  

Many  of  these mortgage  REITs went  bankrupt  in  the 

16 Available at  http://www.finra.org/web/groups/industry/@ip/@reg/@rulfil/do cuments/rulefilings/p601293.pdf; the amended rule is available  at   http://finra.complinet.com/en/display/display.html?rbid=2403& record_id=16008&element_id=3647&highlight=2340#r16008..   

19

mid‐1970s  when  the  real  estate  market  went  into  a 

downturn.  

   The  next  wave  of  mortgage  REITs  began  with 

Strategic  Mortgage  Investment,  Inc.  (“SMI”)  in  1982.  

SMI’s  strategy  was  to  originate  non‐conforming 

mortgage  loans  and  sell  a  90%  senior  interest  in  loans 

originated by SMI while  retaining a 10%  subordinated 

interest.  The IRS granted a private letter ruling (“PLR”) 

allowing  non‐recognition  of  income  on  the  sale  of  the 

senior interest so long as the senior interest was sold for 

par.  SMI was followed by a number of other mortgage 

REITs,  all  aimed  at  the  same  niche:  non‐conforming 

mortgages.    Each  received  its  own  IRS  PLR.   The  IRS 

later  revoked  these  PLRs  after  it  reconsidered  the 

technical  basis  for  the  rulings.   Mortgage  REITs  then 

shifted  to borrowings  through Collateralized Mortgage 

Obligations  (“CMOs”).    CMOs  were  treated  as 

borrowings rather than sales for U.S. federal income tax 

purposes,  resulting  in  no  gain  and  no  prohibited 

transactions tax.  

   In  the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Congress  created  the 

Real  Estate Mortgage  Investment Conduit  (“REMIC”), 

which  is  a  pass‐through  vehicle  designed  to  facilitate 

mortgage loan securitization and was intended to be the 

sole  vehicle  for  securitizing  mortgages.    Congress 

decided to treat REMIC transactions as sales for federal 

income tax purposes.  However, Congress also provided 

a  path  for  REITs  to  securitize mortgages.    Instead  of 

using  a  REMIC,  a  REIT  may  issue  mortgage‐backed 

securities that are treated as debt for federal income tax 

purposes, an “old style” CMO.   The chief consequence, 

however,  is  that  residual  income  from  the CMO when 

paid to REIT shareholders is treated as “excess inclusion 

income,” which  cannot  be  offset  by  the  shareholders’ 

net operating losses.  

   In  the 1990s, mortgage REITs boomed.   Large REITs, 

such as American Home Mortgage,  Impac, and others, 

created  successful  businesses  originating  and 

securitizing  residential  and  commercial  mortgages, 

although a few REITs suffered in the mid‐1990s.  

   During  the  early  2000s,  many  mortgage  REITs 

expanded  into  subprime  lending.    The  financial  crisis 

beginning  in  2007  wiped  out  this  entire  segment  of 

mortgage REITs, but this segment has since rebounded 

somewhat.  

What  are  common  investment  strategies  for mortgage 

REITs? 

Mortgage  REITs  currently  generally  have  one  of  the 

following three investment strategies:  

 Arbitrage  –  these  REITs  acquire  government 

backed  mortgage  securities  and  other  high 

quality mortgage securities with leverage.  The 

mortgage securities are good REIT assets, and 

the REITs earn an arbitrage spread.  The assets 

can  be  residential mortgage‐backed  securities 

(“RMBS”),  and  in  some  cases,  commercial 

mortgage‐backed securities (“CMBS”). 

 Operating  ‐  these  REITs  originate  and/or 

acquire  residential  or  commercial  mortgage 

loans.    They  use  a  TRS  for  non‐qualifying 

activities, such as servicing.   These REITs may 

securitize the mortgages to enhance returns.   

 Distressed  –  These REITs  invest  in  distressed 

mortgages, which can be somewhat tricky for a 

REIT because of the foreclosure property rules 

(see  “What  are  the  tax  consequences  of  a  REIT 

entering  into  a  ‘prohibited  transaction’?”  above).  

In general, a REIT can foreclose on a mortgage 

and,  for a  temporary period,  can earn  income 

20

on  the  foreclosed  real  estate  which  can  pass 

through  to  shareholders.   The REIT, however, 

cannot  take  advantage  of  the  foreclosure 

property  rules  if  it has acquired  the mortgage 

with  intent  to  foreclose.    Accordingly,  these 

REITs will have to make decisions about which 

mortgages to purchase.  Alternatively, they can 

acquire  the  properties  in  a  TRS  to  avoid 

foreclosure property issues. 

What  other  regulatory  compliance  obligations  may 

mortgage REITs have? 

Mortgage REITs are subject to the lending requirements 

of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and general mortgage 

lending  laws and  regulations,  such as  the Dodd‐Frank 

Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act, 

Home  Ownership  and  Equity  Protection  Act  of  1994, 

Housing and Recovery Act 2008, Truth in Lending Act, 

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Housing Act, Real 

Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  Equal  Credit 

Opportunity Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act  and 

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.  

 

Private REITs 

How are private REITs established?  

A  REIT,  like  any  other  company,  may  issue  equity 

securities without  registration under  the Securities Act 

if there is an available exemption from registration, such 

as  Section  4(a)(2)  of  the  Securities  Act  (often  in 

accordance with Regulation D) or Regulation S or Rule 

144A under the Securities Act. 

Are  there  constraints  on  private  REITs  that  are  not 

relevant for public REITs? 

Yes.    Private REITs  are  subject  to  restrictions  on  how 

many  shareholders  they may  have  even  though  they 

must  have  at  least  100  holders.    For  example,  Section 

12(g)  of  the  Exchange  Act  requires  a  company  to 

register  under  the  Exchange Act  and  be  subject  to  its 

periodic reporting and other obligations if it has at least 

2,000  shareholders  of  record  or  500  shareholders who 

are  not  accredited  investors,  and  the  Investment 

Company  Act  requires  registration  of  investment 

companies that have more than 100 holders who are not 

qualified purchasers unless another exemption (such as 

under  Section  3(b)  or  Section  3(c)  of  the  Investment 

Company  Act)  is  available.    In  addition,  the  equity 

securities  of  private  REITs  are  not  traded  on  public 

stock exchanges, and generally have  less  liquidity  than 

those of public REITs.  

Can  a  private REIT  satisfy  the  ownership  and  holder 

requirements?   

Yes.    In  a  typical  private  REIT  structure,  one  or  a 

handful of shareholders may own all the common stock 

while a special class of preferred shares may be owned 

by  at  least  100  holders  in  order  to  satisfy  the 

requirement  of  having  at  least  100  shareholders.    A 

private  REIT  also must  satisfy  the  “not  closely  held” 

requirement,  but,  in  most  cases,  it  is  not  an  issue 

because the holders of shares in the private REIT will be 

corporations or partnerships with many investors.   The 

“not  closely  held  rule”  is  applied  by  looking  through 

those entities  to  their  investors.   Special considerations 

can apply when direct or  indirect shareholders are tax‐

exempt.  

21

How do private REITs comply with the ownership and 

holder requirements?  

If  there  are  no willing  “friends  and  family,”  there  are 

companies  that provide services  to help a private REIT 

fulfill the 100 shareholder requirement.   They may also 

provide  administrative  services  relating  to  the 

ownership  and  holder  requirements,  such  as 

maintaining  the  shareholder  base,  creating  and 

maintaining  all  shareholder  records  and keeping  track 

of the ownership changes.  

 

Tax Matters 

What  Internal  Revenue  Code  provisions  apply  to 

REITs? 

The basic rules governing REITs are set forth in Sections 

856 through 860 of the Code.  Sections 561 through 565, 

governing  the  deduction  for  dividends  paid,  are  also 

relevant  to REITs.   Other  sections of  the Code provide 

special rules applicable to foreign investors in REITs.   

What are the tax advantages of being a REIT? 

A REIT is generally taxed at normal income tax rates (as 

determined  by  corporate  progressive  rates)  on  its  real 

estate  investment  trust  taxable  income  (“REITTI”).  

REITTI  generally  means  taxable  income,  with  the 

following adjustments:  

 No dividends received deduction is allowed;  

 Dividends  paid  deduction  is  allowed  (except 

the  portion  attributable  to  net  income  from 

foreclosure property);  

 Code Section 443(b) does not apply;  

 Net  income  from  foreclosure  property  is 

excluded;  

 Certain taxes are allowed as deductions; and  

 Net  income  from  prohibited  transactions  is 

excluded. 

   An  alternative  tax  structure  under  Code  Section 

857(b)(3) applies to a REIT’s capital gains.  If a REIT has 

a  net  capital  gain  for  the  taxable  year,  and  if  the 

following method will  produce  a  lower  tax,  then  the 

REIT  tax  is  the  sum of  (1)  tax at corporate progressive 

rates  on  REITTI  excluding  net  capital  gain  and 

computing  the  dividends  paid  deduction  without 

regard  to  capital  gain  dividends,  and  (2)  tax  at  Code 

Section  1201(a)  rates  on  net  capital  gain  less  the 

dividends paid deduction with reference to capital gain 

dividends only.   

   In general, a capital gain dividend is one designated as 

such  by  the  REIT  in  a  written  notice  mailed  to  its 

shareholders  prior  to  30  days  after  the  close  of  its 

taxable  year  (or  mailed  to  its  shareholders  with  its 

annual  report  for  the  taxable  year).    If  the  aggregate 

amount  designated  as  capital  gain  dividends  with 

respect  to a  taxable year of  the REIT  (including capital 

gain dividends paid  after  the  close of  the  taxable year 

described in Code Section 858) is greater than the REIT’s 

net capital gain of  the  taxable year,  then  the portion of 

each distribution  that  is a capital gain dividend  is only 

that proportion of  the amount  so designated  that  such 

net  capital  gain  bears  to  the  aggregate  amount 

designated as capital gain dividends.   

   If a REIT chooses to retain its capital gain and pay tax 

on  those  gains,  then  the  shareholders  must  include 

specific information in their tax returns.17  The REIT will 

17  If the REIT chooses not to distribute its capital gains, and to  pay  entity  level  tax on  such gains,  then  every  shareholder  at  the close of the REIT’s taxable year must include, in computing  long‐term  capital  gains  for  the  shareholder’s  taxable  year  in  which the last day of the REIT’s taxable year falls, such amount 

22

be  taxed  on  the  gain  under Code  Section  857(b)(1)  or 

857(b)(3)(A), as applicable.  

   Code  Section  857(b)(4)  applies  a  tax on  income  from 

foreclosure property.   The REIT  is taxed on net  income 

from  foreclosure property  at  the  highest  corporate  tax 

rate.   Net  income  from  foreclosure property  is  (i) gain 

from sale of foreclosure property that is dealer property 

and  (ii)  gross  income  from  foreclosure  property 

(excluding certain amounts that qualify as good income 

under the 75% income test), less (iii) deductions directly 

connected with production of such income.  

Will the IRS issue private letter rulings regarding REIT 

status? 

Historically,  the  IRS  has  issued  private  letter  rulings 

regarding REIT status.   Beginning  in  June 2013, certain 

companies  stated  in  public  disclosure  that  they  were 

notified  by  the  IRS  that  the  IRS  has  formed  a  new 

internal  working  group  to  study  the  current  legal 

standards  the  IRS uses  to define “real estate”  for REIT 

purposes and whether any changes should be made  to 

those  current  legal  standards.   By November 2013,  the 

working  group  had  completed  its  review  and  the  IRS 

rescinded  its  hold  on  private  letter  rulings.    In  April 

2014,  the  IRS  proposed  new  regulations  clarifying  the 

definition  of  “real property”  for purposes  of  the REIT 

rules. 

as  the  REIT  designates  in  a  written  notice  mailed  to  its  shareholders at any time prior to the expiration of 60 days after  the close of its taxable year (or mailed to its shareholders with  its  annual  report  for  the  taxable  year).   Under  this  rule,  the  amount includible by any shareholder can not exceed that part  of  the  amount  subjected  to  tax  at  the  REIT  level  that  the  shareholder would  have  received  if  all  of  such  amount  had  been distributed as  capital gain dividends by  the REIT  to  the  holders of such shares at the close of its taxable year. 

Are  there  any  relief  provisions  related  to  failure  to 

satisfy the REIT’s income tests? 

Under Code Section 856(c)(6), if a REIT fails to meet the 

requirements of the 95% or the 75% income test, or both, 

for any  taxable year,  then  it  is nevertheless  considered 

to have satisfied those requirements if: 

 following  the  REIT’s  identification  of  the 

failure to meet the requirements of the 95% or 

the  75%  income  test,  or  both,  for  any  taxable 

year,  a  description  of  each  item  of  its  gross 

income described  in such tests  is set forth  in a 

schedule  for  such  taxable  year  filed  in 

accordance with  regulations prescribed by  the 

Secretary; and 

 the failure to meet the requirements of the 95% 

or  the  75%  income  test,  or  both,  is  due  to 

reasonable  cause  and  not  due  to  willful 

neglect. 

   If  a  REIT  qualifies  for  the  relief  provided  by  Code 

Section 856(c)(6), then  it  is subject to a special tax.   The 

tax is equal to the greater of:  (i) the excess of (a) 95% of 

the  gross  income  (excluding  gross  income  from 

prohibited  transactions)  of  the  REIT,  over  (b)  the 

amount  of  such  gross  income which  is  derived  from 

sources  referred  to  in  the  95%  income  requirement; or 

(ii) the excess of (a) 75% of the gross income (excluding 

gross income from prohibited transactions) of the REIT, 

over  (b)  the  amount  of  such  gross  income  which  is 

derived  from  sources  referred  to  in  the  75%  income 

requirement, multiplied by a  fraction  the numerator of 

which is REITTI for the taxable year (without deducting 

dividends  paid,  taxes  or  net  operating  losses  and 

excluding  net  capital  gain)  and  the  denominator  of 

which  is  the  gross  income  for  the  taxable  year 

(excluding  gross  income  from  prohibited  transactions; 

23

gross  income  and  gain  from  foreclosure  property  not 

qualifying under the 75% income test; long‐term capital 

gain;  and  short‐term  capital  gain  to  the  extent  of  any 

short‐term  capital  loss).    Thus,  the  basic  effect  is  to 

impose  a  tax  equal  to  a  portion  of  the  shortfall  in 

qualifying income. 

What are the tax consequences of a REIT entering into a 

“prohibited transaction”? 

Pursuant to Code Section 857(b)(6), REITs are subject to 

a  100%  tax  on  net  income  derived  from  “prohibited 

transactions”.  For  these  purposes,  a  prohibited 

transaction  is  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  “dealer 

property” that  is not foreclosure property.   Net  income 

derived  from prohibited  transactions means  the excess 

of  the  gain  from  prohibited  transactions  (there  is  no 

netting of  losses  from prohibited  transactions) over  the 

deductions  directly  connected  with  prohibited 

transactions.    The  legislative  history  underlying  the 

prohibited  transactions  tax  indicates  that  Congress 

wanted  to  deter  REITs  from  engaging  in  “ordinary 

retailing  activities  such  as  sales  to  customers  of 

condominium  units  or  subdivided  lots  in  a 

development project.”18  

What are the limitations on a TRS? 

A  TRS  provides  a  REIT  with  the  ability  to  carry  on 

certain business activities that could disqualify the REIT 

if  engaged  in directly  by  the REIT  (i.e.,  such  activities 

could prevent  certain  income  from  qualifying  as  rents 

from  real  property).    Specifically,  a  TRS  can  provide 

services  to  tenants  of  REIT  property  (even  if  such 

services  are  not  considered  services  customarily 

furnished  in  connection  with  the  rental  of  real 

18  See S. Rep. No. 94‐938, 94th Cong., 2d Sess. 470 (1976). 

property),  and  can  manage  or  operate  properties, 

generally  for  third  parties,  without  causing  amounts 

received  or  accrued  directly  or  indirectly  by  the REIT 

for such activities to fail to be treated as rents from real 

property.    Further,  rents  paid  to  a REIT  generally  are 

not qualified rents if the REIT owns (directly, indirectly 

or  through special attribution rules) more  than 10% by 

vote and value of a corporation paying the rents.  There 

are, however,  limited exceptions for rents that are paid 

by a TRS. 

   Thus,  the  TRS  provisions  enable  REITs  to  preserve 

their REIT status at  the price of  the  income of  the TRS 

being  subject  to  corporate  level  tax  (like  any  other  C 

corporation).    REITs  will  still  want  to  determine 

carefully which  income would be qualifying  income  if 

received  directly  by  the  REIT,  because  they  will  not 

want  to  subject  otherwise  qualifying  income  to 

corporate tax unnecessarily.   

   In general, a TRS is a corporation (other than a REIT or 

a qualified REIT subsidiary)  in which the REIT directly 

or indirectly owns stock and for which the REIT and the 

corporation jointly elect treatment as a TRS.  Revocation 

of a TRS election requires consent of both the REIT and 

the TRS, but not of the Internal Revenue Service. 

   If  a  TRS  directly  or  indirectly  owns  securities 

possessing more  than 35% of  the  total voting power of 

the outstanding securities of another corporation (other 

than a REIT or a qualified REIT subsidiary), or securities 

having a value of more than 35% of the total value of the 

outstanding  securities  of  another  corporation,  that 

corporation  is  also  automatically  a  TRS  without  the 

need for an election.19  

19    For  purposes  of  the  value  test,  certain  safe  harbors  and  partnership debt instruments do not constitute “securities.” 

24

   Certain  entities  cannot be  a TRS.   These  include  any 

corporation  that  directly  or  indirectly  operates  or 

manages  a  lodging  facility  or  a healthcare  facility  and 

any  corporation  that  directly  or  indirectly  provides  to 

any  other  person  (under  a  franchise,  license,  or 

otherwise)  rights  to any brand name under which any 

lodging facility or healthcare facility is operated. 

When  a  partnership  or  corporation  is  converted  to  a 

REIT, will the REIT be subject to tax on built‐in gains? 

A conversion of a partnership into a REIT typically will 

be  treated  as  a  taxable  contribution  of  property  to  a 

corporation  under  Code  Section  351(e).    As  a  result, 

holders of partnership interests exchanged for shares of 

the REIT would be subject to tax on the built‐in gains of 

the  partnership’s  assets.    This  tax  can  be  deferred 

through  use  of  various  structures,  including UPREITs 

and DownREITs.  See “What is an UPREIT?” and “What 

is  a  DownREIT?”  above  for  more  information  about 

these structures. 

   Corporations,  however, may  elect  to  be  treated  as  a 

REIT simply by satisfying the requirements outlined  in 

“What  are  the  required  elements  for  forming  a  REIT?” 

above.    The  election  to  be  treated  as  a  REIT will  not 

subject shareholders to taxation on the built‐in gains on 

the corporation’s assets. 

How is the election to be treated as a REIT terminated 

or revoked? 

An entity may  revoke or  terminate  its REIT election  in 

one of  two ways.   First, Code Section 856(g)(2) permits 

explicit revocation of a REIT election.20   

20   For  timing,  effectiveness  and  related procedures,  see Code  Section 856(g)(2) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.856‐8(a). 

   Second,  pursuant  to  Code  Section  856(g)(1),  a  REIT 

election may also terminate by reason of failure to meet 

the  REIT  requirements,  unless  Code  Section  856(g)(5) 

applies.    Termination  applies  for  the  entire  year  in 

which  the  requirements  are  first  not  met,  which  can 

include  the  first  REIT  year.    The  election  terminates 

whether  the  failure  to  be  a  qualified  real  estate 

investment  trust  is  intentional  or  inadvertent.21   Code 

Section 856(g)(5) provides that if  

 a corporation,  trust, or association  that  fails  to 

comply  with  one  or  more  REIT  provisions 

(other than a failure described in Code Section 

856(c)(6) with  respect  to  the  95%  or  the  75% 

income  tests,  or  a  failure  described  in  Code 

Section  856(c)(7)  with  respect  to  the  assets 

tests);  

 such  failures are due  to  reasonable  cause and 

not due to willful neglect; and  

 such corporation, trust, or association pays (as 

prescribed by  the Secretary  in regulations and 

in the same manner as tax) a penalty of $50,000 

for each failure to satisfy a REIT provision due 

to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, 

then such corporation, trust, or association will not lose 

its REIT status. 

   Code  Section  856(g)(3)  provides  generally  that 

following termination of REIT status, the entity shall not 

be eligible to make a REIT election for any taxable year 

prior  to  the  fifth  taxable year  that begins after  the  first 

taxable year for which such termination or revocation is 

effective.22 

21  Treasury Regulations Section 1.856‐8(b). 22  Code Section 856(g)(4) provides an exception to the five‐year  rule where  the  termination results  from  failure  to qualify and  certain other requirements are met. 

25

Are there any state tax benefits to being a REIT? 

In  certain  states,  state  tax  benefits  may  exist  for 

companies  with  captive  REITs.23    However,  through 

legislation and case  law, several states have minimized 

the potential tax benefits of REITs.  Different approaches 

by  the  states  to  reduce  the  tax  benefits  of REITs  have 

included  denying  dividends  received  deductions; 

challenging the substance of the REIT and imputing the 

REIT’s  earnings  to  the  taxable  in‐state  affiliate;  forcing 

in‐state  affiliates  to  include  the  REIT  in  a  combined 

report; and generalized efforts to apply the statesʹ broad 

discretionary authority  to make adjustments  to  include 

REIT  income  in  the  taxable base of  the affiliate paying 

rent to the REIT.24 

 

____________________ 

By Anna T. Pinedo, Partner, 

Brian D. Hirshberg, Associate,  

and  

Thomas  A. Humphreys, Partner, 

David J. Goett, Associate,  

in the Federal Tax Group of  

Morrison & Foerster LLP 

© Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2016 

23  See,  e.g.,  HMN  Fin.,  Inc.  v.  Commissioner  of  Revenue,  782  N.W.2d 558 (Minn. May 20, 2010) (rejecting the stateʹs attempt  to attribute REIT income to an affiliate that was subject to tax in  the  state); AutoZone Dev. Corp.  v.  Finance  and Admin. Cabinet,  File No. K04‐R‐16, 2005 Ky. Tax LEXIS 168  (Ky. B.T.A. 2005),  affʹd, No. 2006‐CA‐002175‐MR, 2007 Ky. App. LEXIS 401  (Ky.  Ct. App. 2007) (upholding dividends received deduction). 24 See,  e.g., Wal‐Mart Stores East,  Inc. v. Hinton, 676 S.E.2d 634  (N.C. Ct. App. 2009) (upholding the forced combination of the  REIT  with  its  in‐state  affiliates);  BankBoston  Corp.  v.  Commissioner of Revenue, 861 N.E.2d 450  (Mass. App. Ct. 2007)  (upholding  disallowance  of  dividends  received  deduction);  Bridges  v.  AutoZone  Props.,  Inc.,  900  So.  2d  784  (La.  2005)  (requiring  REIT  shareholder  to  pay  tax  on  the  amount  it  received as rental income attributable to in‐state property). 

 

Taxation/Homework Problem Set 1 (1).pdf

Homework Problem Set 1:

• ( T or F ) The holding period describes the length of time that an asset is held. If the holding period is less than 12 months, a taxpayer cannot get a preferential capital gain tax rate.

• ( T or F ) A limited partnership can be taxed as a corporation if elected under the check the box rules.

• ( T or F ) A corporation is subject to double tax, so every type of investor must pay two levels of tax

(both corporate tax and tax on dividends) when a corporation is used for real estate investment transactions.

• ( T or F ) A REIT is taxable as a corporation that gets the benefit of a deduction for dividends paid.

• ( T or F ) A net passive loss that is limited on an individual’s income tax return in one year can be carried forward and deducted in future tax years.

• ( T or F ) A real estate professional who incurs losses on rental real estate activities where (s)he materially participates may deduct those losses against wages and other sources of active income.

• ( T or F ) The same real estate asset may produce ordinary income in the hands of one taxpayer but produce capital gains in the hands of a different taxpayer with a different intent.

• ( T or F ) The portfolio interest exception is a rule that allows non-U.S. persons to invest in certain U.S.- issued debt obligations without causing the interest income on such debt obligations to be subject to FDAP or any other U.S. tax.

• ( T or F ) Assuming that it is not pension-held, a tax exempt investor will never have UBTI on dividend income from a REIT.

• ( T or F ) An entity would not lose its REIT status because a single pension fund owns 99% and the remaining 1% is owned by 125 preferred shareholders

• For each of the following income types, indicate the tax rate (if any) that would apply to a US individual:

§ "C" = Capital gain tax rate § "O" = Ordinary tax rate § "N" = No tax

o ____. Gain on sale of land held for over a year where the taxpayer is considered a dealer in land. o ____. Gain on sale of a single condominium unit to a customers that was held for investment and

rented for multiple years before the sale. ____. Unrealized appreciation in the value of real estate held.

o ____. Gain on the sale of stock held for less than one year. o ____. Income earned from a management company.

Page 2 of 5 Principles of Real Estate Accounting and Taxation Fall 2018 – Exam #2

• Identify the following as "ECI" (effectively connected income) or "Not ECI" (not effectively connected income) if earned by a foreign person:

• Interest income from loans to U.S. corporate borrowers.

• Dividends from a US corporation.

• A gain on the sale of a shopping center located in Russia.

• Rental income from an actively managed storage center in Florida.

• Indicate the highest tax rate for each of the following:

• Interest income to a non-U.S. (foreign)

corporation

• Capital gain income to a U.S. corporation • Ordinary income to a U.S. corporation

• Capital gain income to a U.S. corporation

• Capital gain income to a U.S. individual

• Ordinary income to a U.S. corporation

• Interest income to a non-U.S. (foreign) individual

• John is an individual and is not a real estate professional and he does not materially participates in Partnerships A o r B. John is a limited partner in both of these two real estate partnerships. Partnership A produces a passive loss of $5,000 (allocated to John). Partnership B produces passive income of $3,000 (allocated to John). How does John treat the income/(loss) on his tax return?

• Deduct $2,000 net loss. • Recognize income of $3,000 and don’t deduct losses of $5,000. • Recognize no income or loss. • Deduct $5,000 loss but don’t recognize $3,000 income. • None of the above.

Page 3 of 5 Principles of Real Estate Accounting and Taxation Fall 2018 – Exam #2

• A particular parcel of real estate (land) is sold for $20,000,000 and was originally purchased for

$10,000,000. On a taxable sale, explain a circumstance (type of investor, intent, entity, etc.) that would pay the following U.S. federal income tax results on the $10,000,000 gain (exclude the 3.8% net investment income tax and any state taxes in the calculation):

• No tax liability on the sale

§

• $2,000,000 of tax

§

§

• $2,960,000 of tax

§

§

• $2,100,000 of tax

§

§

• Describe two examples of the type of income that could be earned from a real estate investment that would be taxed to a non-US investor as FDAP:

• Describe two examples of the type of income that could be earned from a real estate investment that

would be taxed to a non-US investor as ECI:

Page 4 of 5 Principles of Real Estate Accounting and Taxation Fall 2018 – Exam #2

• Jenny is a US individual who qualifies as a real estate professional. She purchases a commercial rental real estate property in 2016 and leases it out. The taxable net loss from the property was ($4,000) in 2016. Jenny’s only other source of income or loss was $12,000 of interest income from a loan. She sells the real estate in 2017 at a $10,000 gain. How much taxable income and loss should Jenny report in each of the following tax years:

• 2016 ____________________ 2017 ____________________

• Explain what happened (why was this the outcome)

• ________________________________

• Jenny is a US individual who does not qualifies as a real estate professional. She purchases a commercial rental real estate property in 2016 and leases it out. The taxable net loss from the property was ($9,000) in 2016. Jenny’s only other source of income or loss was $12,000 of interest income from a loan. She sells the real estate in 2017 at a $10,000 gain. How much taxable income and loss should Jenny report in each of the following tax years:

• 2016 ____________________ 2017 ____________________

• Explain what happened (why was this the outcome)

• ________________________________

• The “fractions rule” is relevant to what type of taxpayer?

o ______________ • Matching: Place the number below next to the corresponding business entity being described:

§ ECI

FDAP

FIRPTA

§ Portfolio Interest Branch Profits Tax

Page 5 of 5 Principles of Real Estate Accounting and Taxation Fall 2018 – Exam #2

o Exception from FDAP withholding on interest income from certain portfolio debt investments. o 30% withholding tax on passive-type income (interest, dividends, etc..). o 30% tax imposed on a foreign corporation based on a deemed distribution of US branch

operations. o Imposed on 1980 by the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act. o A withholding tax on income that is effectively connected with a United States trade or business.

Taxation/Investor Preference Matrix.xlsx

Front

Investor Preference Matrix for U.S. Investments
Type of Investor Foreign Governments / Sovereign Wealth Funds Non-treaty, Non-U.S. Investors Treaty Non-U.S. Investors U.S. Taxable Investors U.S. Tax Exempt Investors Dutch Pension Trust / Australian Superannuation Investors State Subdivisions / "Super-Exempt"
Preferred Investment Vehicle: Levered U.S. C Corporation Levered U.S. C Corporation Levered U.S. C Corporation Flow through vehicle - U.S. partnership or U.S. REIT Prefers U.S. REIT for eligible assets(2). For any UBTI generating assets, a direct investment may be preferred. Prefers U.S. REIT for eligible assets. For any REIT ineligible assets, a leveraged U.S. C Corporation may be preferred. Prefers direct or simple flow through investment.
Investor Tax Issues / Sensitivities: • Income from investment in US real property is taxable. • Exempt from tax on investment income. • Taxed on income from any controlled entity directly engages in a commercial activity anywhere in the world. Rental income is considered a commercial activity for this purpose. • U.S. withholding required at 35% on income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business including real estate income. • U.S. withholding required at 30% on most passive U.S. source income ("FDAP" including dividends and some interest). • Foreign corporations may be subject to the "branch profits tax" at an additional 30% tax rate. • Taxed like non-treaty non-U.S. investors on "effectively connected income." • Reduced rates (possibly zero depending on the treaty) are applicable to "FDAP" and "branch profits tax." • Taxed in the U.S. on worldwide income. • A reduced rate of 15% is available on certain qualified dividends and long term capital gains. Also, 25% rate applies to the recapture of depreciation deductions when properties are sold. • Deductibility of investment expenses may be limited for individuals. • Losses may be limited due to passive activity rules. • Taxes are paid on income that is considered unrelated to the exempt purpose of the investor ("UBTI"). • Passive investments like interest, dividends and rental income are not subject to UBTI unless the investments that generate the income are leveraged. • Certain "qualified" investors are not subject to UBTI on leveraged real estate if conditions are met, including limitations on partnership allocations. • Investor is eligible for the 15% reduced tax rate on capital gains (and REIT capital gain distributions). • U.S. withholding not required (0% if not from a related person) on passive U.S. source income ("FDAP") under the treaty. • Not subject to the "branch profits tax" due to treaty. • States, political subdivisions thereof and other municipalities are not subject to U.S. taxes regardless of the source of the income.
Benefits of Preferred Investment Vehicle: • On money lent to the U.S. C Corporation, interest expense may be deductible, but there is no U.S. tax withholding on interest income. • No withholding on dividends out of the U.S. C Corporation. • No U.S. tax return filing requirement at the investor level. • All commercial activity is blocked from reaching the investor by a levered U.S. C Corporation. • Liquidation of U.S. C Corporation(s) could eliminate withholding on corporate distributions. • On money lent to the U.S. C Corporation, there is a net benefit due to 30% FDAP withholding compared to a deduction of 35% rate on income. • No investor-level U.S. tax return filings. • On money lent to the U.S. C Corporation, interest expense may be deductible, but (depending on the treaty rate) the rate of U.S. tax withholding on interest income be lower. • Liquidation of U.S. C Corporation(s) could eliminate already reduced withholding on corporate distributions. • Reduced withholding on interest and dividend income received (reduced withholding depends on country). • No investor-level U.S. tax return filings. • Eligible for capital gain rates on sales of properties. • Investor may be subject to depreciation recapture on real property at 25% tax rate after deducting the depreciation expense against other income taxed at a 35% rate. • REIT vehicle would block UBTI (including UBTI that is generated from debt-financed investment income). • Direct investment in certain asset types will be taxable as UBTI. • Fractions rule compliant partnership should reduce UBTI on leveraged investments. • No investor-level U.S. tax return filings if investment is made through corporate sub-structure. Also, leverage will reduce taxes so long as there is no withholding on interest or dividends. • May be eligible for reduced withholding on capital gain distributions from the REIT. • Direct income is not subject to tax.
Expected Federal Tax Rate(1) and Comments: • 25% - 30% • Rate is based on 35% corporate federal tax rate, plus 4% blended state tax rate on all income (reduced for interest expense deductions) plus 0% withholding on interest and dividend income out of the corporation. • 30% - 35% • Rate is based on 35% corporate federal tax rate, 4% blended state tax rate on all income (reduced slightly by interest income taxed at 30% while interest expense deductions provide a 35% rate benefit). The rate assumes that there will not be any 30% withholding on dividend income since all corporate entities will be liquidating. • 25% - 35% • Rate is based 35% corporate federal tax rate, 4% blended state tax rate on all income (reduced for interest expense deductions). The reduction in rate will vary due to country-by-country treaty rates on interest income from 0% - 30%). The rate assumes that there will not be an additional 0% - 30% withholding on dividend income since all corporate entities will be liquidating. • 20% - 40% • Rate is based 39.6% federal tax rate on ordinary income, 4% blended state tax rate on all income, 20% rate on capital gains, and 25% depreciation recapture on real property. • 0% • Rate of 0% assumes no assets or income are ouside of the REIT structure. • 0% - 20% • Rate is based 0%-15% withholding on ordinary income (reduced by treaty), 20% withholding rate on capital gains, and 25% depreciation recapture on real property. • 0% • There will be no tax unless the investor comes through a corporate entity.
Other Considerations of Investment Vehicle: • Debt/equity rations need to be monitored. Depending on ratio and profitability, the deductibility of interest expense may be limited for a U.S. corporate entity. • Effectively, a single layer of corporate tax is imposed which is reduced by investor interest expense. A U.S. C Corporation will pay taxes within the fund structure rather than imposing withholding and having the investor file tax returns. • Depending on payment on interest expense, the deductibility and timing of interest expense to the corporation may be limited. • Depending on debt-to-equity ratio and the entity's profitability, the deductibility of interest expense may be limited for a U.S. corporate entity. • Depending on payment on interest expense, the deductibility and timing of interest expense to the corporation may be limited. • Portfolio interest exemption may eliminate withholding on interest income if certain conditions are met, including that the investor/lender does not own more than 10% of the Corporation (among other requirements). • Depending on debt-to-equity ratio and the entity's profitability, the deductibility of interest expense may be limited for a U.S. corporate entity. • Depending on payment on interest expense, the deductibility and timing of interest expense to the corporation may be limited. • Portfolio interest exemption may eliminate withholding on interest income if certain conditions are met, including that the investor/lender does not own more than 10% of the Corporation (among other requirements). • Investor will get flow through treatment on all investments which provide the benefit of reduced tax rate on sale of real estate.• Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C Corporation must be administered. • If a US individual investor invests through a REIT vehicle, management fees will be deductible and the state and local filings will be minimized. • Fractions rule compliance will be difficult in practice and could impact non-exempt partners and the managers business decisions. • Issues as shown in other columns for leveraged U.S. C Corporation will apply if investors choose to block income that can not be put into a REIT. • Use of a REIT can add to the cost of the investment structure due to increased compliance burden, payments to preferred shareholders and other tax risk mitigation costs. • Investor may be required to file a U.S. tax return when REIT capital gain distributions are received. • Tax treaty rates will depend on specific facts and circumstances including percentage ownership. • Investor prefers direct investment. They may not want to bear any cost of the structuring complex vehicles for other investors (including REITs).
• Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C Corporation must be administered. • Any entity that is controlled by the foreign government will lose its sovereign exemption if it engages in commercial activity. This investor will need other players in its structure to avoid control of entities. • Investor may already have blockers set up and prefer direct investment. • Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C Corporation must be administered. • The overall debt to equity ratios in fund complex need to be monitored. • Investor may prefer direct investment in partnership if already filing/willing to file US tax returns. • Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C Corporation must be administered. • The overall debt to equity ratios in fund complex need to be monitored. • Investor may prefer direct investment in partnership if already filing/willing to file US tax returns. • State tax consequences and filing obligations will not flow through to investors if invested through a REIT.
(1) Based on investment model and projected income.
(2) Certain "qualified" entities may be willing to invest through a U.S. partnership under certain circumstances.

Back

Investor Preference Matrix for U.S. Investments
Type of Investor Foreign Governments / Sovereign Wealth Funds Non-treaty, Non-U.S. Investors Treaty Non-U.S. Investors U.S. Taxable Investors U.S. Tax Exempt Investors Dutch Pension Trust / Australian Superannuation Investors State Subdivisions / "Super-Exempt"
Preferred Investment Vehicle: Levered U.S. C Corporation Levered U.S. C Corporation Levered U.S. C Corporation Flow through vehicle - U.S. partnership or U.S. REIT Prefers U.S. REIT for eligible assets(2). Fractions rule compliant partnership may be acceptable to some investors. Prefers U.S. REIT for eligible assets. For any REIT ineligible assets, a leveraged U.S. C Corporation may be preferred. Prefers direct or simple flow through investment.
Investor Tax Issues / Sensitivities: • Income from investment in US real property is taxable. • Exempt from tax on investment income. • Taxed on income from any controlled entity directly engages in a commercial activity anywhere in the world. Rental income is considered a commercial activity for this purpose. • U.S. withholding required at 35% on income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business including real estate income. • U.S. withholding required at 30% on most passive U.S. source income ("FDAP" including dividends and some interest). • Foreign corporations may be subject to the "branch profits tax" at an additional 30% tax rate if no separate US C corporation is used. • Taxed like non-treaty non-U.S. investors on "effectively connected income." • Reduced rates (possibly zero depending on the treaty) are applicable to "FDAP" and "branch profits tax." • Taxed in the U.S. on worldwide income. • A reduced rate of 20% is available on certain qualified dividends and long term capital gains. Also, 25% rate applies to the recapture of depreciation deductions when properties are sold. • Deductibility of investment expenses may be limited for individuals if not made through a REIT. • Losses may be limited due to passive activity rules. • Taxes are paid on income that is considered unrelated to the exempt purpose of the investor ("UBTI"). • Passive investments like interest, dividends and rental income are not subject to UBTI unless the investments that generate the income are leveraged. • Certain "qualified" investors are not subject to UBTI on leveraged real estate if conditions are met, including limitations on partnership allocations. • Investor is usually eligible for the 20% reduced tax rate on capital gains (and REIT capital gain distributions). • U.S. withholding not required (0% if not from a related person) on passive U.S. source income ("FDAP") under the Dutch treaty and reduced to 15% under Australian treaty. • May not be subject to the "branch profits tax" due to treaty (Dutch only). • States, political subdivisions thereof and other municipalities are not subject to U.S. taxes regardless of the source of the income.
Benefits of Preferred Investment Vehicle: • On money lent to the U.S. C Corporation, interest expense may be deductible to the corporation, but there is no U.S. tax withholding on interest income. • No withholding tax on dividends out of the U.S. C Corporation. • No U.S. tax return filing requirement at the investor level. • All commercial activity is blocked from reaching the investor as a result of using a levered U.S. C Corporation. • Liquidation of U.S. C Corporation(s) could eliminate withholding on corporate distributions. • On money lent to the U.S. C Corporation, there is a net benefit due to 30% FDAP withholding compared to a deduction of 35% rate on income and no separate branch profits tax • No investor-level U.S. tax return filings are required so long as the US business income is blocked before flowing to the investor. • On money lent to the U.S. C Corporation, interest expense may be deductible, but (depending on the treaty rate) the rate of U.S. tax withholding on interest income be lower. • Liquidation of U.S. C Corporation(s) could eliminate already reduced withholding on corporate distributions. • Reduced withholding on interest and dividend income received (reduced withholding depends on country). • No investor-level U.S. tax return filings. • Eligible for capital gain rates on sales of properties. • Investor may be subject to depreciation recapture on real property at 25% tax rate after deducting the depreciation expense against other income taxed at a 39.6% rate. • Unless the REIT vehicle itself is debt-financed, it would block UBTI (including UBTI that is generated from debt-financed investment income). • Direct investment in certain asset types will be taxable as UBTI. • Direct (non-REIT) investment would require fractions rule compliant partnership to reduce UBTI on leveraged investments, but only for qualified tax-exempt investors. • No investor-level U.S. tax return filings if investment is made through a REIT. Also, leverage typically will reduce taxes since interest withholding is lower than dividends under most treaties. • Often are eligible for reduced withholding on capital gain distributions from the REIT applicable to individuals. • Direct income is not subject to tax.
Expected Federal Tax Rate(1) and Comments: • 25% - 30% • Rate is based on 35% corporate federal tax rate, plus 4% blended state tax rate on all income (after deductions for interest expense) and 0% withholding on interest and dividend income. • 30% - 35% • Rate is based on 35% corporate federal tax rate, 4% blended state tax rate on all income (with a slight benefit resulting from interest income being withheld at 30% while interest deductions provide a 35% rate benefit). Rate assumes that there will not be any 30% withholding on dividend income since all corporate entities will be liquidating. • 25% - 35% • Rate is based 35% corporate federal tax rate, 4% blended state tax rate on all income (after deductions for interest expense). The rate will vary due to country-by-country treaty rates on interest income from 0% - 30%). The rate assumes that there will not be an additional 0% - 30% withholding on dividend income since all corporate entities will be liquidating. • 20% - 35% • Rate is based 35% federal tax rate on ordinary income, 15% rate on capital gains, 25% depreciation recapture on real property, plus 4% blended state tax rate. • 0% - 10% for qualifed investors in fractions rule compliant fund; or up to 39% (depending on leverage). • Rate is based 0% federal tax rate from leveraged investments and corporate federal tax of 35%, plus 4% blended state tax rate on any UBTI generating assets. The high estimate is based on estimated UBTI generating assets of 25% of the total. Non-qualified tax exempt investors and partnerships where the fractions rule does not apply would have tax rates of up to 39%. • 20% - 35% • Rate is based 15%-35% withholding on ordinary income (reduced by treaty), 15% withholding rate on capital gains, and 25% depreciation recapture on real property, plus 4% blended state tax rate. • 0% • There will be no tax unless the investor comes through a corporate entity.
Other Considerations of Investment Vehicle: • Debt/equity rations need to be monitored. Depending on ratio and profitability, the deductibility of interest expense may be limited for a U.S. corporate entity. • Effectively, a single layer of corporate tax is imposed which is reduced by investor interest expense. A U.S. C Corporation will pay taxes within the fund structure rather than imposing withholding and having the investor file tax returns. • Depending on payment on interest expense, the deductibility and timing of interest expense to the corporation may be limited. • Depending on debt-to-equity ratio and the entity's profitability, the deductibility of interest expense may be limited for a U.S. corporate entity. • Depending on payment on interest expense, the deductibility and timing of interest expense to the corporation may be limited. • Portfolio interest exemption may eliminate withholding on interest income if certain conditions are met, including that the investor/lender does not own more than 10% of the Corporation (among other requirements). • Depending on debt-to-equity ratio and the entity's profitability, the deductibility of interest expense may be limited for a U.S. corporate entity. • Depending on payment on interest expense, the deductibility and timing of interest expense to the corporation may be limited. • Portfolio interest exemption may eliminate withholding on interest income if certain conditions are met, including that the investor/lender does not own more than 10% of the Corporation (among other requirements). • Investor will get flow through treatment on all investments which provide the benefit of reduced tax rate on sale of real estate. • Fractions rule compliance will be difficult in practice and could impact non-exempt partners and the managers business decisions. • Issues as shown in other columns for leveraged U.S. C Corporation will apply if investors choose to block income. • Investor may be required to file a U.S. tax return when direct income is received. • Tax treaty rates will depend on specific facts and circumstances including percentage ownership. • Investor prefers direct investment. They may not want to bear any cost of the structuring complex vehicles for other investors.
• Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C Corporation must be administered. • Any entity that is controlled by the foreign government will lose its sovereign exemption if it engages in commercial activity. This investor will need other players in its structure to avoid control of entities. • Investor may already have blockers set up and prefer direct investment. • Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C Corporation must be administered. • The overall debt to equity ratios in fund complex need to be monitored. • Investor may prefer direct investment in partnership if already filing/willing to file US tax returns. • Both the foreign partnership and U.S. C Corporation must be administered. • The overall debt to equity ratios in fund complex need to be monitored. • Investor may prefer direct investment in partnership if already filing/willing to file US tax returns. • State tax consequences and filing obligations may flow through to investors.
(1) Based on investment model and projected income.
(2) Certain "qualified" entities may be willing to invest through a U.S. partnership under certain circumstances.

Taxation/Real Estate Dealer vs Investor.pdf

II. DEALER VERSUS INVESTOR

One of the most often litigated, and difficult to predict, areas of the tax law is whether real property (generally raw land) is held for investment as a capital asset or whether the taxpayer is a dealer, i.e., whether taxpayer is holding the property primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of his trade or business. In Malat v. Riddel, 383 U.S. 569 (1966) the Supreme Court (in its only consideration of the phrase) held that where both the business and investment motive exist in the holding of a particular parcel of real estate, the taxpayer's principal motivation controls in determining whether the property was held primarily for sale to customers.

A. Factors Considered. Because the inquiry into the taxpayer's motivation for owning a particular piece of real property is a factual one, the courts have developed sets of factors to determine whether the asset was capital or not. The following list set forth in United States v. Winthrop, 417 F.2d 905 (5th Cir. 1969) is representative and often cited:

1. The nature and purpose of the acquisition of the property and the duration of the ownership;

2. The extent and nature of the taxpayer's efforts to sell the property;

3. The number, extent, continuity and substantiality of the sales;

4. The extent of subdividing, developing and improving the property that was done to increase sales;

5. The use of a business office and advertising for the sale of the property;

6. The character and degree of supervision or control exercised by the taxpayer over any representative selling the property; and

7. The time and effort the taxpayer actually devotes to the sale of the property.

B. Methodology For Analysis.

1. No One Factor Controls. The Fifth Circuit summed up the application of the factors to each situation in Biedenharn Realty Co. v. U.S., 526 F.2d 409 (5th Cir. 1976) as follows: "No one set of criteria is applicable to all economic structures. Moreover, within a collection of tests, individual factors have varying weights and magnitudes, depending on the facts of the case. The relationship among the factors and their mutual interaction is altered as each criteria increases or diminishes in strength, sometimes changing the controversy's outcome." However, the court noted (and other courts have agreed) that the single most important factor is the frequency and substantiality of the sales of real property.

-3- CHIDMS2/562504.5

2. Suburban Realty Inquiry. To avoid becoming mired in the analysis of the factors only, the 5th Circuit in Suburban Realty Co. v. United States, 615 F.2d 171 (5th Cir. 1980), cert. denied 449 U.S. 920 (1980), set forth the three relevant questions which must be answered under the statutory framework by the application of the factors. These inquiries are:

a. Was the taxpayer engaged in a trade or business, and, if so, what business?

b. Was the taxpayer holding the property primarily for sale in that business?

c. Were the sales contemplated by the taxpayer "ordinary" in the course of that business?

C. Trade or Business Inquiry.

1. Frequency and Substantiality of Sales. The court in Suburban Realty stated that a taxpayer who engages in frequent and substantial sales of real property is almost inevitably engaged in the real estate business.

a. Frequency. There is no bright line test with respect to frequency or continuity of sales. The taxpayer in Suburban Realty had engaged in at least 244 individual sales in prior years. In Biedenham Realty, the taxpayer (held to be a "dealer") had engaged in at least 477 lots sales from the basic subdivision in question. In Sanders v. United States, 740 F.2d 886 (1 1th Cir. 1984), the taxpayer (held to be a "dealer") had averaged 15 sales of lots per year during a five year period with the number of sales ranging from zero to 21 in each of the years.

(1) However, in Reese v. Commissioner, 615 F.2d 226 (5th Cir. 1980), the Fifth Circuit upheld the Tax Court's determination that an executive was not engaged in the trade or business of developing real property. The executive had purchased a tract of land and arranged for the construction of a new plant on the land. The completed building was leased to the corporation that the executive owned. Following foreclosure, the taxpayer attempted to claim an ordinary loss, arguing that he acted as the general contractor on the construction project and thereby had begun to engage in the trade or business of real estate development. The court rejected that argument, holding that the project was clearly an isolated, nonrecurring venture.

-4- CHIDMS2/562504.5

(2) Compare Morely v. Commissioner, 87 T.C. 1206 (1986) with Reese. In Morely, the taxpayer, who was engaged in the trade or business of selling real estate for commission as a broker, purchased a large tract of land and immediately began attempting to resell the property. The court determined that the taxpayer in Morely was engaged in the trade or business of selling real estate and, consequently, was not subject to the investment interest limitations of Section 163(d). In contrast, in Fraley v. Commissioner, 66 T.C.M. (CCH) 100 (1993), the taxpayer built homes on finished lots that he purchased. In 1979, the taxpayer purchased the lot in question, in 1981 he removed the house on the lot and in 1987 he sold the lot. During this period, he did nothing to improve the property and his sole marketing effort was to place a sign thereon indicating his willingness to build to suit. The court held that the sale generated a capital gain notwithstanding the taxpayer's long involvement in buying and selling real estate.

(3) In Bramblett v. Commissioner, 960 F.2d 526 (5th Cir. 1992), the taxpayer was a partner in a joint venture that purchased unimproved property. The partners of the venture also formed a corporation shortly thereafter to perform all development activities on the property. Prior to the sale in dispute, the joint venture had made four sales, three of which were to the corporation. The remainder of the property was sold to the corporation which developed the property. The Fifth Circuit held that the Tax Court's determination that the selling joint venture was directly in the business of selling land was clearly erroneous because the joint venture did not sell land "frequently" and the only "substantial" sale was the one at issue. The Fifth Circuit also rejected the Internal Revenue Service arguments that the corporation was acting as an agent for the joint venture and that the corporation's development activities should be attributed to the joint venture.

b. Substantiality. The courts are also influenced by the substantiality of the amount and percentage of income derived from the sale of real property by a taxpayer. For instance, in Suburban Realty, the court noted that 83 percent of the taxpayer's gross cash proceeds from all sources were derived from real estate sales. The court in Biedenham Realty was likewise impressed with the sheer dollars generated by the sale of real property even though the taxpayer in

-5- CHIDMS2/562504.5

question also had significant income from other sources, thus rejecting the taxpayer's contention that it was not engaged in the trade or business of real estate development separate and apart from its other trades and businesses.

c. The courts have also emphasized the substantiality of sales, comparing the amount of income derived from real estate activities with income from other activities of the taxpayer. See e.g., Guardian Industries Corp. V. Commissioner, 97 T.C. 308 (1991). However, it should be noted that a taxpayer who holds property for long term appreciation may have a very large amount of income derived from the sale of that property in a particular year which may dwarf his other sources of income. This factor by itself should certainly not be determinative because it can also be an indication that the property has appreciated significantly over a long period of time, the hallmark of an investor.

2. Activities. Typically, an investor will merely wait for the value of property to appreciate with time, as opposed to seeking to increase the value of the property through improvements. Consequently, improvements are usually made by taxpayers engaged in the trade or business of developing the property. In Biedenharn Realty, the extensive development and improvement activities convinced the Fifth Circuit that a real estate company was not merely liquidating a former investment in farming property, but was selling property in its active conduct of a real estate business. Similar results were reached in Gault v. Commissioner, 332 F.2d 94 (2nd Cir. 1964) and Sanders v. United States, 740 F.2d 886 (11 th Cir. 1984). Minor improvements may not rise to the level of causing a taxpayer to be engaged in trade or business. In Gartrell v. United States, 619 F.2d 1150 (6th Cir. 1980), the taxpayer was employed full time in a non-real estate position. The taxpayer purchased real property, subdivided it and added gravel roads and then sold the lots over a twenty year period. The court determined that the sales generated capital gains. In Buono v. Commissioner, 74 T.C. 187 (1980), acq. 1981-2 C.B. 1, an S corporation purchased a tract of land with a view to obtaining residential zoning approval on the tract and then selling it in bulk to a developer. It was anticipated that the property would be held for only 1-1/2 years. After a protracted and expensive process, zoning approval was obtained and the property was sold in three transactions. The Tax Court noted that even though the property had always been held for sale to customers, the taxpayer had never engaged in a trade or business because of the infrequency of the sales of property by the taxpayer.

3. Platting properties (for a subdivision) coupled with clearing, grading, construction of entryways, streets, sewers, etc., are considered by the courts to be indicia of dealer activity. See, e.g., Bush v. Commissioner, 610 F.2d 4206 (6th Cir. 1979); Jersey Land & Development Co. v. United

-6- CHIDMS2/562504.5

States, 539 F.2d 311 (3rd Cir. 1976); United States v. Winthrop, supra; and Bynum v. Commissioner, 46 T.C. 295 (1966). However, the improvements are not too extensive and the taxpayer can prove that they added very little to the gain which was ultimately realized by the taxpayer on the disposition, the taxpayer may still obtain capital gains status. See Huey v. United States, 504 F.2d 1388 (Ct.Cl. 1974); Barrios Estate v. Commissioner, 265 F.2d 517 (5th Cir. 1959) and Brodnax v. Commissioner, 29 T.C.M. 733 (1970). In Gartrell v. United States, 619 F.2d 1150 (6th Cir. 1980), the taxpayer was employed full time in a non- real estate position. The taxpayer purchased real property, subdivided it and added gravel roads and then sold the lots over a 20-year period. The court determined that the sales generated capital gains.

a. Use of a Business Office For Sale of Property. The use of a business office to conduct and coordinate sales activities for real estate together with obtaining the necessary licenses and permits to conduct the sales activities are considered indicia of deal status. See Segal Est. v. Commissioner, 370 F.2d 107 (2nd Cir. 1966).

b. Supervision or Control Exercised by Taxpayer Over Selling Efforts. The devotion of a significant amount of time by the taxpayer with regard to the sale of properties, together with hands- on supervision and control of any agents who are involved in such efforts, were found by the courts to support dealer status. See, e.g., Biedenharn Realty Co., Inc. v. United States, supra. However, in Fahs v. Crawford, 161 F.2d 315 (5th Cir. 1947) and Smith v. Dunn, 224 F.2d 353 (5th Cir. 1955), the taxpayer turned the entire property over to brokers who were granted total responsibility with respect to the sale of properties including decisions regarding the setting of sales prices. The court in both Fahs and Smith found that the taxpayer was an investor rather than a dealer. Under normal circumstances, however, any activities undertaken by a broker will be attributed to the taxpayer because they will be regarded as the taxpayer's agent. Biedenharn, Supra.

c. Time and Effort Devoted by Taxpayer to Sales Activities. The devotion of a significant amount of time by the taxpayer to the types of activities that imbue the property with dealer characteristics will increase the likelihood that the taxpayer will be deemed to be a dealer with respect to the property in question.

D. Holding Property Primarily for Sale. As stated above, the Supreme Court in Malat v. Ridell held that the word "primarily" as used in Section 1221(1) means of first importance or principally.

-7- CHIDMS2/562504.5

1. Purpose of Investment and Holding. The relevant inquiry is the taxpayer's motivation in holding the property prior to sale, not immediately before the sale, because at that point obviously the taxpayer's motivation is to sell the property. Generally, the taxpayer's original purpose for acquiring the property will continue unless such purpose is altered by evidence of a subsequent change. For instance, in Suburban Realty, the court assumed that the property was originally acquired as an investment. However, subsequent development activity stemming from the construction of an interstate highway through the property, changed this original purpose to that of holding primarily for sale to customers. A subsequent withdrawal of all development plats was not enough of an action to change the purpose from holding the property primarily for sale to customers back to an investment holding purpose.

2. Changed Purpose. An original investment purpose is typically overridden with evidence of a changed purpose unless the taxpayer can show "unanticipated externally induced factors which make impossible the continued preexisting use of the realty." Biedenharn Realty. Examples of such events include events which render the property unfit for their intended use, acts of God, illness and threat of foreclosure. See, for example, Estate of Barrios v. Commissioner, 265 F.2d 517 (5th Cir. 1959) (construction of a government canal rendered land infeasible for continued farming and the taxpayer commenced to liquidate her investment by selling subdivided lots over a 14-year period), Herndon v. Commissioner, 27 T.C.M. (CCH) 662 (1968) (a real estate dealer was allowed to report the sale of subdivided farm property as capital gain because he was merely liquidating an investment following the illness of his wife), and Erfurth v. Commissioner, 53 T.C.M. (CCH) 767 (1987) (gain from the taxpayer's sale of converted apartment units into condominiums was allowed to be reported as capital gain to the extent the sales were made to remove the property from the threat of foreclosure because the sales were not in the ordinary course of business; additional sales were required to be reported as ordinary income). The courts have utilized the extensive sales activities as evidence of a change in the purpose for holding the property from that of an investment intent to that of being held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Thompson v. Commissioner, 322 F.2d 122 (5th Cir. 1963).

3. Solicitation, Advertising and Brokerage Efforts. Solicitation and advertising tend to indicate that the taxpayer is searching for customers and not holding the land for appreciation over time. The courts may infer inherent advertising. For instance, in Biedenharn Realty, the court inferred an advertising and solicitation intent by the fact that the taxpayer made physical improvements to the property that would be noticed by customers who would inquire as to its availability for sale.

-8- CHIDMS2/562504.5

E. Sales in the Ordinary Course. Under Suburban Really, the relevant inquiry of what is "ordinary" is whether the sale was usual as opposed to an abnormal or unexpected event. Consequently, if the taxpayer's purpose in holding the property was primarily for sale to customers and the sale occurred without'the occurrence of an event which rendered its original use changed, an ordinary course sale will most likely be implied.

I1. Special Treatment for Property Acquired by Gift or Inheritance. Property which is received by a taxpayer through inheritance or through a lifetime gift is generally viewed in a more favorable light by the courts (this relates to the first factor in Winthrop - the nature and purpose of the acquisition of the property). The courts have even exhibited a willingness to permit a taxpayer to engage in a certain amount of development and sales activities in order to dispose of inherited or gifted property. For example, in Yunker v. Commissioner, 256 F.2d 130 (6th Cir. 1958), the taxpayer inherited farmland. The taxpayer was unable to sell the inherited property as a whole. However, with the aid of a real estate broker, the taxpayer improved the land by building roads and providing utilities. The taxpayer then sold the land and subdivided lots over a two-year period. The court allowed capital gains treatment for the income from the sale of the property, and stated "Where a taxpayer liquidates his real estate holdings in an orderly and businesslike manner, he is not by that circumstance held to have entered into the conduct of a business." Id. at 134. See also Reidel v. Commissioner, 261 F.2d 371 (5th Cir. 1958), and Fahs v. Taylor 239 F.2d 224 (5th Cir. 1956), cert. Denied, 355 U.S. 936 (1957). On the other land, if the liquidation process extends over a considerable period of time and is coupled with development and sales activities, the courts may not hesitate to classify the property as a dealer property. Thus, in Winthrop, supra, inherited land was subdivided and sold during the period commencing 1932 and ending 1960. The taxpayer engaged in platting, clearing and creating the property; he introduced utilities, provided an entryway and roads and ran sewer lines in through the property. The taxpayer also participated in building five houses on the lots which were held for sale. During this period of time over 456 lots were sold. Despite the fact that the property had been inherited by Mr. Winthrop, the court determined that he had developed a clear intent to sell off the property in the regular course of his trade or business. Thus, it is fair to say that, while the courts are more tolerant with respect to development and sales activities in the case of property that is either received by gift or inheritance, there is a limit to this tolerance, particularly if the development and sales activities are extended over more than a few short years.

2. Liquidation of Investment. There are several cases which permit a taxpayer with a large tract of land and who can demonstrate that it is very difficult or impractical to bulk sell the property at a fair price, to engage in a certain amount of development and sales activities in order to "liquidate

-9- CHIDMS2/562504.5

his investment." For example, in Heller Trust v. Commissioner, 382 F.2d 675 (9th Cir. 1967), a partnership built duplexes which were held for rent. The partnership ultimately experienced problems in keeping the duplexes rented and was only able to do so at a very low rental rate. A disagreement among the partners ensued with respect to whether it would be prudent to make further improvements to increase tenant occupancy. The partners could not resolve their dispute and it was ultimately decided that the duplexes would be liquidated. They were advertised for sale using extensive newspaper and radio advertising; a sales office was opened; one of the duplexes was utilized as a model and a staff of salesmen was employed to sell them. The duplexes were also completely reconditioned and redecorated in order to make them salable. The duplexes were ultimately sold off during a four-year period. The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals found that the property was originally held for investment purposes and was ultimately sold off on a unit-by-unit basis simply because this was the most efficient and expedient manner of liquidating the partnership's investment. Thus, the court found that the partnership was entitled to capital gain treatment on the sales. The Tax Court reached a similar conclusion in Charles R. Gangi in which the taxpayer converted a 36-unit rental apartment building into condominiums and proceeded to sell the condominiums as a means of liquidating his investment. The Tax Court found that the taxpayers were entitled to treat the gains as long term capital gains. On the other hand, even if a taxpayer has clearly held property for investment purposes for an extended period of time, he engages in subdivision activities, undertakes significant sales activities, and continues this process over an extended period of time, the previous investment intent will not be sufficient to warrant capital gain treatment. Thus, in Biedenharn Realty Co., v. United States, 526 F.2d 409 (5th Cir. 1976), cert. Denied 429 U.S. 819 (1976), the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals upheld the Service's treatment of sales by the taxpayer as ordinary income despite the fact that the taxpayer had operated the property in question as farm land for a period of over five years. The taxpayer later improved the land, adding streets, drainage and water lines, sewers and electricity. The cost of the improvements was substantial. Although the subdivided lots were sold over a period of approximately 30 years. In holding for the Service, the court made the following observation which is pertinent to the issue at hand:

a. "Undoubtedly, in most subdivided-improvement situations, an investment purpose of antecedent origin will not survive into a present era of intense retail selling. The antiquated purpose, when overborne by later, but substantial and frequent selling activity, will not prevent ordinary income from being visited upon the taxpayer. Generally investment purpose has no built-in perpetuity nor a guaranty of capital gains forever more." Id. at 421.

-10-

CHIDMS2/562504.5

b. The court went on to offer the following observation which may be useful in determining, when the liquidation theory may prove useful to a taxpayer.

c. "There will be instances where an initial investment purpose endures in controlling fashion notwithstanding continuing sales activity. We doubt that this aperture, where an active subdivider and improver receives capital gains, is very wide; yet we believe it exists. We would most generally find such an opening where the change from investment holding to sales activity results from unanticipated, externally induced factors which make impossible the continuing pre-existing use of the reality."

3. Suggested Techniques and Planning to Use the Special Exceptions for Inherited or Gifted Properties and the Limited "Liquidation" Exception. If a taxpayer has received property by gift or inheritance or if a taxpayer has property that has clearly been held for investment purposes and has determined that it is not feasible to sell the property in bulk but must resort instead to the subdivision and/or sale of the property in multiple parcels, consider the use of some or all of the following:

a. If the property is held by an entity, such as a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, include clear statements of intent in the articles of incorporation, minutes, partnership agreements, etc., which clearly set forth that the principal objective of the entity is to liquidate the properties and distribute the proceeds thereof in an expedient fashion. The language can be appropriately embellished to tract the history of the property; the desire of the owners to dispose of the property and to divide the proceeds; and the use of the entity as a vehicle to liquidate its remaining real estate investments. In this regard, it may also be useful to select an appropriate name for the entity such as the "XYZ Liquidating Partnership, Ltd." (Of course, the actions taken by the entity must be consistent with these statements of intent or they will be regarded as meaningless, self-serving declarations).

b. Segregate clear investment parcels from development parcels. If certain portions of the property will be sold in bulk and others are to be subdivided and sold in a piecemeal fashion, it would probably be prudent, as a hedge against possible classification of the entire property as a dealer property, for the entity to adopt a written plan which designates a portion of its properties that are to be segregated from the balance of the property and sold in bulk. The remaining properties would be placed in a second category as properties which will be "developed if necessary in order to

-11- CHIDMS2/562504.5

liquidate." Since it is possible even for a dealer to obtain capital gains treatment on certain properties that are held for investment, the division of properties in this manner from dealer status if it is later determined that the developed property is dealer property.

c. A liquidation plan generally means that once properties are sold the proceeds will be distributed to the owners as quickly as possible. Although it may be necessary to retain a portion of the proceeds to cover the cost of holding the remaining properties, the balance of the sales proceeds should be distributed as promptly as possible. Any reinvestment of proceeds in additional real property would clearly be inconsistent with the liquidation purposes.

d. Although stating the obvious, the taxpayer should carefully review the seven Winthrop factors and make every effort to minimize those activities which the court equates to dealer activities. This might include some or all of the following:

(1) If it is necessary to put streets, sewers, and utilities into a specific parcel of property, and if the taxpayer is dealing with one or more builders who will buy all or a substantial number of the lots in the new subdivision, consider working a deal with the builders to have them install these improvements in exchange for a reduced cost of the lots.

(2) If a builder is going to acquire substantially all of the lots in a particular phase or subdivision, consider granting the builder an option to acquire the property and allow him to interface with governmental authorities to obtain permits and approvals, as well as to perform improvements as described above. This will remove the taxpayer from this process.

(3) Bulk sell as many properties as possible, consistent with obtaining a reasonable after-tax return thereon.

e. Any dealings with the local press with regard to the development should be minimized but, to the extent required, should emphasize that the purpose of the entity is to liquidate the taxpayer's real estate holdings. You should keep in mind that anything that is said to the press can and will be found and used against the taxpayer by an IRS agent if it supports the Service's case.

F. Section 1237. Section 1237 may provide statutory relief to certain noncorporate taxpayers that engage in limited subdivision activities.

-12- CHIDMS2/562504.5

1. Statutory Requirements. Under Section 1237, a noncorporate taxpayer will not be treated as a dealer merely because of the subdivision of a tract of land and promotional sales activities relating to it so long as:

a. the taxpayer was not a dealer in real estate with respect to the lot or parcel (or tract of which it is a part) in any year prior to sale and in the year of sale is not a dealer with respect to any other real property;

b. the lot or parcel has been held by the taxpayer for five years, except where acquired by inheritance or devise; and

c. the seller did not make substantial improvements which substantially enhanced the value of the lot or parcel sold.

2. Dealer Status. Basically, the inquiry as to whether or not the taxpayer is a dealer in real property is the same as the common law inquiry discussed above, except the inquiry will not take into account any subdivisions of the tract of land and promotional sales activity relating to it, so long as there is no substantial other evidence that the taxpayer is a dealer. Under the Regulations, the relevant inquiry seems to be the taxpayer's intent and the existence of substantial other evidence. Substantial evidence to the contrary does not exist if one of the following is true and may not exist if more than one of the following is true:

a. holding a real estate dealer's license;

b. selling other real property which was clearly investment property;

c. acting as a salesman for a real estate dealer, but without any financial interest in the business; or

d. mere ownership of other vacant property without engaging in any selling activity whatsoever with respect to it.

e. Treas. Reg. § 1.1237-1(a)(3). For purposes of determining the taxpayer's dealer status, the taxpayer is considered as holding property which he owns individually, jointly, or as a member of a partnership. He is not generally considered as holding property owned by members of his family, an estate or trust, or a corporation. Treas. Reg. § 1.1237-1(b)(3).

3. Substantial Improvements. As stated above, a taxpayer will not be eligible for the special provisions of Section 1237 if the taxpayer or certain others make improvements on the tract which are substantial and which substantially increase the value of the lot or parcel of real property sold.

- 13 - CHIDMS2/562504.5

a. Improvements That Are Not Substantial. Temporary structures used as a field office in surveying, filling, draining, leveling and clearing operations, and the construction of minimum all-weather access roads, including gravel roads where required by the climate, are not substantial improvements. Treas. Reg. Section 1.1237- 1 (c)(4).

b. Improvements That Are Substantial. Shopping centers, other commercial or residential buildings, and the installation of hard surface roads or utilities such as sewers, water, gas or electric lines are considered substantial. Because these improvements entail minimal activity, further relief provisions to the substantial improvement rule exist. An improvement will not be considered a substantial improvement if the lot or parcel is held by the taxpayer for ten years or more (regardless of whether acquired by inheritance) and (i)the improvement consists of the building or installation of water, sewer, or drainage facilities or roads, including hard surface roads, curbs and gutters; (ii) the District Director with whom the taxpayer must file his return is satisfied that without such improvement, the lot sold would not have brought the prevailing local price for similar building sites, and (iii) the taxpayer elects not to adjust the basis of the lot sold or any other property held by him for any part of the cost of such improvement attributable to such lot and not to deduct any part of such cost as an expense. Decisions finding substantial improvements increase value are Pointer v. Commissioner, 419 F.2d 213 (9th Cir. 1969); and Kelly v. Commissioner, 281 F.2d 527 (9th Cir. 1968).

c. Improvements By Others. Improvements to the taxpayer's property by others are imputed to the taxpayer for purposes of determining whether or not the improvements are substantial for purposes of Section 1237. Improvements by the following are imputed to the taxpayer:

(1) the taxpayer's whole or half brothers and sisters, spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants;

(2) a corporation controlled by the taxpayer (50% or more direct or constructive ownership of the corporation's voting stock);

(3) a partnership of which the taxpayer was a member at the time the improvements were made;

(4) a lessee if the improvement takes the place of a payment of rental income;

-14- CHIDMS2/562504.5

(5) a federal, state or local government or political subdivision thereof, if the improvement results in an increase in the taxpayer's basis for the property, as it would, for example, from a special tax assessment for paving streets;

(6) any improvements made by the buyer pursuant to a contract of sale entered into between the taxpayer and the buyer.

(7) Treas. Reg. Section 11.1237-1 1(c)(2).

(8) See Rev. Rul. 77-338, 1978-2 C.B. 312, which permitted capital gain treatment under Section 1237 where land was leased on a long term basis to developers who improved and subdivided the land, constructed houses on the land, and sold the houses subject to a lease. A testamentary trust created under the will of the lessor subsequently sold the land to tenant/homeowners. The Service held that, since the taxpayer had not improved the land (developers, who are unrelated to the lessor, made all improvements), the sales qualified under Section 1237.

4. Substantial Increase in Value. To remove the taxpayer from the benefits of Section 1237, a substantial improvement must substantially increase the value of the lot sold. If the improvements increase the value of a lot by ten percent or less, such increase will not be considered as substantial, but if the value of the lot is increased by more than ten percent; then all relevant factors must be considered to determine whether, under such circumstances, the increase is substantial. Additionally, the increase in value to be considered is only the increase attributable to the improvement or improvements. Changes in the market price of the lots not attributable to the improvements are to be disregarded. Treas. Reg. Section 1.1237- 1 (c)(4).

5. Special Rule for Sales of More Than Five Lots. A taxpayer selling less than six lots in any taxable year will treat the entire gain as capital. In later years, five percent of the selling price, to the extent of its gain, on the sixth and all further lots is recognized as ordinary income with the remainder as capital gain. Expenses of the sale reduce the ordinary income portion of the gain first. However, if the sixth lot is sold in the same taxable year as the first five lots, five percent of the selling price on all of the lots, including the first five lots, is ordinary income. Treas. Reg. Section 1.1237-1(e).

-15- CH1DMS2/562504.5

  • Repository Citation
  • College of William & Mary Law School
  • Scholarship Repository
    • 2008
  • Preserving Capital Gains in Real Estate Transactions
    • Todd D. Golub
    • Richard M. Lipton